Front cover


              IBM Tivoli Monitoring
              V5.1.1 Implementation
              Certification Study Guide

Explains how to prepare for, install, configure
and operate IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1

Prepares you to take
Certification Test 593

Includes sample test
questions and answers




                                                          Budi Darmawan



ibm.com/redbooks                                  Redpaper
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide redp3935
International Technical Support Organization

IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation
Certification Study Guide

December 2004
Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in
 “Notices” on page vii.




First Edition (December 2004)

This edition applies to Version 5, Release 1, Modification 1 of IBM Tivoli Monitoring (product
number 5698-EMN).

© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2004. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP
Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
Contents

                 Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
                 Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii

                 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
                 The team that wrote this Redpaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
                 Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
                 Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x

                 Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                 1.1 Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    1.1.1 Tivoli Enterprise Management Solution: Advanced deployment. . . . . 2
                    1.1.2 IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1: Deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                 1.2 Test objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    1.2.1 Prerequisite knowledge for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    1.2.2 Planning the implementation of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. . . . . . . 4
                    1.2.3 Installation prerequisites of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    1.2.4 Installation of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    1.2.5 Configuration of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    1.2.6 Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    1.2.7 Operations of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
                    1.2.8 IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                 1.3 Resources for preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                    1.3.1 Courses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
                    1.3.2 Publications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

                 Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. . . . . . . . . . . 15
                 2.1 Desktop Management Task Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
                    2.1.1 Common Information Model standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
                    2.1.2 Managed Object Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
                    2.1.3 Web-Based Enterprise Management initiative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
                 2.2 Windows Management Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
                 2.3 Java and JavaBeans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
                 2.4 WebSphere Application Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
                 2.5 Visual Basic and JavaScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
                    2.5.1 Visual Basic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
                    2.5.2 JavaScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
                 2.6 Database concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
                 2.7 IBM Tivoli Management Framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
                    2.7.1 Tivoli Management Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20


© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                                                                      iii
2.7.2 Tivoli desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
                   2.7.3 Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
                   2.7.4 Policy and policy regions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
                   2.7.5 Administrator and roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
                   2.7.6 Profiles and profile managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
                   2.7.7 RDBMS interface module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
                   2.7.8 MDist 2 distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
                   2.7.9 Command line interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
                2.8 IBM Tivoli Monitoring concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
                   2.8.1 Integration with the Common Information Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
                   2.8.2 Resource model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

                Chapter 3. Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment . . . . . . 39
                3.1 Environment and topology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
                3.2 Existing management environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
                   3.2.1 Tivoli Management Framework requirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
                   3.2.2 Available installation methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
                   3.2.3 Hardware requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
                3.3 Endpoint software verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
                3.4 Health Console planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
                3.5 Data Warehouse planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
                3.6 Workbench development requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

                Chapter 4. Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
                4.1 Migrating from Tivoli Distributed Monitoring V4.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
                4.2 Installing on an existing Tivoli environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
                4.3 Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
                   4.3.1 Java Runtime Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
                   4.3.2 Windows-based endpoint setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
                4.4 Installing the Web Health Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
                   4.4.1 Installing on a Windows environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
                   4.4.2 Installing on a UNIX environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
                   4.4.3 Installing the monitoring modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
                4.5 Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

                Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server. . . . . . . . . . . 59
                5.1 Configuring the Tivoli environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
                5.2 Configuring the IBM Tivoli Monitoring profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
                   5.2.1 Customizing the cycle time and thresholds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
                   5.2.2 Customizing the indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
                   5.2.3 Customizing the scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
                   5.2.4 Customizing data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
                   5.2.5 Customizing parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
                   5.2.6 Customizing a profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68


iv   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
5.3 Resource models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
5.4 Historical data collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
5.5 Heartbeat function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
   5.5.1 Endpoint registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
   5.5.2 Heartbeat monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
   5.5.3 Viewing the endpoint cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
   5.5.4 Useful commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5.6 TBSM common listener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
5.7 Event forwarding to TEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
   5.7.1 Setting up the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
   5.7.2 Enabling IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . 83
6.1 TMR server logs and traces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
   6.1.1 Profile distribution process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
6.2 Gateway logs and traces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
   6.2.1 Heartbeat engine traces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
   6.2.2 Task engine trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
   6.2.3 Endpoint upcall traces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
   6.2.4 Request manager trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
   6.2.5 Profile core trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
6.3 Endpoint logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
   6.3.1 Common endpoint logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
   6.3.2 Windows endpoint logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
   6.3.3 Non-Windows endpoint logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6.4 Web Health Console logs and traces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
   6.4.1 Modifying Web Health Console tracing parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
   6.4.2 WebSphere tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
6.5 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
   6.5.1 Tool to generate XML file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
   6.5.2 Serviceability tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.6 Helpful troubleshooting procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
   6.6.1 Profile distribution problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
   6.6.2 IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
   6.6.3 Resolving resource model problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
7.1 MDist profile distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
   7.1.1 MDist2 support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
   7.1.2 Profile distribution using MDist2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
   7.1.3 TMF MDist2 commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
7.2 Maintaining the Tivoli environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
   7.2.1 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 command line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105



                                                                                                   Contents         v
7.2.2 Heartbeat maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
                   7.2.3 Managing profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
                   7.2.4 Managing resource models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
                7.3 Web Health Console usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
                   7.3.1 Logging on to the Web Health Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
                   7.3.2 The Web Health Console main view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
                   7.3.3 The Endpoint List View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
                   7.3.4 The Resource Model List View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

                Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
                8.1 Using the Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
                8.2 Elements of a resource model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
                8.3 Looking at PhysicalDiskModel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
                   8.3.1 Properties of PhysicalDiskModel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
                   8.3.2 Dynamic model element of PhysicalDiskModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
                   8.3.3 Event element of PhysicalDiskModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
                   8.3.4 Threshold element of PhysicalDiskModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
                   8.3.5 Logging element of PhysicalDiskModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
                   8.3.6 Decision tree script of PhysicalDiskModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
                8.4 Working with a resource model in Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

                Appendix A. Sample test questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
                Sample test questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
                Answers to sample test questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

                Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
                IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
                Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
                Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
                How to get IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
                Help from IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

                Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163




vi   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Notices

This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.

IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult
your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area.
Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that
does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's
responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document.
The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license
inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A.

The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions
are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES
THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer
of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made
to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may
make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at
any time without notice.

Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any
manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the
materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.

IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation to you.

Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published
announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm
the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on
the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.

This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them
as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products.
All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business
enterprise is entirely coincidental.

COPYRIGHT LICENSE:
This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrates programming
techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in
any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application
programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the
sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM,
therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs. You may copy,
modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM for the purposes of
developing, using, marketing, or distributing application programs conforming to IBM's application
programming interfaces.



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                                           vii
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States,
other countries, or both:

   Eserver®                            Informix®                            S/390®
   ibm.com®                            IBM®                                 Tivoli Enterprise™
   iSeries™                            OS/2®                                Tivoli Enterprise Console®
   i5/OS™                              OS/390®                              Tivoli Management
   pSeries®                            OS/400®                              Environment®
   z/OS®                               PartnerWorld®                        Tivoli®
   zSeries®                            PowerPC®                             TME®
   AIX®                                Redbooks™                            WebSphere®
   DB2®                                Redbooks (logo)       ™

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both.

Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States, other countries, or both.

Intel, Intel Inside (logos), MMX, and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States, other
countries, or both.

UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.

Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.

Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.




viii    IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Preface

                 This IBM® Redpaper prepares you with the necessary knowledge to help you
                 complete Certification Test 593: IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation.
                 This test leads to certification for Tivoli® Certified Deployment Professional for
                 IBM Tivoli Monitoring.

                 The scope of the certification tests your ability to demonstrate the following areas
                 of expertise required for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1:
                     Prerequisite knowledge for IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                     Planning the implementation
                     Installation prerequisites
                     The installation process
                     Configuration of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring server
                     Problem determination
                     General operations
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench

                 You can find the information that you need about these topics all in this IBM
                 Redpaper. Plus, you have a chance to test your knowledge using the sample test
                 questions at the back of the paper.



The team that wrote this Redpaper
                 This Redpaper was produced by a team of specialists from around the world
                 working at the International Technical Support Organization (ITSO), Austin
                 Center.

                 Budi Darmawan is a Tivoli Project Leader at the ITSO, Austin Center. He writes
                 extensively and teaches IBM classes worldwide on all areas of systems
                 management. Before joining the ITSO six years ago, Budi worked in Integrated
                 Technology Services, IBM Indonesia as lead implementer and solution architect.
                 He currently specializes in general systems management area, especially in
                 availability and operation management and business service management.

                 Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project:
                     Authors of IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1: Advanced Resource Monitoring,
                     SG24-5519
                     – Murilo Goncalves Aguiar
                     – Jamie Carl


© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                                      ix
–   Stephen Hochstetler
                   –   Ghufran Shah
                   –   Jason Shamroski
                   –   John Willis
                   IBM Software, Tivoli Systems
                   – Benjamin Briggs
                   – Elizabeth Purzer



Become a published author
                Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write an IBM Redbook
                dealing with specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience
                with leading-edge technologies. You'll team with IBM technical professionals,
                Business Partners and/or customers.

                Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction. As
                a bonus, you'll develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and
                increase your productivity and marketability.

                Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and
                apply online at:
                       ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html



Comments welcome
                Your comments are important to us!

                We want our papers to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about
                this Redpaper or other Redbooks™ in one of the following ways:
                   Use the online Contact us review redbook form found at:
                       ibm.com/redbooks
                   Send your comments in an email to:
                       redbook@us.ibm.com
                   Mail your comments to:
                       IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization
                       Dept. 0SJB Building 003 Internal Zip 2834
                       11400 Burnet Road
                       Austin, Texas 78758-3493




x   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
1


    Chapter 1.   Familiarizing yourself with
                 this guide
                 This IBM Redpaper serves as a guide to prepare you for Certification Test 593:
                 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation. This chapter explains what the test
                 covers and its objectives. It also points you to other resources to help you
                 prepare for the test.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                                1
1.1 Certification
                This test is part of the certification for:
                   IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional –Tivoli Enterprise™
                   Management Solution 2004
                   IBM Certified Deployment Professional – IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1

                The following sections describe these certifications.


1.1.1 Tivoli Enterprise Management Solution: Advanced deployment
                A person who has earned IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional –
                Tivoli Enterprise Management Solutions 2004 certification has demonstrated a
                higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in
                the IBM Tivoli Enterprise Management solutions area. To attain the IBM Certified
                Advanced Deployment Professional – Tivoli Enterprise Management Solutions
                2004 certification, candidates must pass five required tests.

                The core requirements for certification include the following three tests:
                   Test 593: IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 Implementation
                   Test 594: IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console® V3.9 Implementation
                   Test 786: IBM Tivoli Configuration Manager V4.2 Implementation

                This certification also requires two of the following tests:
                   Test 340: WebSphere® Application Server V5.0, Basic Administration
                   Test 701: DB2® UDB V8.1 for Linux®, UNIX®, and Windows® Database
                   Administration
                   Test 773: IBM Tivoli Data Warehouse V1.2 Implementation
                   Test 778: IBM Tivoli License Manager V2.1 Implementation
                   Test 779: IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler V8.2 Implementation
                   Test 798: IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Transaction Performance V5.2
                   Implementation


1.1.2 IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1: Deployment
                An IBM Certified Deployment Professional – Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 is a
                technical professional who is responsible for planning, installation, configuration,
                operations, administration, and maintenance of an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
                solution. This individual is expected to perform these tasks with limited
                assistance from peers, product documentation, and support resources.



2   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
To attain the IBM Certified Deployment Professional – Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
           certification, candidates must pass one test.

           The required prerequisites for the test are that you must have:
              A strong working knowledge of Tivoli Framework V3.7x or higher
              A basic understanding of the operating system and networking concepts
              A working knowledge of TCP/IP
              A basic understanding of JavaScript

           Additional recommended prerequisites for the test include having:
              A working knowledge of Java™ Runtime Environment (JRE), JavaServer
              Pages (JSP), and Extensible Markup Language (XML)
              A basic understanding of Common Information Model (CIM) and Microsoft®
              Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)
              A working knowledge of shell and Perl scripting
              A basic understanding of Web servers
              A basic understanding of Java scripting and Visual Basic or equivalent
              programming experience
              A basic understanding of database concepts



1.2 Test objectives
           This section explains the objectives of the tests as well as the required
           knowledge that you need to pass the test questions. Each objective is discussed
           in more detail in the subsequent chapters of this paper.


1.2.1 Prerequisite knowledge for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
           Given a client requirement to install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1, you must
           demonstrate your knowledge and understanding of the fundamentals of
           deploying and maintaining IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. This knowledge requires
           an emphasis on a basic understanding of Distributed Management Task Force
           (DMTF), CIM, Managed Object Format (MOF), Web-Based Enterprise
           Management (WBEM), WMI, Java, JavaBeans, WebSphere, Visual Basic,
           JavaScript, database concepts, and Tivoli Framework 3.7x. Chapter 2, “Basic
           concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1” on page 15, discusses this objective
           further.




                                            Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide   3
1.2.2 Planning the implementation of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
                This objective relates to items that are needed to help you decide on various
                configuration options before you actually install and deploy IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                V5.1.1. Chapter 3, “Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment” on
                page 39, provides a more detailed discussion about this objective. This objective
                requires you to know about the following items:
                   Given a client’s current server specifications, application environment, and
                   network diagrams, you must be able to determine the client’s topology to
                   identify their requirements, resources to be monitored, and Tivoli integration
                   points such as TEC, Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM), and TEDW.
                   Specifically, you must be able to perform the following steps:
                   a.   Identify machines to be managed.
                   b.   Identify business processes.
                   c.   Identify applications to be managed.
                   d.   Identify Tivoli integration points.
                   Given an architected Tivoli solution, you must be able to perform an analysis
                   of the existing environment to determine the necessary IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                   V5.1.1 installation methods and hardware requirements to implement the
                   solution. Specifically, you must be able to analyze the existing environment.
                   Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 documentation, you must be able to
                   plan the deployment of the Health Console to create a deployment plan and
                   determine the hardware requirements. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a.   Determine Health Console location and if other Web servers exist.
                   b.   Determine ports to use.
                   c.   Determine CPU and disk space.
                   d.   Define Tivoli Framework managed node.
                   Given the network and database environment, you must be able to determine
                   the TEDW data collection requirements to create a deployment plan and
                   determine the database size and hardware requirements. Specifically, you
                   must be able to:
                   a. Define the RDBMS interface module (RIM) location.
                   b. Determine the amount of data.
                   Given a list of resources to be managed, you must be able to determine the
                   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench development requirements to obtain
                   a list of installation destinations and hardware requirements. Specifically, you
                   must be able to:
                   a. Determine Workbench workstations.
                   b. List framework requirements.
                   c. Determine software levels.




4   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
1.2.3 Installation prerequisites of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
            This objective relates to the prerequisites that must be in place before you install
            IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 and how to check them. Chapter 3, “Planning for
            IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment” on page 39, explains this objective
            further. This objective requires you to know about the following items:
               Given an existing Tivoli environment and IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
               requirements, you must be able to validate the managed node prerequisites
               so that you can determine a list of hardware and software upgrades.
               Specifically, you must be able to:
               a. Compare hardware requirements with existing hardware.
               b. Compare operating system software requirements with existing software.
               c. Compare framework software requirements.
               d. Verify framework roles for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 installation.
               e. Validate Structured Query Language (SQL) client levels for the data
                  collection database.
               f. Validate SQL client access to the data collection database.
               Given an existing Tivoli environment and IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
               requirements, you must be able to validate the endpoint prerequisites so that
               you can determine a list of hardware and software upgrades. Specifically, you
               must be able to:
               a. Verify the JRE requirements.
               b. Verify WMI, Open Database Connectivity (ODBC), and CScript
                  requirements.
               c. Verify Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Diskperf
                  requirements.
               d. Verify operating system levels.
               e. Validate the LCF levels.
               Given IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Health Console requirements, you must
               be able to validate the Health Console prerequisites so that you can
               determine a list of hardware and software upgrades. Specifically, you must be
               able to:
               a.   Verify that Internet Explorer 6.0 or later is installed on a client.
               b.   Verify the operating system levels.
               c.   Verify network connectivity to the managed node.
               d.   Verify if there are other Web servers.
               e.   If WebSphere Application Server exists, verify the version.
               Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench requirements, you must be
               able to validate the Workbench prerequisites so that you can determine a list
               of hardware and software upgrades. Specifically, you must be able to:
               a. Verify the operating system levels.
               b. Verify that WMI is installed.


                                                 Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide   5
1.2.4 Installation of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
                This objective relates to installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. Chapter 4,
                “Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1” on page 49, offers a more detailed
                discussion about this objective.
                   Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 media and an existing Distributed
                   Monitoring Advanced Edition V4.1 or IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 installation,
                   you must be able to upgrade to the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 core
                   components. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a. Determine which components to install.
                   b. List all upgrade scenarios.
                   c. Determine the appropriate installation methods (Software Installation
                      Service (SIS), command line interface (CLI), etc.).
                   d. Perform the upgrade.
                   Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 media and an existing Tivoli
                   environment, you must be able to install the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 core
                   components. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a. Determine which components to install.
                   b. Define the installation method (SIS, CLI, etc.).
                   c. Perform the installation.
                   Given a list of software prerequisites for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
                   endpoints, you must be able to install and configure them to support operation
                   of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a. Determine the source for ODBC, WMI, CScript, and JRE installation
                      images.
                   b. Retrieve ODBC, WMI, and CScript installation images.
                   c. Install the endpoint prerequisites.
                   d. Verify the endpoint prerequisite installation.
                   e. Use DMLinkJRE to define the JRE location.
                   Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Web Health Console media, install the
                   Health Console components. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a. Determine installation method.
                   b. Install Health Console.
                   c. Verify the installation of Health Console.
                   Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench media, you must be able
                   to install Workbench.


1.2.5 Configuration of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring server
                This objective relates to actions to perform so you can configure the IBM Tivoli
                Monitoring server and enable the interfaces for further monitoring actions.


6   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Chapter 5, “Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server” on page 59, offers a
more detailed discussion about this objective.
   Given an existing Tivoli environment, you must be able to assign the
   appropriate roles and create the policy regions and profile manager to
   support IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. Specifically, you must be able to:
   a.   Configure the administrator roles.
   b.   Create the policy regions.
   c.   Configure the policy regions (managed resources, “tmw2k”).
   d.   Create the profile managers.
   Given the client’s monitoring and escalation requirements, you must be able
   to configure IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profiles to support the forwarding of
   events to enterprise applications. Specifically, you must be able to:
   a. Configure the default distribution options.
   b. Enable TEC forwarding and TBSM.
   Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile, you must be able to add and
   configure resource models so that resource models may be distributed.
   Specifically, you must be able to:
   a. Enable Diskperf.
   b. Install SNMP and Network Monitoring Agent if required.
   c. Add the required resource models.
   Given a list of gateways and assigned endpoints, you must be able to perform
   the steps to allow data collection. Specifically, you must be able to:
   a.   Create IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 DB.
   b.   Create and configure RIM.
   c.   Configure the collection interval.
   d.   Define the RIM object to use.
   Given a list of gateways and assigned endpoints, you must be able to
   configure and start the heartbeat function to monitor IBM Tivoli Monitoring
   V5.1.1 functionality on the endpoint. Specifically, you must be able to:
   a.   Configure the heartbeat interval.
   b.   View the heartbeat interval.
   c.   Configure heartbeat TEC forwarding.
   d.   Configure the heartbeat restart.
   Given a list of gateways and assigned endpoints, you must be able to
   configure the TBSM common listener to send data to TBSM. Specifically, you
   must be able to define the TBSM server to the gateway.




                                  Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide   7
Given a list of resource models and a working TEC environment, you must be
                   able to configure TEC so that it can receive events from IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                   V5.1.1. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a.   Load the TEC rules.
                   b.   Load the TEC classes.
                   c.   Deploy ACF to the gateway.
                   d.   Define the clearing event.


1.2.6 Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
                This objective relates to troubleshooting and the problem determination action
                that you can perform on the server, gateway, and endpoint for IBM Tivoli
                Monitoring V5.1.1 problems. Refer to Chapter 6, “Problem determination for IBM
                Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1” on page 83, for details about this objective.
                   Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile distribution problem, you must
                   be able to analyze the problem to resolve the issue or provide adequate
                   details to Tivoli Support. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a.   Adjust the tracing or logging levels.
                   b.   View the trace or log files.
                   c.   Use Mdist2 to track and diagnose the distribution issues.
                   d.   Collect the endpoint logs.
                   Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine problem, you must be able to
                   analyze the problem to resolve the issue or provide adequate details to Tivoli
                   Support. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a.   View the log or trace files.
                   b.   Adjust the trace or logging levels.
                   c.   Stop, start, clear, or uninstall the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine.
                   d.   Collect the endpoint logs.
                   Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 resource model problem, you must be
                   able to analyze the problem to resolve the issue or provide adequate details
                   to Tivoli Support. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a.   View the log or trace files.
                   b.   Adjust the tracing or logging levels.
                   c.   Collect the endpoint logs.
                   d.   Clear, stop, or start the resource model or profile.
                   Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 data collection problem, you must be
                   able to analyze the problem to resolve the issue or provide adequate details
                   to Tivoli Support. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a. View the log or trace files.
                   b. Adjust the tracing or logging levels.
                   c. Use RIM tracing to diagnose database issues.


8   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Health Console problem, you must be
              able to analyze the problem to resolve the issue or provide adequate details
              to Tivoli Support. Specifically, you must be able to:
              a. View the log or trace files.
              b. Adjust the tracing or logging levels.


1.2.7 Operations of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
           This objective relates to profile and monitoring management of IBM Tivoli
           Monitoring V5.1.1 and its various facilities including using the Web Health
           Console. Chapter 7, “Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1” on page 101,
           provides greater detail about this objective.
              Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile, you must be able to perform a
              distribution and monitor its progress. Specifically, you must be able to:
              a. Distribute a profile.
              b. Monitor the distribution using MDist2.
              c. Manage the distribution using MDist2.
              Given an existing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 environment, you must be able
              to use the CLI to manage the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine.
              Specifically, you must be able to:
              a. Use the wdmlseng command to check the endpoint.
              b. Use the wdmeng command to start or stop the resource models.
              c. Use the wdmcmd command to start or stop the engine.
              Given an existing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 environment, you must be able
              to use the CLI to manage the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 gateway
              processes. Specifically, you must be able to:
              a.   Display endpoints uploaded to TBSM.
              b.   Perform the TBSM upload.
              c.   Use the wdmmn command to start or stop the gateway processes.
              d.   Use the wdmmncache command to list or clear the registered endpoints.
              Given a successful implementation of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Web
              Health Console, you must be able to use the Health Console to view historical
              data, determine endpoint health, and administer resource models.
              Specifically, you must be able to:
              a.   Log on to DMWHC from an Internet browser.
              b.   Add or edit the endpoint list.
              c.   Browse by endpoint.
              d.   Browse by resource model.
              e.   Stop or start the resource model.
              f.   View historical date or in real time.
              g.   Change the graph type.


                                             Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide   9
Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile, you must be able use the CLI to
                   maintain and modify the profile. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a. Use the wdmdumpprf and wdmloadprf commands to maintain IBM Tivoli
                      Monitoring V5.1.1 profiles.
                   b. Use the wdmeditprf command to maintain IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
                      profiles.
                   Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 resource model, you must be able to
                   use the CLI to add or remove the resource model from the IBM Tivoli
                   Monitoring V5.1.1 environment. Specifically, you must be able to use the
                   wdmrm command to load and manage resource models.


1.2.8 IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench
               This objective relates to the usage of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench
               that allows you to create and modify the resource model. Chapter 8, “IBM Tivoli
               Monitoring Workbench” on page 125, discusses this objective in more detail.
                   Given a set of monitoring requirements, you must be able to use the IBM
                   Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench to create or customize a resource model.
                   Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a. Understand the components of a resource model.
                   b. Build a resource model using Workbench.
                   Given an existing DM Classic V3.7 environment, you must be able to perform
                   the steps necessary to migrate the monitors to IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
                   resource models. Specifically, you must be able to:
                   a. Use SentryAnalyser to create a mapping report.
                   b. Extract the DM Classic V3.7 collection definition.
                   c. Create a resource model to encapsulate the DM Classic V3.7 probe.



1.3 Resources for preparation
               Several courses and publications are offered to help you prepare for the
               certification tests. Before you take a certification test, we recommend that you
               take a course, although this is not required. If you want to purchase Web-based
               training courses or are unable to locate a Web-based course or classroom
               course at the time and location you desire, contact one of our delivery
               management teams:
                   Americas: tivamedu@us.ibm.com
                   EMEA: tived@uk.ibm.com
                   AP: tivtrainingap@au1.ibm.com



10   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
1.3.1 Courses
          Course names, course numbers, or both vary depending on the education
          delivery arm used in each geography. Refer to the Tivoli software education Web
          site to find the appropriate course and education delivery vendor for each
          geography:
          http://www-306.ibm.com/software/tivoli/education/

          For general training information, see the IBM IT Training Web site at:
          http://ibm.com/training

           Note: Course offerings are continuously added and updated. If you do not see
           the course or courses that are listed in the following sections for your
           geography, contact the delivery management team by e-mail as specified in
           the previous section.


          Course IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1
          IBM Tivoli Monitoring is an intelligent tool that provides IT administrators the
          capability to closely monitor the status and performance of mission-critical
          distributed applications and computing resources. This course provides the
          knowledge and skills needed to install, configure, operate, customize, and
          troubleshoot IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.
          Course duration         12 hours (self paced)
          Course number           Course numbers vary depending on the education
                                  delivery arm used in each geography.
          Geo education page Worldwide schedules available at the Tivoli software
                             education site.

           Note: This course is not approved for IBM PartnerWorld® You-Pass, We-Pay.




                                           Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide   11
Course IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring is an efficient, reliable, automated tool that provides IT
               administrators the capabilities to closely monitor the status and performance of
               mission-critical distributed applications and computing resources. Gain the
               knowledge and skills needed to configure, operate, customize, and troubleshoot
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring. Included are multiple opportunities for you to practice your
               skills in a lab environment. A series of carefully constructed hands-on activities
               allows you to immediately reinforce the important lessons in this course.
               Course duration          2 days
               Course number            (TM230) Course numbers vary depending on the
                                        education delivery arm used in each geography.
               Geo education page Worldwide schedules are available at the Tivoli software
                                  education Web site.

                 Note: This course is approved for IBM PartnerWorld You-Pass, We-Pay.


1.3.2 Publications
               Before you take Certification Test 593: IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
               Implementation, we recommend that you read the IBM Tivoli Monitoring library
               manuals and IBM Redbooks listed in the following sections. You may order these
               publications using any of the following methods:
                   Accessing IBM Publications Center on the Web at:
                   http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/order
                   Calling IBM Direct Publications at 1-800-879-2755 (U.S.) 1-800-426-4968
                   (Canada)
                   Purchasing from any non-IBM bookstore

               For additional ordering information, see “Related publications” on page 161.

               IBM Tivoli Monitoring product manuals
               You may want to refer to the following manuals:
                   IBM Tivoli Monitoring Release Notes Version 5.1.1, GI10-5797
                   IBM Tivoli Monitoring Resource Model Reference Version 5.1, SH19-4570
                   IBM Tivoli Monitoring User’s Guide Version 5.1.1, SH19-4569
                   IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench User’s Guide Version 5.1.1, SH19-4571




12   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
IBM Tivoli Monitoring Redbooks
Consult the following IBM Redbooks regarding IBM Tivoli Monitoring:
   IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1.1 Creating Resource Models and Providers,
   SG24-6900 (ISBN 0738453102)
   This IBM Redbook focuses on using the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench to
   build resource models that use existing ILT providers and custom ILT Java
   providers. You learn how to create a custom Instrumentation Library Type
   (ILT) provider using the supplied Java templates to examine and provide data
   to IBM Tivoli Monitoring for analysis within the resource model that you
   created through the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench.
   The IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench is used to develop, debug, and
   package resource models for IBM Tivoli Monitoring. You learn how to use the
   step-by-step wizards provided by the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench to
   create resource models to monitor any number of your IT resources, including
   operating systems, databases, hardware, and networking resources and
   applications.
   In addition, you learn about the CIM used to store metrics and how to collect
   data stored in a CIM format. Upon completion, you will be able to create, test,
   and deploy monitoring solutions quickly and efficiently to create an autonomic
   environment.
   IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1: Advanced Resource Monitoring,
   SG24-5519 (ISBN 0738426938)
   This redbook updates and unifies both Tivoli Distributed Monitoring
   (Advanced Edition) 4.1 Redbooks into one redbook. This includes both
   monitoring and Workbench software. This redbook proves invaluable to Tivoli
   system administrators who are migrating from earlier releases of Tivoli
   Distributed Monitoring. Various examples of creating resource models to
   replace custom monitors are included.




                                Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide   13
14   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
2


    Chapter 2.   Basic concepts for IBM
                 Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
                 This chapter discusses the necessary concepts of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1.
                 It provides the prerequisite and fundamental knowledge that you need to deploy
                 and maintain IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                             15
2.1 Desktop Management Task Force
               The Distributed Management Task Force, Inc. (DMTF) provides systems
               management specifications for the standardization of managing an IT
               environment. It provides industry standards for systems management of
               back-office environments and Web-services based environments.

               The standards are platform-independent and not aligned to a specific technology
               implementation. They include information models, control protocols, and
               management services specifications.

               For more information about DMTF, see their Web site at:
               http://www.dmtf.org

               The following sections provide some specifications from DMTF that are used by
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1.


2.1.1 Common Information Model standards
               The Common Information Model (CIM) defines the format of system
               management information. It includes a specification about how the information
               should be written. And it includes a base data structure (schema) for what should
               be defined.

               The structure is extensible for any implementation-specific information as
               indicated in the specification. This CIM-based common definition allows different
               products and platforms to exchange management information seamlessly.


2.1.2 Managed Object Format
               Managed Object Format (MOF) is the format for CIM-based information. It is
               based on the Interface Definition Language (IDL) from the Object Management
               Group. This allows for the definition of object classes and instances in plain text
               format to provide readability for both the human reader and computer parsing.
               MOF-based files can be edited by any text editor.


2.1.3 Web-Based Enterprise Management initiative
               Web-Based Enterprise Management (WBEM) extends systems management to
               include Web-based management. Since this is a standard developed by DMTF, it
               is primarily based on the CIM data model.

               The WBEM provides additional specification for XML encoding for CIM, called
               xmlCIM. And it provides specification for transporting the CIM information over


16   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
HTTP. The xmlCIM specification defines the XML elements in a standard
        Document Type Definition (DTD) format. It represents CIM classes and
        instances, not in MOF format, but XML. The XML format allows easier transport
        over HTTP because it is a natural extension to the HTML format.



2.2 Windows Management Instrumentation
        Microsoft implemented WBEM on Microsoft Windows platform in Windows
        Management Instrumentation (WMI). As we discuss in 2.1, “Desktop
        Management Task Force” on page 16, WMI uses CIM as an industry standard for
        management information. WMI allows the automation of management tasks on a
        Windows-based platform.

        Currently different versions of Windows have different options of WMI installation,
        such as:
           Windows Server 2003: WMI is preinstalled.
           Windows XP: WMI is preinstalled.
           Windows Me: WMI is preinstalled.
           Windows 2000: WMI is preinstalled.
           Windows NT 4.0 SP4: WMI can be installed using Add/Remove Windows
           components in Control Panel as a WBEM installation option.
           Windows 95 and 98: WMI Core 1.5 can be downloaded from:
           http://download.microsoft.com/download/platformsdk/wmicore/1.5/W9XNT4/EN-US
           /wmicore.EXE
           WMI CORE 1.5 (for Windows 95, 98, and NT 4.0) requires Microsoft Internet
           Explorer Version 5 or later 2.



2.3 Java and JavaBeans
        The Java platform is a software-only platform that masks the differences of
        hardware-based platforms. It hides the details about hardware-based storage,
        memory, network connection, and computing power capabilities. Java platforms
        can be used to develop and deploy applications to various hardware-based
        platforms.

        The differences in application needs also induce the emergence of several types
        of Java environments, such as:
           Java 2 Platform, Standard Edition (J2SE), provides an environment for the
           Core Java and Desktop Java applications development. It is the basis for Java


                              Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   17
2 Platform, Enterprise Edition (J2EE) and Java Web Services technologies. It
                   has the compiler, tools, runtimes, and Java application programming
                   interfaces (APIs) that let you write, test, deploy, and run applets and
                   applications.
                   Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition, defines the standard for developing
                   component-based multitier enterprise applications. It is based on J2SE and
                   provides additional services, tools, and APIs to support simplified enterprise
                   applications development.
                   Java 2 Platform, Micro Edition (J2ME), is a set of technologies and
                   specifications targeted at consumer and embedded devices, such as mobile
                   phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), printers, and TV set-top boxes.
                   Java Card technology adapts the Java platform to enable smart cards and
                   other intelligent devices with limited memory and processing capabilities to
                   benefit from many of the advantages of Java technology.

               The technology that allows component-based development in a Java platform is
               called JavaBeans. It conforms to the J2SE specification. JavaBeans provide
               reusable software components that can be assembled to create a complex
               application. The JavaBeans specification is available from:
               http://java.sun.com/products/javabeans/docs/spec.html



2.4 WebSphere Application Server
               IBM WebSphere Application Servers are a suite of servers that implement the
               J2EE specification. This simply means that any Web applications that are written
               to the J2EE specification can be installed and deployed on any of the servers in
               the WebSphere Application Server family.

               The foundation of the IBM WebSphere brand is the application server. The
               application server provides the runtime environment and management tools for
               J2EE and Web Services-based applications.

               WebSphere Application Servers are available in multiple configurations to meet
               specific business needs. They also serve as the base for other WebSphere
               products, such as WebSphere Commerce, by providing the application server
               required for running these specialized applications.

               WebSphere Application Servers are available on a wide range of platforms,
               including UNIX-based platforms, Microsoft operating systems, IBM z/OS®, and
               IBM Eserver iSeries™ servers. Although branded for the iSeries server,
               WebSphere Application Server products for the iSeries are functionally
               equivalent to those for the UNIX and Microsoft platforms.



18   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
2.5 Visual Basic and JavaScript
           Visual Basic and JavaScript are widely used scripting languages. IBM Tivoli
           Monitoring supports Visual Basic and JavaScript for building the logic of the
           resource models.


2.5.1 Visual Basic
           Visual Basic is a scripting language developed by Microsoft that is based on the
           BASIC programming language. With Visual Basic, the BASIC language is
           extended to support object-oriented programming concepts. Microsoft Visual
           Basic provides a graphical user interface (GUI) to manipulate and modify parts of
           the code, typically the object’s methods, which are written in the BASIC language
           format.


2.5.2 JavaScript
           JavaScript is a Web page extension scripting language developed by NetScape
           Inc. It is typically used inside an HTML file to allow dynamic content and modify
           viewing behavior on Web pages. JavaScript is independent from the Java
           programming language by Sun Microsystems.



2.6 Database concepts
           IBM Tivoli Monitoring supports collection of historical data into a relational
           database management system (RDBMS). The relational database is accessed
           using services provided by Tivoli Framework called RDBMS interface module
           (RIM). Some important terms related to relational database are:
           Database               A set of tables that may be interrelated that stores data
                                  and information supporting a certain application
           Database instance      A group of databases that are served by a single
                                  database process
           Tablespace             Physical storage that is reserved for a set of tables,
                                  typically implemented as a file system or directory path
           Table                  A collection of records with structured information with
                                  predefined fields
           Row                    A single record in a database table
           Column                 A field in a database table
           Index                  Precollected information from a table that assists in
                                  searching table rows


                                 Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   19
Relationship             A connection between two or more tables that shows a
                                        the inherent dependency between data
               Stored procedure         A program that runs, when requested, in the database
                                        system to perform a canned function
               Trigger                  A program that runs, when there is a change to a table
                                        (insert, update or delete of a row), in the database system
                                        to perform a canned function



2.7 IBM Tivoli Management Framework
               The Tivoli Framework provides the basic system management services, such as
               communications, presentation, security, and so on, that all Tivoli systems
               management applications use, ensuring consistency and integration. At its core,
               the Tivoli Framework provides the facilities to transfer files and execute
               commands on remote systems with security.

               These facilities are performed in the context of profiles. A profile is a collection of
               application-specific information that can be manipulated and distributed to
               machines in the Tivoli environment. This management model is often cited as
               management by subscription.

               This section explains the general concepts of creating and distributing a profile.
               These concepts are common across Tivoli applications, such as software
               distribution, resource monitoring, system configuration, and so on. It also
               explains the built-in security-based rules, called policies, and authorization roles.

               Most Tivoli systems management tasks, regardless of the application or
               component that is to be managed, may be performed by using the Tivoli desktop,
               which provides a user interface consistent throughout management applications.
               However, you are not limited to use the Tivoli desktop because you can run many
               jobs and tasks using the command line interface (CLI).


2.7.1 Tivoli Management Environment
               Many components of Tivoli Enterprise software are used to manage an
               enterprise environment. Although the requirements of a particular enterprise may
               dictate which components are installed and used, there is still a common
               infrastructure that is used in all environments. To understand this infrastructure,
               certain concepts and terminology must be introduced.




20   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Tivoli Management Region
The basic unit of Tivoli functionality is the Tivoli Management Region (TMR). A
TMR is a partition of your network. It consists of at least of one TMR server and
the clients that the server is managing.

The TMR server provides facilities required to manage the environment. One of
its major distinguishing points is that it contains and controls the major portion of
a distributed database that contains information regarding the managed
resources and objects used to manage the environment.

A TMR can be composed of:
   A TMR server and endpoint manager
   Managed nodes and endpoint gateways
   Tivoli Management Agent (TMA) endpoints

You may need to split your TMR. The TMRs can then be connected to work
together to form a complete management solution. Some reasons for multiple
TMRs are to:
   Provide a different security level and policy for administrators
   Balance the server load between multiple TMR servers
   Provide a different set of resources for each TMR that may or may not be
   shared

Common concepts of operations
Most Tivoli products operate under the same set of concepts, as described here.
   The primary communication within the Tivoli environment is performed by the
   oserv daemon. This daemon runs on the TMR server and all managed nodes.
   Communications to a TMA endpoint use a subset of the facilities provided by
   the oserv daemon. The TMA endpoint only communicates directly with its
   associated endpoint gateway.
   The information relating to all objects in the Tivoli environment, along with
   application-specific information, is stored in a distributed, object-oriented
   database. This database is distributed between the TMR server and all
   managed nodes in the TMR.
   A GUI, called the Tivoli Desktop, enables operators to access all Tivoli
   management applications.
   Most Tivoli application-specific functions are performed in the context of
   profiles. A profile is a collection of application-specific information that can be
   manipulated and distributed to machines in the Tivoli environment. The
   general concepts of creating and distributing a profile are common across
   Tivoli applications. This is called management by subscription.




                       Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   21
Management operations in the Tivoli environment are subject to policies or
                   rules. This allows management to define the policies, which provides the
                   parameters under which an administrator may perform management
                   functions.

               Now that you understand the Tivoli environment and the common concepts of
               operations in this environment, you can learn about the role of each system in a
               Tivoli Management Environment® (TME®) and the benefits of each role.

               Tivoli managed objects
               To define your enterprise computing environment on Tivoli, you need to create a
               TMR server and as many TMR clients as needed.
                   Managed nodes
                   Tivoli clients running the oserv daemon are represented as managed nodes.
                   Managed nodes maintain a local database. Managed nodes have the
                   graphical Tivoli desktop capability. The TMR server itself is configured
                   automatically as the first managed node on the Tivoli desktop. Other
                   managed nodes are defined and appear on the desktop when the Tivoli
                   Management Framework is installed on them. Typically you can find
                   installation failure messages in the installation log $TEMP/tivoli.cinstall or in
                   the $DBDIR/oservlog database log file. Communication is established
                   between the oserv daemons running on each system.
                   Endpoints
                   A machine running a TMA is called a TMA endpoint. Like a managed node, a
                   TMA endpoint can receive distributions, execute tasks, run monitors, and
                   send events. Due to the expected large number (thousands) of TMA
                   endpoints, a TMA endpoint has no icon representation on the desktop. A TMA
                   endpoint is listed in the endpoint manager under an endpoint gateway. A TMA
                   endpoint icon appears if the TMA endpoint is a subscriber of a profile
                   manager. In a single TMR, it is only supported to have at most 20 000
                   endpoints. However, most installations are defined with fewer endpoints per
                   TMR.

               This environment is what conceptually is called the three-tiered architecture. The
               TMR server runs the Endpoint Manager, and the managed nodes run the
               Endpoint Gateways and endpoints. When it is started, an endpoint logs into the
               gateway assigned in its data file (lcf.dat). In turn, the gateway checks the
               endpoint from its endpoint list cache. The login processing then continues by
               running several log-in policy scripts in which the endpoint is assigned a gateway.
               If this gateway does not respond, the endpoint is considered isolated.

               The endpoint runs a minimum code for connecting to the gateway. When an
               action needs to be performed, such as by profile distribution, it downloads the



22   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
necessary binaries and files from the gateway. The binaries and files are then
           stored in a method cache on the endpoint until it is restarted.


2.7.2 Tivoli desktop
           The Tivoli GUI, or desktop, is the administrator’s view of the environment being
           managed by Tivoli products. The desktop allows users to graphically access
           resources and perform tasks. Tivoli also provides a CLI to allow many of the
           functions that the desktop provides to be performed from a shell. Some functions
           can be performed only from the CLI. Some functions can be performed only
           through the desktop GUI.

           Figure 2-1 shows the initial view after the desktop is started.


             Pull-down menu options                         Resource icons with pop-up menu options
             (click the mouse button to display)            (right-click the mouse button to display)




                                                                                            Icon
                                                                                            area
             Search
             facility




                                                                                            Messa
                                                                                            ge area




             Status
             line




           Figure 2-1 Initial desktop view




                                     Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1         23
2.7.3 Resources
               Resources are important concepts in understanding the Tivoli Enterprise
               environment. Resources may be any hardware or software entity (machine,
               service, system, or facility) in the enterprise. Each resource is represented by an
               object in the Tivoli database and has an icon on the Tivoli desktop. Resources
               that are subject to certain sets of rules within the Tivoli environment are called
               managed resources, and the predefined rules are called policies.

               Managed resources are contained within policy regions, which are special
               collections of managed resources that are subject to the same set of rules. As
               more products are installed in the Tivoli environment, more managed resource
               types become available for use.

               The important resources in the Tivoli Enterprise environment are:
                   Policy region: A collection of managed resources that share one or more
                   common sets of rules; also represent administrative domains that can be
                   assigned to administrators
                   Administrator collection: A container that holds the icons for all
                   administrators defined for theTivoli Enterprise environment
                   Within the administrator collection is an icon for each administrator. An
                   administrator is defined to allow Tivoli Management Framework to identify the
                   userID a task should run and who can use this administrative authority.
                   Bulletin board: Contains notices that are sent by Tivoli applications to inform
                   the administrators of changes in the Tivoli Enterprise environment
                   The icon for the bulletin board can appear in two different states, one showing
                   there are no new notices, shown on the left, and one showing that there are
                   new notices, shown on the right.
                   Profiles: Application-specific information that can be manipulated and
                   distributed to machines in the Tivoli environment
                   This information can relate to a large variety of things, such as users,
                   software, hardware, and so on. The icon of the profile depends on the Tivoli
                   application.
                   Profile managers: Usually an association between one or more profiles and
                   their subscribers (usually a machine that Tivoli manages)
                   There are two kinds of profile manager: database mode and dataless mode.
                   Endpoint manager: Contains the list of endpoint gateways defined in the
                   TMR
                   Using the endpoint manager, you can look at individual gateways and list
                   which TMA endpoints are associated with them. Also, through this interface,



24   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
certain properties of the individual TMA endpoints can be inspected. The icon
              represents a 3-tier architecture.
              Task library: A managed resource that allows an administrator to create and
              store tasks and jobs (see the following definitions); icon represents multiple
              notes
              Task: A resource that represents an action or operation that needs to be
              performed within the Tivoli environment
              Because a task can’t be executed without supplying additional information,
              the icon uses cleared boxes.
              Job: A resource that represents a task, which is executed on specific
              managed resources
              Check boxes are used for the job icon.
              Scheduler: Allows tasks to be performed within the Tivoli environment
              These tasks can be scheduled for any time of the day or night and any day of
              the week. If you need more scheduling restrictions, use Tivoli Workload
              Scheduler.


2.7.4 Policy and policy regions
           In the Tivoli Enterprise environment, a policy is a set of rules that are applied to
           managed resources. A policy enables you to control the default values of
           newly-created resources (default policy) and to maintain the guidelines when
           administrators perform management operations on resources (validation policy).
           A specific rule in a policy is referred to as a policy method. A default policy
           method can supply a constant value or run a shell script or a program that
           generates a value. A validation policy method usually runs a program or shell
           script to verify values supplied by the administrator. Administrators can define
           and maintain policies.

           Policy regions are containers for managed resources that use the same set of
           policies. As Tivoli applications are added, additional rules and permissions may
           be installed on the system. Policy regions help to organize the managed
           resources in the desktop and can be helpful in defining and limiting administrator
           access to these resources. Only resources assigned to the policy region can be
           created or stored in the policy region.

           Policy regions can be arranged hierarchically by creating policy subregions. Each
           policy subregion has its own subset of resources. When the subregion is initially
           defined, it has the same policies and managed resource types as its parent. After
           the initial definition, these things can be changed and do not depend at all on the
           parent’s definitions.




                                 Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   25
As previously mentioned, policy regions and subregions are collections of
               resources for which the same set of policies apply. Different criteria can be used
               to build these entities, such as administrator locations, administrator permission
               hierarchy, geography, departments, machine types, and so on. The policy region
               architecture is designed to be flexible so that resources can be laid out to reflect
               each company’s individual structure and policies.


2.7.5 Administrator and roles
               An administrator in Tivoli Framework is an object that:
                   Has an assigned login user for executing a task (defined in the Create
                   administrator dialog). The login must be valid on the managed node on which
                   the administrator is defined.
                   Maps a logical administrator into an operating system login defined in the Set
                   Logins dialog. This account is mapped from a login request that comes from
                   any managed nodes in the region.
                   Assigns roles for resources within the TMR or for a specific policy region.

               Sometimes an administrator must be mapped to a different user ID on different
               platforms. The mapping happens, for example, to execute a certain task. Only
               one user name can be specified in the Create administrator dialog. The solution
               is the usage of a user ID map, which allows an association to be made for a
               different user name on a different platform. A user ID map is specified with a
               dollar ($) sign.

               A default user ID map is defined called $root_user. It maps the root user to the
               administrator in Windows platforms. The widmap command, as shown in
               Example 2-1, is used to manipulate a user ID map.

               Example 2-1 Sample widmap command
               # widmap list_entries root_user
               default root
               w32-ix86 Administrator


               A major concept relating to the security is that of authorization roles.
               Authorization roles are predefined names for sets of management task abilities.
               These roles are discrete and not hierarchical, meaning that each role has
               specific functions it can perform. Some functions can be executed by only one
               role. Others can be executed by more than one role.

               The role or roles given to an administrator define what that administrator can do
               to a particular set of resources. These authorization roles can be delegated for




26   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
the entire TMR or for individual policy regions or special resources, such as an
           administrator or scheduler.


2.7.6 Profiles and profile managers
           Profiles and profile managers form the configuration management portion of the
           Tivoli Management Framework. Together, these objects organize, create, and
           distribute information to remote systems.

           Profiles are Tivoli objects that represent a collection of information that
           corresponds to a system resource. A strong understanding of profile and profile
           manager concepts is imperative for anyone who will use the Tivoli Management
           Framework and applications to manage resources.

           Figure 2-2 shows the Tivoli Profile Manager desktop view with its profiles and
           subscribers, which are all described in the sections that follow. To display this
           dialog, double-click Policy Region and double-click Profile Manager.




                Profile manager                                               Profile manager
                icon                                                          name




               Profiles




             Subscribers

                                          Managed nodes         Other profile manager




           Figure 2-2 Profile Manager desktop view


                                  Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1    27
Profiles
               Although profiles are part of the Tivoli Management Framework infrastructure,
               they are application specific. That is, each Tivoli application defines specialized
               profile types used by that application. Profiles are created and maintained in
               profile managers. Profiles can be changed without immediately putting the
               changes into effect on the managed machines. Editing and distributing the
               profiles are two separate functions.

               Depending on the profile type, when creating a profile, the administrator can
               enter the data in the dialog boxes that are provided. Or the administrator can
               extract the information from existing system files or databases to populate the
               profile.

               To continue the previous example using the user profile, you could retrieve the
               information for your user profile from several remote systems /etc/passwd or NIS
               files. You can specify the hosts from which to obtain information and whether the
               information should replace or be appended to an existing profile. The ability to do
               these types of operations depends on the type of profile you are creating and the
               information that already exists.

               Profile managers
               A profile manager provides a place to create and organize groups of profiles and
               link subscribers to them. A profile manager can contain multiple profiles of the
               same type, or it can contain profiles of more than one type. Profile managers also
               control the distribution of profiles and help organize resources.

               As shown in Figure 2-2, you can logically view a profile manager as having two
               sections. One section contains profiles, and the other section contains
               subscribers. A subscriber is a profile endpoint or another profile manager that
               receives profile records from the profile manager.

               A profile endpoint is a system that is the final destination for a profile. Target
               machine is another term for profile endpoint. Examples of profile endpoints can
               be managed nodes, PC managed nodes, TMA endpoints, or NIS domains. In the
               case of PC managed nodes, the profile is distributed to the UNIX or Windows NT
               system sponsoring the PC running the PC agent software, which is then
               distributed to that PC. The same situation is true for NetWare Managed Sites.
               The profile is distributed to the NetWare server, which is then distributed to its set
               of clients.




28   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
At the time of distribution, the administrator can choose to select a subset of
subscribers for the particular distribution (as well as a subset of the profiles) and
can choose various options related to the distribution.
   Profile managers in database mode
   When distributing a profile from a profile manager in database mode, the
   information in the profile is distributed to the Tivoli database of the subscriber
   or subscribers. It is also possible to subscribe other profile managers to a
   profile manager in database mode. This scenario provides a mechanism to
   hierarchically manage the environment. The database profile managers can
   be deleted only when all subscribers are removed.
   Profile managers in dataless mode
   To support dataless TMA endpoints running the Tivoli Management Agent,
   the Tivoli Management Framework now supports a new type of profile
   manager. In many ways, it is similar to the original profile manager, but it
   differs in a few important ways.
   Profile managers in dataless mode also contain two logical sections: profiles
   and subscribers. However, when a profile is distributed, it does not copy the
   profile to the database at the next level. Rather, it applies the changes
   contained in the profile to the system.
   However, profile managers in dataless mode have been created to support
   TMA endpoints. You can also subscribe a managed node to a dataless profile
   manager and distribute a profile to it. In this scenario, the managed node
   functions more like a TMA endpoint processing the profile data immediately
   without copying the profile to its own database.

Based on the previous discussion about the two profile manager types, all
subscriber types, except TMA endpoints, are supported by profile managers in
database mode. All subscriber types, except profile managers, are supported by
profile managers in dataless mode. Other than the operational differences of how
the data is distributed, the net of this discussion is that you cannot subscribe
profile managers and TMA endpoints to the same profile manager.

This leads us to building profile manager hierarchies where the higher level
profile managers are running in database mode. Also, only the leaf profile
managers (those at the lowest level) have TMA endpoints as subscribers.

It is possible to build a hierarchy where both managed nodes and profile
managers are subscribed to higher-level profile managers running in database
mode. Figure 2-3 illustrates a standard profile manager hierarchy that makes it
much easier to add TMA endpoints to the environment.




                       Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   29
Database PM




                                                                              Database PM




                  Dataless PM                    Dataless PM                   Dataless PM




                 Profile Endpoint              Profile Endpoint      Profile Endpoint   Profile Endpoint

               Figure 2-3 Standard profile manager hierarchy


2.7.7 RDBMS interface module
               The RIM is the interface between Tivoli applications that use a relational
               database and the relational database. The RIM provides a common interface
               used by Tivoli applications to store and retrieve information from several
               databases. There is no separate RIM installation. It is installed as a Tivoli
               Framework component.

               The data stored in an RDBMS by a Tivoli application can be shared by any
               application (Tivoli or non-Tivoli) that can access SQL data. Moreover, the Tivoli
               applications that use a relational database benefit from the advanced features of
               a RDBMS, such as scalability, performance, and reliability.

               The RIM is composed of a RIM object. Each time you install an application using
               the RIM, an instance of a RIM object is created and then the Tivoli application
               can connect to the relational database defined in this instance.




30   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
The RIM object is divided into three layers:
              The API layer, which provides an interface to the Tivoli applications that want
              to use the RIM services
              The Translation layer, which translates the API commands to data types and
              SQL statements that can be specific for each RDBMS vendor
              The Adapter layer, which implements the RDBMS commands for each
              database vendor

           No Tivoli icon is created to represent the RIM object. You create an instance of
           the RIM object either by using the wcrtrim command or by installing and
           configuring a Tivoli application that uses the RIM interface. See the appropriate
           Tivoli application manual for more details about setting the RIM object.


2.7.8 MDist 2 distribution
           MDist2 is a Tivoli Framework service that provides Tivoli applications with the
           functionalities required to perform mass data transfers through a hierarchy of
           repeaters to one or more endpoints. It provides utilities to fully control and
           automate the application profile distributions. MDist2 enables you to control the
           total amount of resources used by a repeater. This makes distributing data fast
           and efficient, improving performance and throughput.

           You can set the network load, target network load, number of priority
           connections, packet size, debug level, maximum memory, and maximum disk
           space. You also can set intervals for how often the database is updated and the
           frequency and length of time that a repeater retries unavailable or interrupted
           targets.

           The components of MDist2, as shown in Figure 2-4, are:
              Repeater manager: The Tivoli object that maintains configuration data for all
              repeaters in the TMR and determines the distribution path. There is one
              repeater manager per TMR.
              Repeater site: The intermediate client that receives a single copy of data and
              sends it to another repeater site or target client.
              Repeater depot: The storage site for MDist2 distributions. Every repeater has
              a depot. Thus, data can be stored on any repeater in the Tivoli environment.
              This storage mechanism helps reduce network traffic for frequently distributed
              data sets.
              Repeater queue: The queuing mechanism for MDist2 distributions. Every
              repeater has a queue. The distribution is queued and its persistent
              information is kept as a local file. This queuing mechanism includes a retry
              function that enhances support for unreachable targets.



                                 Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   31
Figure 2-4 MDist2 components

                   Distribution manager: The Tivoli object that updates status in the database.
                   There is one distribution manager per TMR. Thus, each TMR keeps track of
                   all distributions it launches.
                   GUI: The Java interface used to view status and control distributions. This
                   Java GUI component requires the Tivoli Java RIM, Java Component
                   Framework (JCF) and Java Runtime, which are all available from the Tivoli
                   Framework distribution media.
                   RIM: A common interface that Tivoli applications can use to store and retrieve
                   information from a relational database, and to store MDist2 distribution data.
                   The required tables for this database are DIST_STATE and
                   DIST_NODE_STATE.

               The two repeater types in MDist2 are:
                   Gateway repeater (TMF/LCF/gateway) is linked into the gateway.
                   Managed node repeater (TAS/MANAGED_NODE/rpt2) is a stand-alone
                   binary that runs on a managed node.




32   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
2.7.9 Command line interface
           This section discusses some commonly used commands within the TMR.

           odadmin
           The odadmin command performs as a generic interface to oserv. Here are some
           variations of this command:
              Running odadmin without any argument shows the status of oserv and
              displays basic characteristic of it.
              The odadmin odlist command lists the managed nodes (TMR server and
              Tivoli clients) within the TMR, their dispatcher number and its status. If the
              client can be contacted, the letter c is displayed in the status column.
              The odadmin start command starts a non-Windows-based managed node,
              and the odadmin shutdown command shuts down any managed node.
              A multihome host, which is behind a network address translation (NAT)
              gateway, needs to be contacted by its name. To enable this facility, you issue
              the odadmin set_iom_by_name TRUE all command.
              To allow a managed node to have a dynamic IP address using DHCP, you
              issue the odadmin allow_dynamic_ipaddr TRUE. command.

           wlookup
           The wlookup command allows a lookup to the name registry, which stores all
           classes and their instances. This is particularly useful for getting a resource
           name or listing a resource type. Some useful wlookup formats are:
              The wlookup -R command retrieves all resource types.
              The wlookup -ar class command retrieves all resource with the type class.

           wlsinst
           The wlsinst command obtains the product installation status. It retrieves a list of
           installed products, patches, or both. Some useful wlsinst command formats are
           to obtain:
              All installed products using the wlsinst -p command
              All installed patches using the wlsinst -P command
              All installed products and patches using the wlsinst -a command
              The installation status by host, for example by adding the -h option to obtain
              all installed products by host using the wlsinst -p -h command




                                 Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1    33
wbkupdb
               The wbkupdb command allows you to back up and restore the Tivoli object
               database. For example, consider the default directory $DBDIR/../backups.
                   To back up to this directory, use the wbkupdb command.
                   To restore this directory, use the wbkupdb -r -d filename command.

               wchkdb
               The wchkdb command allows you to check the integrity of the object database. It
               also allows recovery and repair of the object database for minor inconsistencies.
                   The wchkdb command checks the consistency of the object database.
                   The wchkdb -u command checks and repairs the object database.
                   The wchkdb -x command checks across TMR connections.

               wmdist
               The wmdist command retrieves the status of MDist2 distributions.
                   The wmdist -l command lists the currently active distribution and its status.
                   The wmdist -s command displays the currently used configurations.



2.8 IBM Tivoli Monitoring concepts
               Figure 2-5 presents a high-level overview of the interaction between various
               components of IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile
               contains, among other information, a resource model. The resource model is a
               collection of monitors that correlate amongst themselves before attempting to
               perform a notification action.

               The IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile is distributed to the endpoints to monitor one
               or more resources (examples of typical resources are hard disk space, paging
               space, and process or service). Based on configuration settings in the IBM Tivoli
               Monitoring 5.1 profile, the engine runs on the endpoint and performs the
               necessary monitoring on the resources that are specified in the distributed
               resource model or models. The Web Health Console obtains logged data from
               selected endpoints and displays the health of the endpoints for their resources.




34   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Tivoli Data Warehouse




                                                                                sis
                                 Cu




                                                                             aly
                                                                              p
                                   sto




                                                                     Tre Rollu
                                       miz




                                                                           An
                                             e;
                 Tmw2k Profile                  Dis




                                                                        nd
                                                    trib
                                  De                    ute
                                     fau
                                         lts                                                                Display

                                                              TMR




                                                         l
                                                       al
                                                                                                                             Web Health Console




                                                     st
                                                    In
                                                                                                       Ge
                                                                                                         td
                                     Resource                                                              ata
                                      Model                                           Di
                                                                                           st
                                                                                             ri b
                                                                                                 ut
                                                                                                   e
                             Cr sign
                            De eate
                                g
                              De

                              bu




                                                                                                                                 `

                                                                                                                      Endpoint




                    ITM Workbench

           Figure 2-5 High-level overview

           The following sections describe the CIM architecture and the three key
           components of IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1, which are:
              Profile
              Resource models
              Engine


2.8.1 Integration with the Common Information Model
           The CIM is part of the industry-wide initiative, DMTF, for providing a common
           model for the management of environments across multiple vendor-specific
           products. WBEM is another initiative that includes the CIM standard.

           CIM is a conceptual model for describing implementation-independent
           management. The ultimate goal of CIM compliance is to build applications that
           can extract and use management data from products released by different



                                            Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1                                            35
vendors, whether for hardware or software. IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 is
               CIM-compliant and, therefore, can collect, store, and analyze management data
               from other CIM-compliant base products in a common format (CIM). The
               advantage of using CIM-based resource monitoring is that, when newer versions
               of the product whose resources are being monitored are released, the monitor is
               not required to know the implementation details of the system. The monitor only
               interacts with it through an accepted management interface (CIM Schema).

               CIM is basically an object-oriented modeling of both hardware and software
               elements. CIM consists of two parts:
                   CIM Specification: Describes the language, naming, meta-schema, and
                   mapping techniques to other management models such as Simple Network
                   Management Protocol (SNMP), Management Information Base (MIB), etc.
                   CIM Schema: Provides the actual model descriptions by giving the set of
                   classes with properties and associations to model the particular environment

               The CIM Schema is comprised of the core model and common model.
                   Core model: The platform-independent base model and other models are
                   built as extensions of the core model. It is described by the core schema and
                   contains a top-level set of classes that apply to all management domains.
                   Common model: An extension of the core model, which is also
                   platform-independent, but specifies the management area. Presently, there
                   are five areas that are defined in the common model: systems, devices,
                   applications, networks, and physical.

               Beyond the CIM Schema are extension schemas. The extension schemas are
               specific to the technologies that are defined in them. Examples of extension
               schemas include schemas for Microsoft Windows operating systems, various
               UNIX environments, and so on.

               Each schema is a collection of one or more classes, and each class is a
               collection of similar objects. A class is defined as the basic unit of management.
               Observing the object-oriented paradigm, classes are either defined as static or
               dynamic.

               Static classes are stored by the CIM Object Manager in the CIM Object
               Management (CIMOM) Repository. Applications query object data from the
               CIMOM Repository through the CIM Object Manager. The basic CIM-compliant
               instrumentation layer is either provided by the operating systems vendor or a
               software that is compliant with CIM specifications that is installed on the
               operating system. It enables management applications, such as Tivoli Distributed
               Monitoring, to retrieve management data about various resources in the system.




36   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
On Windows 2000 systems, the CIM-compliant Microsoft implementation WMI is
          already installed as part of the operating system. Windows NT 4.0 servers
          require WMI software to be installed prior to the use of IBM Tivoli Monitoring.

           Note: The WMI software is available as a download from Microsoft.

          Therefore, IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 directly interacts with WMI to pull
          management data at runtime. In UNIX systems, CIM-compliant instrumentation
          called TouchPoint is embedded in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine to
          facilitate the retrieval of management data. The TouchPoint infrastructure has two
          interfaces: Touchpoint Service Layer (TSL) and Resource Interface
          Instrumentation Library Type (ILT).

          Figure 2-6 shows a layout of CIM implementation for systems management.



           Management Applications                   Database
                                                    Applications
                                                                          Web Browsers
                                                                                                 C/C++/Java
                                                                                                 Applications




                CIM            MOF
                                                                        CIMOM APIs / TSL

                                     MOF compiler



           Management              CIMOM                           CIM Objects Manager (CIMOM)
           Infrastructure         Repository




           WBEM Providers                                                 Provider/ILTs




           Managed Objects                              System             Back office
                                                                                            Middleware
                                                       Resources           applications



          Figure 2-6 CIM implementation for systems management


2.8.2 Resource model
          The resource model is a monitoring model. It contains the program scheme
          necessary to determine what data is to be accessed from an endpoint at runtime
          and how this data is to be handled. This model is equivalent to an
          implementation of monitors from previous editions of Tivoli Distributed
          Monitoring. However, it uses the object-oriented modeling approach and
          integration with CIM.



                                Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1                      37
Each resource model obtains resource data from the endpoint to which it is
               distributed, performs root cause analysis using a built-in algorithm, and reacts
               accordingly in the form of built-in actions or user-defined tasks. An example of a
               resource model is the TMW_Services resource model, which is used to monitor
               the Windows Services-like server, browser, event log, and so on.

               The major components of a resource model are the configuration file, MOF file,
               decision tree file, message catalog for building the Tivoli Enterprise Console, and
               Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM) events, and class files to interface
               with the native library. The MOF file contains the particular resource model’s
               class description and event definitions.

               The classes are derived from the corresponding base classes of the resources.
               The base classes for the model-to-resources association, and classes that
               describe physical resources used in the resource models with respect to the
               instance providers, are provided in a base MOF file and a resources MOF file,
               respectively. These additional MOF files are distributed to the endpoint the first
               time an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile is distributed to it. The configuration
               details of the resource model are obtained by the engine from the configuration
               file. These details include the resource model name, platform name, name of the
               decision tree file, and names of the MOF files.

               The decision tree file is in VisualBasic script or JavaScript for Windows platform
               and JavaScript for UNIX or LINUX platforms. It contains both the initialization
               settings for the resource model and the algorithm that is used by the IBM Tivoli
               Monitoring 5.1 analyzer to determine if a problem is encountered in the
               resources described by the resource model.

               When an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile containing a resource model is
               distributed to the endpoint, the following actions take place:
               1. Resource model files are unzipped from the resource model-specific ZIP file.
               2. MOF files specific to the resource model are compiled.
               3. All components of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine are created, loaded in
                  memory, and started (logger, analyzer, action manager, event aggregator, and
                  event correlator).




38   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
3


    Chapter 3.   Planning for IBM Tivoli
                 Monitoring V5.1.1
                 deployment
                 This chapter discusses the necessary planning stage before you implement IBM
                 Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. It examines the client’s IT environment, topology, and
                 the existing management environment. It looks at endpoint software verification,
                 Health Console and data warehouse planning, and the Workbench development
                 requirements.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                              39
3.1 Environment and topology
               At the client’s request to implement IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1, you must be
               able to analyze important information from their environment to successfully
               deploy IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. An initial assessment that you must perform
               is on the client’s IT environment and interconnection topology. The results of this
               assessment influence the design of the solution, in terms of Tivoli Framework
               structure.
                   The physical network structure defines how profile distribution and data
                   collection will be performed by the Tivoli environment, typically by configuring
                   MDist II repeaters.
                   The logical ownership of the network determines how policy region hierarchy
                   will be implemented as the policy region represents an authorization unit in
                   Tivoli.
                   The machine architecture, operating system level, and its usage can
                   determine how profile managers will be used and created to achieve
                   maximum flexibility for distributing profiles.

               You need to identify the machines that IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 will manage.
               These machines are typically application servers that need to be monitored and
               managed. You need to check the operating system level of these machines to
               make sure that IBM Tivoli Monitoring supports these levels as specified in the
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 release notes. Later, you need to deploy and install
               the prerequisite software and Tivoli Management Agent.

               From these machines, you may want to determine the resources that will be
               monitored. This helps you to evaluate the monitoring requirement, such as the
               number of resource models that can be used and the resource model that needs
               to be custom created. You can also analyze the monitoring capacity requirement
               and determine the required database size to hold the monitoring data. In
               addition, this can help you to determine the additional space required to store the
               data in central data warehouse in Tivoli Data Warehouse.

               IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 can forward events to other Tivoli applications, such
               as IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console and IBM Tivoli Business Systems Manager
               (TBSM). If the client wants or needs this integration, consider an additional level
               of information, such as:
                   The application to which the monitored resource belongs
                   The business system that will be affected with the outage of the resource
                   Automation (if any) that needs to be performed whenever a resource is not
                   considered healthy




40   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
You can install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 on the platforms listed in Table 3-1.

Table 3-1 Supported platform
 Operating system           Versions                              Server        Gateway        Endpoint

 AIX®                       4.3.3, 5.1.0.C, 5.2                   x             x              x

 Solaris                    2.6, 7, 8, 9                          x             x              x

 Windows NT                 Version 4.0 SP 6 and 6a               x             x              x

 Windows 2000               Server, Advanced Server,              x             x              x
                            Professional SP3 and later

 Windows Server 2003        Standard, Enterprise                  x             x              x

 Windows XP                 Professional                                                       x

 Turbo Linux                Svr 6.1, 6.5                          x             x              x

 SuSE                       6.4, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 8.0, and 8.1      x             x              x

 SuSE SLES                  7.0                                   x             x              x

 SLES                       7.0 for S/390® and z/Series           x             x              x

 HP-UX                      11, 11i                               x             x              x

 OS/400®                    5.1, 5.2                                                           x

 RedHat Server (IA32)       7.0, 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3                 x             x              x

 RedHat Ent Linux           2.1                                   x             x              x
 (IA32)

 RedHat for OS/390®         6.0                                   x             x              x

 RedHat for Intel®           7.3, 8.0                             x             x              x

 UL (SLES 8)                1.0 for IA32 SP2+                     x             x              x

 UL (SLES 8)                1.0 for IBM Eserver zSeries®          x             x              x
                            SP2+

 UL (SLES 8)                1.0 for PowerPC®                                                   x


                     Restriction: No TBSM adapter is available for gateways running HP-UX.




                                       Chapter 3. Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment    41
3.2 Existing management environment
               When implementing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1, you need to collect information
               regarding the existing management environment. This is crucial so that you can
               evaluate the options on implementing the configuration.

               You must collect the following information:
                   Tivoli Framework structure
                   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 can be deployed in either a new Tivoli
                   Management Region (TMR), or merged to an existing TMR. For a completely
                   new implementation, decide which installation options to use. For a
                   pre-existing environment, understand how the existing TMRs are structured.
                   Typically you must know how the relationship between multiple regions and
                   the design of the profile managers as the monitoring profiles must be
                   distributed to the endpoints.
                   Other existing monitoring infrastructure
                   The current monitoring practice largely determines how the new
                   implementation can replace the existing one. You must understand which
                   monitors are currently in place. For example, the client may be using Tivoli
                   Distributed Monitoring or a custom program developed by the administrator or
                   involving third-party tools. Regardless of the infrastructure is, they must be
                   integrated to the overall monitoring infrastructure with IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                   V5.1.1.
                   The Tivoli Distributed Monitoring profile can be migrated to the IBM Tivoli
                   Monitoring V5.1.1 resource model. Custom monitoring scripts can be used in
                   data collection for resource models. Understanding the intervals and
                   threshold used in the monitoring tools is also beneficial because it serves as
                   the basis of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 implementation.

               The following sections explain the prerequisites for installing IBM Tivoli
               Monitoring V5.1.1.


3.2.1 Tivoli Management Framework requirement
               You need to obtain the software levels of the existing Tivoli environment. IBM
               Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 requires, as a minimum, Tivoli Management Framework
               Version 3.7B, but we recommend Version 3.7.1 or 4.1. If you have Tivoli
               Management Framework Version 4.1, we recommend that you install patches
               4.1-TMF-0013 and 4.1-TMF-0014. If you have Tivoli Management Framework
               Version 3.7.1, we recommend that you install patches 3.7.1-TMF-0097,
               3.7.1-TMF-0098, 3.7.1-TMF-0099, and 3.7.1-TMF-0114.




42   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Some platforms have specific patch requirements, as follows:
              Windows 2000 on Tivoli Management Framework, 3.7B, patch 3.7-TMF-0010
              is a prerequisite for any version of the Windows 2000 operating system. We
              recommend that you install it on all other platforms where it is available.
              Windows XP for Windows XP Professional endpoints patch 3.7.1-TMF-0044
              is required.
              Linux for iSeries and pSeries® endpoints requires 3.7.1-TMF-107 or
              4.1-TMF-0015.

           For more information, see the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 User’s Guide,
           SH19-4569.


3.2.2 Available installation methods
           Based on the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 User’s Guide, SH19-4569, there are
           three ways to install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1:
              Using the installation wizard, also called Rapid Deployment
              This wizard allows you to install a running environment on a single machine
              from a plain operating system process.
              Using Tivoli Software Installation Service (SIS)
              SIS can install multiple Tivoli products on multiple systems in parallel. This
              Java-based product can install more products on more systems in much less
              time than the Framework’s installation facility. SIS performs product
              prerequisite checks and, if defined, user-specified prerequisite checks,
              ensuring as few installation failures as possible. In most cases, failures occur
              only when machines are turned off or removed from the network.
              From the Tivoli desktop, installing individual products within the Tivoli
              Management Framework environment
              You can install the following components individually:
              – IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1.1: This is the server and gateway code
                that needs to be installed on the TMR server and all gateways.
              – Tivoli Monitoring TBSM Adapter, Version 5.1.1: This is the common
                listener adapter feed to TBSM that must be installed on all gateways that
                connect to the TBSM common listener.
              – Tivoli Monitoring Gathering Historical Data Component, Version 5.1.2:
                This is the interface to the older Tivoli Decision Support’s Server
                Performance Prediction.




                            Chapter 3. Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment   43
– Tivoli Monitoring Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse Support Version 5.1.2:
                     This is the interface to Tivoli Data Warehouse and must be installed on
                     one of the managed nodes to access the database.


3.2.3 Hardware requirements
               The hardware requirements are:
                   Server: CPU and memory have the same requirements as Framework. The
                   disk space is 85 MB.
                   Gateway: CPU and memory have the same requirements as Framework. The
                   disk space is 85 MB. An additional 2 MB is required for the TBSM adapter.
                   Windows endpoint: The CPU is 266 MHz, Memory 128 MB, 30 MB of disk
                   space.
                   UNIX or Linux endpoint: CPU and memory have the same requirements as
                   Framework. The disk space is 100 MB.
                   OS/400 endpoint: CPU and memory have the same requirements as
                   Framework. The disk space is 20 MB.



3.3 Endpoint software verification
               To run IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 monitors on the endpoint, several
               requirements must be fulfilled. This section discusses these requirements.

               The endpoint code for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 runs in a Java Virtual
               Machine (JVM). The endpoint needs to have Java Runtime Environment (JRE)
               installed in the endpoint. Later we need to tell IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 where
               the JRE is installed. Typically, when JRE is installed, the following happens:
                   JAVA_HOME environment variable is set to the installation directory of the
                   JRE.
                   The java.exe file represent the JRE executable that should exist.
                   Checking the JRE version is performed using the java -version command.

               The wdmcheckprereq command checks a set of prerequisites on a Windows
               endpoint and returns the results. The set of prerequisites verified by the
               command includes:
                   Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) version
                   Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) driver version
                   Jet Engine version
                   JRE version
                   Windows Script Host (CScript) version



44   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
You must also verify the level of the endpoint code that runs on each endpoint. To
        locate the endpoint version, from a managed node, run the following command:
        wadminep endpoint view_version



3.4 Health Console planning
        The IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Web Health Console is a Web application
        server that converts Web browser requests into communication with IBM Tivoli
        Monitoring V5.1.1 server within the TMR. This Web application server does not
        need to belong to the TMR. A single Web Health Console can serve multiple
        TMRs. Plus you can have multiple Web Health Consoles accessing a single
        TMR.

        Because the Web Health Console serves as a Web server, by default, it is
        installed to use TCP/IP port 80. This is the standard port number for Hypertext
        Transport Protocol (HTTP). The Web Health Console uses IBM HTTP Server.
        You must check whether other processes in the machine also use the default
        HTTP port, port 80. This may interfere with the Web Health Console. Typical
        processes are:
           Apache server
           Microsoft Internet Information Server (for a Windows-based machine)

        You may need to re-assign the port that is used by the Web server processes or
        re-assign the Web Health Console port.

        The Web Health Console server has the following system requirements:
           The target machine for installing the Web Health Console has minimum
           memory requirements of 384 MB, but we recommend 512 MB.
           The disk space requirements within the temp directory and the selected install
           directory for the single computer selected are:
           – The install directory during the installation needs 500 MB.
           – The install directory after the installation needs 230 MB.
           – The temporary directory needs 100 MB.

        You must perform additional actions to verify network connectivity from the Web
        Health Console server to the managed node to which you will connect.

        The Web Health Console user specifies a managed node name when they sign
        in. This managed node is used to authenticate the user and access the TMR.
        You may want to specify a managed node to serve Web Health Console requests
        if you expect a large number of users to use the Web Health Console.




                        Chapter 3. Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment   45
The Web Health Console runs using a Web browser with either:
                   Netscape 6.x or later
                   Internet Explorer 6.x

               The Web Health Console is supported on:
                   AIX 5.1
                   HP-UX 11.0
                   Red Hat Linux for Intel 7.1
                   Solaris 2.8,
                   Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server SP3
                   Windows NT Server Version 4.0 SP6



3.5 Data Warehouse planning
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 supports collecting data into a database. The data is
               stored using a facility of TMR called relational database management system
               (RDBMS) Interface Module (RIM). This RIM object provides a mechanism for the
               object database to interact with an RDBMS. RIM objects are hosted on a
               managed node with client-level access to the database. As the RIM database,
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 supports DB2, Informix®, Microsoft SQL Server,
               Oracle, and Sybase.

               You need to specify in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 monitoring profile that you
               want the data to be stored in the database. This relates to the size of the data
               that you want to collect. Individual storage of data multiplied by the number of
               occurrences of the monitor and the number of monitors generally gives the
               expected growth of data in the database.

               Monitoring data collected from IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 can then be stored in
               the Tivoli Data Warehouse for analysis and reporting. IBM Tivoli Monitoring
               V5.1.1 data further adds to the data requirement for Tivoli Data Warehouse. The
               data is typically stored in the central data warehouse and the reporting data mart
               for each of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 modules.



3.6 Workbench development requirements
               The largest portion of the implementation effort is typically spent on developing
               monitors that are not readily available or supplied by IBM Tivoli Monitoring
               V5.1.1. Although IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 already has a tremendous amount
               of canned monitors, and additional monitors are available using the IBM Tivoli
               Monitoring V5.1.1 monitoring modules, some monitors may still need to be
               developed or migrated.


46   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
To do this, IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 workbench must be installed. First,
identify the number of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 workbench workstations to
install. Then install the workbench on one of the following operating systems:
   Windows NT 4.0 Service Pack 5 or higher, plus WMI Version 1.1 or higher
   (recommended 1.5)
   Windows 2000
   Windows XP Professional Code

To acquire the operating system level from the System property applet that is
started, select Start →Settings →Control Panel. To retrieve the WMI level, use
the <> command.

To debug JavaScript resource models for Windows on Windows systems, you
need a JavaScript debugger. You can download a Microsoft debugger from:
http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/dnanchor/html/
scriptinga.asp

The minimum hardware requirements for the workbench are:
   Disk space: 10 MB
   RAM: 64 MB
   Processor: 133 MHz




                Chapter 3. Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment   47
48   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
4


    Chapter 4.   Installing IBM Tivoli
                 Monitoring V5.1.1
                 This chapter explains how to install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. It discusses
                 how to migrate from Tivoli Distributed Monitoring V4.1, installing on an existing
                 Tivoli environment, configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring endpoints, as well as
                 installing Web Health Console and IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                                 49
4.1 Migrating from Tivoli Distributed Monitoring V4.1
               Tivoli Distributed Monitoring V4.1 Advanced Edition cannot coexist with IBM
               Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. You must upgrade Tivoli Distributed Monitoring to IBM
               Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. Because there is no direct migration path from Tivoli
               Distributed Monitoring V4.1 Advanced Edition to IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1,
               you must upgrade first to IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.

               Upgrade versions of Tivoli Manager for Windows NT and older versions of Tivoli
               Distributed Monitoring for Windows in the following sequence:
               1.   Tivoli Distributed Monitoring for Windows NT 3.7
               2.   Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Advanced Edition) 4.1
               3.   Tivoli Monitoring 5.1
               4.   Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1
               5.   Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.2

               After you install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1, the upgrade to IBM Tivoli Monitoring
               V5.1.1 is similar to a new installation of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. It supports
               the Tivoli Software Installation Service or the Tivoli Desktop installation method.
               Rapid deployment is not applicable since this is an existing environment.

               While upgrading IBM Tivoli Monitoring, we recommend that you stop the IBM
               Tivoli Monitoring engine on all endpoints. To stop these processes, enter:
               wdmcmd -stop -m all

               After the upgrade processing is completed, wait for at least 15 minutes to allow in
               the code changes and the endpoint cache status to time out before you restart all
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring engines. Then, enter:
               wdmcmd -restart -m all



4.2 Installing on an existing Tivoli environment
               There are several installation options for installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
               on an existing Tivoli environment, especially for interfaces with other products
               and environments. It supports the Tivoli Software Installation Service or the Tivoli
               Desktop installation method. Rapid deployment is not applicable because this is
               an existing environment.

               You can install the following components individually:
                    IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1.1
                    This is the server and gateway code that needs to be installed on the Tivoli
                    Management Region (TMR) server and all gateways.


50   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Tivoli Monitoring Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM) Adapter, Version
   5.1.1
   This is the Common listener adapter feed to TBSM. It must be installed on the
   TMR server and all gateways which connect to the TBSM common listener.
   Tivoli Monitoring Gathering Historical Data Component, Version 5.1.2
   This is the interface to the older Tivoli Decision Support’s Server Performance
   Prediction.
   Tivoli Monitoring Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse Support Version 5.1.2
   This is the interface to Tivoli Data Warehouse. It must be installed on one of
   the managed nodes to access the database. This feature also allows the
   collection of monitoring metrics from resource models into a RDBMS interface
   module (RIM) database.

To begin the installation, from the Tivoli Desktop, complete these tasks:
1. Select Desktop →Install → Install Product.
2. Select the component that you want to install.
3. Install the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 component first and then install
   individually other components.

To perform a command line installation, type:
winstall -c cdrom_dir -i ind_file

Installation using Tivoli Software Installation Service goes through the steps of
importing the software media to the Tivoli Software Installation Service (SIS)
depot. Then you can select the software to be installed to the target machines.

To install the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1.1 product using Tivoli Desktop, follow
these steps:
1. Back up the object database and the Tivoli file system using either of the
   following options:
   – From the Tivoli desktop, select Desktop →Backup.
   – Enter the wbkupdb command.
   We recommend that you back up the entire Tivoli file system of the node on
   which the product will be installed.
2. Install the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 product on the TMR server and
   gateways.

 Tip: If any problems occur during the installation process, they are registered
 in the /tmp/tivoli.cinstall (UNIX) or %DBDIR%/tmp/tivoli.cinstall (Windows) file.




                               Chapter 4. Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   51
In our ITSO environment, we installed the product using the following steps:
               1. From the Tivoli desktop, select Desktop →Install →Install Product.
               2. The Install Product window (Figure 4-1) shows three products that are
                  available to install.
                   a. Select IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1.
                   b. Select your TMR server and the gateways on which you want to install IBM
                      Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1.
                   c. Click Install.
               3. Follow the standard installation windows.




               Figure 4-1 Products to install




52   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Tip: If you are installing or upgrading IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 on a
 Windows TMR server environment, you must perform the following the
 procedures to create the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Task Libraries.

In the Windows-based TMR box, set the Tivoli environment variables and enter in
bash mode. Run the after_install_win.sh script. Example 4-1 shows the script
contents.
Example 4-1 Contents of the after_install_win.sh script
IRO=`wlookup InterRegion`
IROname=`idlattr -t -g $IRO name string`
IROname=`eval echo $IROname`
DefaultMw2kRegionName=”TivoliDefaultMw2kRegion-$IROname"
wtll -r -p $DefaultMw2kRegionName -P $BINDIR/tools/cat
$BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k/tmnt.tll
wtll -r -p $DefaultMw2kRegionName -P $BINDIR/tools/cat
$BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k/tmnt_util.tll


This completes the installation of the base IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 code.

During the installation, policy region TivoliDefaultMw2kRegion-regionname is
created. To access this policy region, select Desktop →TMR
Connections →Top Level Policy Region. This policy region contains a profile
manager and two task libraries, as shown in Figure 4-2.




Figure 4-2 Profile manager and task library




                                 Chapter 4. Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   53
4.3 Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring endpoints
               This section discusses the point at which you have all the IBM Tivoli Monitoring
               V5.1.1 components installed on the TMR server and gateways. You need to
               install the prerequisite software on the endpoints, such as Java Runtime
               Environment (JRE), Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI), and disk
               performance enabled.


4.3.1 Java Runtime Environment
               You can install the JRE using the following methods:
                   From the product CD for installation using the Tivoli SIS
                   From the product CD in compressed format, for manual installation or
                   installation using the wdmdistrib –J command

               You may already have an appropriate version of JRE installed. Installing the JRE
               manually is not a supported option. After you install JRE, you need only to link
               the product component to the existing JRE using a task provided with the
               product. This creates a symbolic link in the Tivoli directory structure under
               $BINDIR. The task that does this is called DMLinkJre, which resides within
               TivoliDefaultMw2kRegion policy region under the Tivoli Monitoring Tasks task
               library. The base path of the JRE installation is the only argument for the task.


4.3.2 Windows-based endpoint setup
               For a Windows-based endpoint, consider the following setup requirements:
                   Windows NT, Windows 95 and 98 do not have WMI installed by default. Install
                   WMI from the Microsoft Web site.
                   Data logging on a Windows NT-based endpoint requires Microsoft Access
                   2000 or Microsoft Data Access Components V2.1 or later.
                   For Windows 2000, a JavaScript-based resource model requires the usage of
                   Windows Script Host to be installed.
                   You need to run the diskperf -y command to enable disk performance data
                   collection resource models. You must also:
                   a. Determine the source for Open Database Connectivity (ODBC), WMI,
                      CScript, and JRE installation images.
                   b. Retrieve ODBC, WMI, CScript install images.




54   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
4.4 Installing the Web Health Console
           The Web Health Console is installed on a separate machine that may or may not
           be part of your TMR. It runs IBM HTTP Server and WebSphere Application
           Server, Single Server Edition Version 4.0.2. The Web Health Console installation
           requires at least 450 MB of temporary space.

           You can install Web Health Console from the CD-ROM media and run the
           appropriate setup executables for the platform involved. It launches the
           installation wizard for you. When completed, you can access the Web Health
           Console from:
           http://whcserver/dmwhc


4.4.1 Installing on a Windows environment
           To install the Web Health Console on Windows, follow these steps:
           1. Using Web Health Console disk 2, double-click the setupwin32.exe file. If the
              temporary directory does not have enough space, you see an error message.
              To avoid this, enter the following command:
              setupwin32 -is:tempdir TMPdir
              Here TMPdir is the name of the temporary directory.
           2. Follow the instructions presented in the installation windows. In particular,
              specify the following information:
              a. Provide the directory name for the location on which you want to install the
                 Web Health Console Server. The directory name must not contain spaces.
              b. Provide the user name under which the Web server will run.
              c. Specify Act As Operating System access for this user.
              d. Provide the password for the user.

           To install in silent mode using the command line, provide the following
           arguments:
           -silent
           -P base_install.installLocation=DirectoryName
           -W user_input.user=User Name
           -W user_input.password=Password

           You can also include these arguments in a file and pass the file to the launcher
           using the switch -options options file.




                                          Chapter 4. Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   55
4.4.2 Installing on a UNIX environment
               To install the Web Health Console on UNIX, complete these steps:
               1. Using Web Health Console disk 1, run one of the following files depending on
                  the UNIX platform you are using:
                   –   setupaix.bin on AIX
                   –   setuphp1020.bin on HP-UX10.2
                   –   setuphp11x.bin on HP-UX11.x
                   –   setupsolarisSparc.bin on Sun Solaris
                   –   setuplinux.bin on Linux

                    Note: If the temporary directory does not have enough space, you may see
                    an error message. To avoid this, enter the command (corresponding to
                    your UNIX platform):
                    setupaix -is:tempdir TMPdir

                    Here TMPdir is the name of the temporary directory.

               2. Follow the instructions presented in the installation windows. In particular,
                  provide the directory name for the location on which you want to install the
                  Web Health Console Server.

               To install in silent mode using the command line, provide the following arguments
               to the setup command indicated earlier:
               -silent
               -P base_install.installLocation=.Directory Name....

               You can also include these arguments in a file and pass the file to the launcher
               using the switch -options options file.

                 Note: The UNIX installation installs the IBM HTTP Server into a standard
                 location regardless of the directory that you specify. The rest of the installation
                 goes to the directory that you have specified. When starting the application
                 server, you must set the DISPLAY environment variable correctly. Otherwise
                 you cannot display any graphs with the AMW4805E message.

                 The standard locations are:
                    AIX: /usr/HTTPServer
                    Sun Solaris: /opt/IBMHTTPD
                    Linux: /opt/IBMHTTPServer
                    HP: /opt/HTTPServer




56   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
4.4.3 Installing the monitoring modules
           For any additional resource models that are installed, you can add the national
           language-enabled resources definition to display the resource model and metric
           names. Simply copy the message class files into the directory path install_dir/
           installedApps/dm.ear/dm.war/WEB-INF/classes/com/tivoli /DmForNt/resources.



4.5 Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench
           Before you install the workbench, you must install WMI, especially for the
           Windows NT or Windows 2000 platform. To install IBM Tivoli Monitoring
           workbench, from the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench CD, open the
           ITM5.1WB → Disk1 folder, and run setup. This launches the installation wizard.

           Additionally, to debug JavaScript resource models, you need a JavaScript
           debugger. You can download a Microsoft debugger from:
           http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/dnanchor/html/
           scriptinga.asp




                                         Chapter 4. Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   57
58   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
5


    Chapter 5.   Configuring IBM Tivoli
                 Monitoring V5.1.1 server
                 This chapter discusses the configuration process for IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                 V5.1.1. It discusses various way to configure IBM Tivoli Monitoring in the Tivoli
                 environment and its features and interaction with other Tivoli products.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                                 59
5.1 Configuring the Tivoli environment
               With the introduction of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 into your environment, you
               may need to change some settings in your Tivoli Management Region (TMR).

               The administrator typically performs the following steps:
               1. From the policy region point of view, include the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
                  monitoring profile as a managed resource under the associated policy region.
                  From the Tivoli Desktop, select Properties →Managed Resource.
               2. In the Set Managed Resources window (Figure 5-1), under Available
                  Resources, move Tmw2kProfile and ProfileManager into Current Resources.
                  Alternatively you can run the wsetpr command to assign the managed
                  resource. This task requires the administrator role.
                   Click Set & Close, click Set and then Close.




               Figure 5-1 Setting managed resources

               3. Define a profile manager to host the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profiles in
                  the policy region that has Tmw2kProfile as a managed resource. From the
                  Tivoli Desktop, within the policy region, select Create →ProfileManager or
                  enter the wcrtprfmgr CLI command.




60   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
4. The Create Profile Manager window (Figure 5-2) opens. This task requires
   the administrator role. For Name/Icon Label, type the profile manager name,
   and select Dataless Endpoint Mode. Then click Create & Close.




Figure 5-2 Creating profile manager

5. Create a monitoring profile, also called Tmw2kProfile, in the profile manager,
   which hosts the resource models that are incorporated into that profile. To do
   this, using the Tivoli Desktop, select Create →Profiles or type the wcrtprf
   CLI command.




                      Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server   61
6. The Create Profile window (Figure 5-3) opens. This task requires the
                  administrator role. For Name/Icon Label, type the profile manager name and
                  specify the Type. Then click Create & Close.




               Figure 5-3 Profile creation

               7. Distribute the monitoring profile to the endpoints and start monitoring the
                  environment. You can do this using the drag and drop method, the Distribute
                  menu command, or the wdmdistrib CLI command. This task requires an
                  administrator, senior, or super role.




62   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
5.2 Configuring the IBM Tivoli Monitoring profiles
               After you reach the Tmw2kProfile resource, configure the profile. The best way to
               do this is to use the Tivoli Desktop or a command line. Figure 5-4 shows the IBM
               Tivoli Monitoring Profile window (Tmw2kProfile) without any values.




Figure 5-4 Empty Tmw2kProfile




                                     Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server   63
From this profile window, you can add resource models in the profiles. You can
               click Add to add the resource models with empty values, or click Add with
               Defaults to add the resource models with default values. The Add buttons open
               the Add Resource Models to Profile window (Figure 5-5). Then you can
               customize all the out-of-the-box parameters that are set, based on the monitoring
               requirements for your environment.




               Figure 5-5 Add Resource Models to Profile window




64   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
5.2.1 Customizing the cycle time and thresholds
           When you add the resource model, default cycle time, threshold name, and
           default threshold, values for the resource model are displayed. The cycle time is
           the regular interval at which a resource model is required to collect data. You can
           change this value, as well as the threshold and related values. Threshold values
           are compared to system resource values that are provided by the Common
           Information Model (CIM)-compliant data providers. The analyzer can use both
           the cycle time and thresholds to determine how often to run through the decision
           tree and which values to compare the system resource data with.
              To change the cycle time, type a new value in the Cycle Time box. When you
              finish the customization, click Add & Close. Then the new cycle time is added
              to the profile.
              To change the thresholds, select the threshold. Change the value of the
              threshold and click Apply.

           As mentioned earlier, an indication is comprised of several thresholds. Before
           you modify the default threshold values, you must understand the relationship
           between the thresholds and the indication.


5.2.2 Customizing the indications
           The second component that can be modified is the indications. Click the
           Indications button. Then the Indications and Actions window opens. Configure
           the following items:
              For each indication, configure the number of occurrences and holes that must
              be met before an event is generated.
              Configure to where events are to be sent, that is, Tivoli Enterprise Console,
              Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM), or both. You can also change
              severity levels of the events.
              Built-in tasks are tasks that the certain resource models are configured to
              execute when an event is generated. You can enable and disable these tasks
              from here.
              If you have a requirement to run an external script, you can create a task to
              run the script and then add it to the resource model to be called when an
              event is generated.

           Built-in tasks
           IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 provides, in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Utility Tasks
           library, two new responses that can be used as actions when configuring the
           action list.




                                 Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server   65
dm_mn_send_email requires the parameter e-mail address. Use commas (,)
                   to separate multiple e-mail addresses, as shown in Figure 5-6.




               Figure 5-6 Task dm_mn_send_email

                   dm_mn_send_notice requires the Notice Group and Priority parameters, as
                   shown in Figure 5-7.




               Figure 5-7 Task dm_mn_send_notices


                 Note: Both tasks are run on the managed node or gateway where the target
                 endpoint is logged on. To check the task execution on the managed node, use
                 the odstat command.


66   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
5.2.3 Customizing the scheduler
           The third component is the scheduler. By default, the scheduler is configured to
           collect monitoring at all times. If you have a requirement to monitor certain types
           of devices during predefined time periods, you can configure the scheduler to
           monitor a certain endpoint based on your requirements. To schedule monitoring,
           follow these steps:
           1. From the Add Resource Models to Profile window (Figure 5-5 on page 64),
              click the Schedule button.
           2. Deselect the Always check box and enter your scheduling requirements.
           3. Click Modify & Close.


5.2.4 Customizing data logging
           The fourth component that you can configure is logging. Logging allows for
           capturing performance data and storing it locally on the endpoint. You can view
           this data by the Web Health Console and store it in a central relational database
           management system (RDBMS) for further analysis. By default, no performance
           data is logged. The data that is logged can be kept for up to 24 hours. To log
           data, follow these steps:
           1. In the Add Resource Models to Profile window (Figure 5-5 on page 64), click
              the Logging button.
           2. In the Logging window, select the Enable Data Logging check box.

           Logging data stores the raw data for the resource models on the endpoint. To
           aggregate the data, select the Aggregate Data check box and provide the
           aggregation period. You also need to specify how long to keep the historical data
           before it is deleted from the database. The database is local to the endpoint. This
           data can be rolled up to a central RDBMS. Using Tivoli Enterprise Data
           Warehouse, you can report on the data.

            Note: On Windows endpoints, the data logging records information in the
            $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/db/tmw2kdb.mdb file. To provide ODBC
            access to this file, the system data source name tmw2k is created.

            On UNIX endpoints, the data logging records information in the
            $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/data/logger/dblogger/datafile file.

            The data files are created when there is a need to log data.




                                 Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server   67
5.2.5 Customizing parameters
               You can configure parameters for certain types of resource models. Consider the
               UNIX Processes resource model, which contains processes to monitor. By
               default, it monitors the syslogd and the lcfd processes. If you require monitoring
               of additional processes, you can add them here, as shown in Figure 5-8. To add
               other processes, follow these steps:
               1. In the Add Resource Models to Profile window (Figure 5-5 on page 64), for
                  Category, select UNIX-Linux and select Processes. Click the Parameters
                  button.
               2. In the Parameters window (Figure 5-8), select a valid process to monitor and
                  click the Add button. Then click Apply Changes and Close.




               Figure 5-8 Changing the parameters of the resource model


5.2.6 Customizing a profile
               From the Profile Configuration window (Figure 5-4), select Edit →Properties.
               The Profile Properties window (Figure 5-9) opens. In this window, you specify
               whether to send events to Tivoli Enterprise Console, Tivoli Business Systems
               Manager, or both. You also choose whether the events are to be secure or



68   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
non-secure. If events are to be forwarded to Tivoli Enterprise Console using a
secure connection, you must also specify the Tivoli Enterprise Console server. If
you are using a non-secure connection, then you must specify the IP address
and port of the Tivoli Enterprise Console server.




Figure 5-9 Profile properties

An alternative way to manipulate the profile is to use the following CLI
commands:
   wdmdumpprf: Writes the full details of a profile to the standard output
   wdmeditprf: Allows you to customize a profile, including all resource model
   details
   wdmloadprf: Loads and updates profiles at a TMR server

The wdmeditprf command is comparable to the Tivoli Desktop to set the various
attributes of an IBM Tivoli Monitoring monitoring profile. The capability includes
setting the following items:
   Globally setting the profile parameters, including event forwarding capabilities
   to TEC, TBSM, or both
   Adding resource models with default values or with value supplied by you
   Editing the resource model details




                       Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server   69
Defining the destination monitors for events generated by the resource model,
                   such as TEC or TBSM forwarding, from logging to historical database
                   Defining the tasks triggered by events, generated by the resource model

               After you edit the profile and save it, you can distribute the profile to endpoints,
               using the wdmdistrib command. When the direct subscriber of an IBM Tivoli
               Monitoring monitoring profile is a Dataless Profile Manager that contains
               endpoints, change the distribution defaults to All Levels/Make Exact Copy.



5.3 Resource models
               This section discusses a resource model. A resource model is built using IBM
               Tivoli Monitoring workbench. The major components of a resource model are:
                   Configuration file: This file contains configuration details including the
                   resource model name, platform name, name of the decision tree file, and
                   names of the Managed Object Format (MOF) files.
                   MOF file: This file contains the particular resource model’s class description
                   and event definitions. The classes are derived from the corresponding base
                   classes of the resources.
                   The base classes for the model-to-resources association are provided in a
                   base MOF file. The classes that describe physical resources used in the
                   resource models, with respect to the instance providers, are provided in a
                   resources MOF file. These additional MOF files are distributed to the endpoint
                   the first time an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile is distributed to it.
                   Decision tree file: This file contains both the initialization settings for the
                   resource model and the algorithm that is used by the IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                   5.1 analyzer to determine if a problem is encountered in the resources
                   described by the resource model. In Windows, this is VisualBasic script or
                   JavaScript, and for UNIX and LINUX platforms, it is JavaScript.
                   Message catalog: This catalog is for building the Tivoli Enterprise Console
                   and Tivoli Business Systems Manager events.
                   Class files: These files interface with the native library that collects
                   performance metrics.

               When an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile that contains a resource model is
               distributed to the endpoint, the following actions take place:
                   Resource model files are unzipped from the resource model-specific ZIP file.
                   MOF files that are specific to the resource model are compiled.




70   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
All components of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine are created, loaded in
            memory, and started (logger, analyzer, action manager, event aggregator, and
            event correlator).

         The profile then associates the resource model with the monitoring parameters.
         The available monitoring parameters within a resource model for a metric are:
            Threshold: Determines what is OK and not OK
            Monitoring interval: Determines how often to check a metric; each interval is
            also called a cycle
            Occurrence: Refers to a cycle during which an indication occurs for a given
            resource model
            Hole: Refers to a cycle during which an indication does not occur for a given
            resource model; none of the conditions specified for the generation of any
            indication are met

         You can configure the resource model to accept predefined occurrences and
         holes before triggering the notification to prevent false alarms and event floods.
         The algorithm to generate the notification follows this sequence:
         1. An occurrence starts the counter.
         2. It counts all occurrences and holes. When the number of holes exceeds the
            predefined number, it resets the counter. Any exception resets the number of
            holes.
         3. When the number of occurrences exceeds the predefined number, it
            generates an exception.
         4. When the number of holes exceeds the predefined number, a clearing event
            is generated and all counters are reset.



5.4 Historical data collection
         Data collected from the resource models can be stored in a database. This
         database is based on the RDBMS interface module (RIM) technology in Tivoli
         Management Framework. This facility is installed with the IBM Tivoli Monitoring
         V5.1.1 Data Warehouse integration component.

         After you install the feature, you can create the database using the scripts stored
         in $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k/warehousecfg. The script is called cr_tedw_rim.sh. You
         must supply the information similar to the parameter of the wcrtrim command to
         create the RIM object. The default RIM object name is itm_rim_host name.
         Table 5-1 lists the various database type attributes.




                               Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server   71
Table 5-1 RIM database parameter
 Vendor (-v)       DB ID (-d)            DB home (-H)          DB Server ID (-s)   DB Instance (-I)

 DB2               Database name         Client install        $DB2COMM            Instance directory
                                         directory             (TCP/IP)

 Informix          ODBC DSN name         Client install        Server name in      -
                                         directory             sqlhosts

 Microsoft SQL     Database name         Client install        Host name           -
                                         directory

 Oracle            $Oracle_SID or        $ORACLE_HOME          $TWO_TASK           -
                   Oracle Service
                   name

 Sybase            Database name         $SYBASE               $DSQUERY            -

                 Alternatively you can create the RIM database manually using the wcrtrim
                 command and create the database schema using the SQL script
                 cr_db_vendor.sql.

                 You can define, in the Tmw2kProfile, the data collection setting to enable data
                 logging to TEDW. This data logging collects metrics information at the endpoint.
                 When the Monitoring engine starts collecting data, a period of aggregation is
                 specified in the profile. After 20 minutes from the end of the aggregation period,
                 the data is exported from the endpoint database into an XML file. This file is then
                 sent to the gateway under the $DBDIR/dmml.

                 The wdmconfig command allows configuration of specific IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                 V5.1.1 gateway options. The syntax is as follows:
                 wdmconfig [–m {managed_node | @managed_nodes_file | all}] {–D key=value [–D
                 key=value] ... | –G key}

                 Related to data collection, you may want to modify the following keys:
                     datacollector.db_purge_interval: Specifies the number of days the data is
                     kept on the database. Older data is removed automatically from the database.
                     The value can range from 10 to 60. The default is 30 days.
                     datacollector.delay: Specifies the time delay (in minutes, compared to the
                     hour) after which the data collector process uploads data from the endpoints.
                     The value can range from 10 to 60 minutes. The default is 30 minutes.
                     datacollector.max_retry_time: Specifies the maximum number of times an
                     XML data file must be processed before being archived when an error occurs.
                     The default is three times.




72     IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
datacollector.rim_name: Specifies the name of the RIM object that the data
              collection process uses to load data to the database. The default is
              itm_rim_RIM host name.
              datacollector.sleep_time: Specifies the time interval (in minutes) between
              two consecutive requests of data uploading generated by the data collector
              processor. The value can range from 10 to 60 minutes. The default is 10
              minutes.
              datacollector.trace_level: Specifies the level of the data collector trace. The
              minimum value is 0, the maximum is 2, and the default is 1.
              datacollector.trace_size: Specifies the size in bytes of the data collector
              trace. The default is 500000.

         The wdmcollect command defines the collection property of specific endpoints.
         The syntax of the command is:
         wdmcollect {{{–e {endpoint_name | @endpoints_file} {–s time_interval | –t | –r
         }} | –t | –q} [ –m managed_node ]} | { –m all { –t | –q }}
         wdmcollect –p

         The options that you can specify or modify using the wdmconfig command are:
         -e   Endpoint list
         -s   Collection time interval
         -t   Terminate collection
         -r   Process XML files
         -q   Query status
         -p   Purge data according to db_purge_interval key

         Collection to the RIM database is performed typically using the wdmcollect
         command or automatically (for the central data warehouse) at the next full hour
         after profile distribution time. At that point, after an aggregation period of one
         hour, the data is stored in the endpoint database. Finally, 20 minutes later, the
         data is exported from the endpoint database into an XML file. These XML files
         are then written to the RIM database.



5.5 Heartbeat function
         IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 includes a heartbeat function, which monitors the basic
         signs of life at endpoints attached to the gateway at which it is enabled.
         Therefore, the heartbeat monitoring process is performed from the gateway.




                                 Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server   73
One problem that clients faced with older versions of Distributed Monitoring was
               that, if the engine on the endpoint failed, they had no way of knowing this. Now,
               the heartbeat function regularly monitors the endpoints, checking if they are
               running correctly. Events may be sent to any of the following locations:
                   The Tivoli Business Systems Manager provided that the Tivoli Business
                   Systems Manager Adapter component is installed at the gateway
                   The Tivoli Enterprise Console for Tivoli Management Environment (TME) or
                   secure events only
                   Tivoli notice group when using Tivoli Distributed Monitoring Advanced Edition

               The function can register the following statuses for an endpoint in its cache. The
               statuses are divided into two groups, depending on whether information or an
               error event is sent to the monitors:
                   Statuses for which an information event is sent:
                   – Alive
                   – Heartbeat has been stopped
                   Statuses for which an error event is sent:
                   – Resource model in error status
                   – IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine stopped
                   – Endpoint not available

               The heartbeat function is enabled on the managed node or gateway of the
               endpoints that you want to monitor. The heartbeat monitoring engine has the
               ability to forward events to the Tivoli Enterprise Console, Tivoli Business Systems
               Manager, or both and send notices to the Tivoli Notice Groups. Three activities
               make up the heartbeat function:
                   Endpoint registration
                   Heartbeat monitoring
                   Viewing endpoint cache


5.5.1 Endpoint registration
               Consider a case where an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile is pushed to an
               endpoint for the first time or the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine is restarted on
               an endpoint. In this situation, the information in the endpoint cache is updated
               when the gateway receives a message from the endpoint. The message informs
               the gateway that its IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine has been started.
               Figure 5-10 illustrates the flow of data.




74   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Figure 5-10 Heartbeat endpoint registration data flow

           After the profile is distributed to the endpoint or the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1
           engine is restarted on the endpoint, it sends an upcall (a method called
           register_endpoint) to the gateway. The gateway then registers the endpoint in the
           endpoint cache. Additionally, while the engine is active, it sends this
           register_endpoint upcall to its gateway every 18 minutes. This behavior helps to
           track endpoint migration between gateways. With this release, this upcall cannot
           be configured for a different time interval, nor can it be disabled. Also this upcall
           occurs regardless of whether the heartbeat is turned on or turned off.


5.5.2 Heartbeat monitoring
           The heartbeat status check of endpoints is initiated from the gateway. Therefore,
           the granularity of control is at a per-gateway level. Either all registered endpoints
           on a given gateway are eligible for a heartbeat (the heartbeat is turned on for that
           gateway) or none of them are (the heartbeat is turned off on the gateway).




                                  Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server   75
Figure 5-11 shows the flow of data during the heartbeat monitoring process.




               Figure 5-11 Heartbeat monitoring data flow

               The gateway issues periodic heartbeat requests (downcalls) to all attached
               endpoints. The data that is returned is then stored in the endpoint cache, and
               events are sent to the configured event targets.


5.5.3 Viewing the endpoint cache
               When the heartbeat monitor detects problems with the resource model, the IBM
               Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine, or endpoint, it sends events to Tivoli Enterprise
               Console, Tivoli Business Systems Manager, or the Tivoli notice groups. In
               addition, you can view the heartbeat information in the endpoint cache by using
               the wdmmngcache command.




76   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Figure 5-12 shows the flow of data when you enter this command.




          Figure 5-12 Endpoint cache retrieval data flow


5.5.4 Useful commands
          You can use several commands to configure and control the heartbeat function:
             wdmconfig: This command enables you to amend various aspects of the
             configuration of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 components at a gateway. The
             file is located in the $BINDIRbin directory. Some of the parameters that are
             specific to the heartbeat are:
             –   heartbeat.send_events_to_tbsm (default=false)
             –   heartbeat.send_events_to_tec (default=false)
             –   heartbeat.tec_server (default=[null])
             –   heartbeat.send_events_to_notice (default=true)
             –   heartbeat.reboot_engine_if_down (default=false)
             These five parameters are necessary to configure the heartbeat. Refer to the
             IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1 User’s Guide, SH19-4569, for more
             information.


                                 Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server   77
wdmheartbeat: This command stops or starts the heartbeat function on
                   gateways. It also configures the frequency and queries the status of the
                   heartbeat processor.
                   wdmmn: This command stops and starts the following processes on the
                   gateway:
                   – Task engine
                   – Tivoli Business Systems Manager adapter
                   – Heartbeat engine (stop only)

                    Note: You can stop the heartbeat engine with the wdmmn command, but not
                    restart it. After you stop the engine, you must use the wdmheartbeat
                    command to reconfigure the frequency and restart the heartbeat engine.


                   wdmmngcache: This command can perform a number of functions, one of which
                   is to retrieve the endpoint cache from a gateway.



5.6 TBSM common listener
               IBM Tivoli Business Systems Manager integration is performed to enable Tivoli
               Business Systems Manager to view the resources monitored by IBM Tivoli
               Monitoring V5.1.1. The integration provides a complete availability solution that
               you can view at the business level. IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 feeds the
               availability status of various resources to Tivoli Business Systems Manager and
               the configured LOB views present the Business Systems Manager critical data to
               manage the business objects. With this view, the Business Systems Manager
               can understand the business impact that the availability status of a resource can
               have.

               The integration between IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 and Tivoli Business
               Systems Manager is achieved by:
                   Installing and configuring the CommonListener service on the Tivoli Business
                   Systems Manager Management Server
                   Installing and configuring the TBSM Adapter on each of the gateways whose
                   attached endpoints are to be monitored

               By integrating Tivoli Business Systems Manager with IBM Tivoli Monitoring
               V5.1.1, the following actions are performed:
                   TBSM Adapter performs endpoint registration and discovery when you issue
                   the wdmdiscovery command on the gateway.




78   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 events are sent directly to Tivoli Business
   Systems Manager through the TBSM Adapter on the endpoint gateway.
   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Health Console can be launched from the Tivoli
   Business Systems Manager Java Console.

The IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 TBSM Adapter is installed on each gateway
that is required to send events from its endpoints to Tivoli Business Systems
Manager.

 Note: Before you install the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 TBSM Adapter, add
 jre_root/jre/bin;/jre_root/jre/bin/classic (jre_root is the directory where JRE is
 installed) to the PATH environment variable in both UNIX and Windows
 systems.

You configure the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 TBSM Adapter using the
wdmconfig command. You must do this before IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 can
interact with Tivoli Business Systems Manager. Configure the following
parameters for this functionality:
   transport.server.mqe.port: This is the port number that is used by the
   CommonListener to listen. The default port number is 8082.
   transport.server.ip.address: This is the IP address of the Tivoli Business
   Systems Manager server where the CommonListener service is installed.
   tbsma.jre_root: This is the root path of the JRE installation, if it is not
   specified at the time of installing the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 TBSM
   Adapter.

Other key/value pairs that you can use for the TBSM Adapter configuration are
provided in the following list. All these of these pairs and their values are
contained in the $DBDIR/dmml/.config file, which you can read, but not modify
manually. If you want to modify this file, use the wdmconfig command.
   adapter.trace.enable: Set this to true if you want to write to the file identified
   in trace.filename, all trace messages regarding the operations of the adapter.
   The default is false.
   adapter.trace.level: Set this to low, medium, or high, according to the level of
   detail that you require if you enabled adapter trace messages. The default is
   low.
   adapter.working.dir: This is the working directory that is used by the
   adapter. The default, which you are recommended to use, is the Tivoli
   Monitoring middle layer directory ($DBDIR/dmml).




                      Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server   79
subnet-mask:network_id: This is the subnet mask of the CommonListener
                   component, for example:
                   subnet-mask:mynetworkid=255.255.255.0
                   tbsma.jre_root: This parameter is set during the installation of the Tivoli
                   Business Systems Manager Adapter. You do not need to change it manually.
                   However, for example, if you want to install the adapter on a group of
                   gateways using one instance of the install action or command, you must
                   change this parameter on any gateways in the group that have JRE installed
                   at a location different from the one that is supplied in the Install Options
                   window. Set this parameter to the complete path of the root directory of JRE
                   1.3.0 (excluding the /bin directory).

                    Note: In a Windows NT workstation, if the install target path contains a
                    directory with spaces in the name, you must specify the directory name
                    between single quotation marks, for example, D:'Program Files'jre.

                   trace.filename: This is the file name to which the trace messages from the
                   adapter are written. The default is dm.trc.
                   transport.mqe.usefiller: Set this parameter to true if the gateway on which
                   the adapter is installed is running Windows NT 4.0 Service Pack 5. Otherwise
                   leave it is as the default value of false.
                   transport.trace.enable = false: Set this parameter to true if you want to
                   write, to the file identified in trace.filename, all messages regarding the
                   transport of adapter-acquired data to the CommonListener. The default is
                   false.
                   transport.trace.level: Set this value to low, medium, or high, according to the
                   level of detail that you require if you enabled transport trace messages. The
                   default is low.

               After you install and configure the adapter, the adapter provides its services in a
               fully automatic way, without needing to be independently started or stopped. It
               carries out the following activities:
                   Bulk discovery
                   You can issue the wdmdiscovery command from the Tivoli desktop to carry out
                   a bulk discovery. The adapter sends details of all systems that it has in its
                   cache to the Tivoli Business Systems Manager's CommonListener.
                   Delta discovery
                   You can also issue the wdmdiscovery command from the Tivoli desktop to
                   carry out a delta discovery. The adapter sends details of all changes since the
                   last discovery to the Tivoli Business Systems Manager’s CommonListener.



80   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
The Tivoli Business Systems Manager Management Server is populated with the
           resources monitored by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 through the TBSM Adapter
           by using the wdmdiscovery command. When the wdmdiscovery command is
           issued the first time with the bulk discovery switch, the resource objects
           monitored by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 are automatically created in the TSBM
           server. When the wdmdiscovery command is issued, the TBSM Adapter retrieves
           the endpoint list from the epcache.db file in the $DBDIR/dmml directory and
           communicates the discovered resources to the Tivoli Business Systems
           Manager server through the CommonListener.

           If the wdmdiscovery command is issued with the bulk discovery option again, then
           existing objects that were populated by the command issued before are deleted
           before recreating objects for discovered resources. Therefore, we recommend
           that you issue the command with the delta discovery switch if there are no
           significant changes in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 monitoring environment.



5.7 Event forwarding to TEC
           You perform the configuration required to forward events to IBM Tivoli Enterprise
           Console on both the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 and IBM Tivoli Enterprise
           Console.


5.7.1 Setting up the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile
           To set up the profile, follow these steps:
           1. From any Tmw2kProfile window, select Edit →Properties.
           2. The Profile Properties window (Figure 5-13) opens.
              a. Select the Send TEC Events check box to enable sending events to the
                 Tivoli Enterprise Console server.
              b. Choose the delivery mode for sending the events. The choices are:
                  •   Non-TME (Unsecure) Delivery: You must specify the event server
                      port and server location where the event will be sent. Specify the event
                      server port if the TEC server runs on Windows (default is 5529).
                      Otherwise, set this value to 0. Enter the server location as a fully
                      qualified Tivoli Enterprise Console server host name (DNS name) or IP
                      address.
                  •   TME (Secure) Delivery: From the Choose TEC Server list, select the
                      Tivoli Enterprise Console server. The Tivoli Enterprise Console
                      Adapter Configuration Facility (ACF) must be installed on the gateway if
                      you choose the TME (secure) delivery mode.



                                  Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server   81
Important: You cannot use secure delivery for endpoints running on
                           IBM i5/OS™ and OS/400.

                      The individual resource model typically has a default setting to send some
                      indications to IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console. You can modify this setting or
                      keep the default.




               Figure 5-13 Profile Properties window


5.7.2 Enabling IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 provides a script to enable IBM Tivoli Enterprise
               Console to receive IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 events. The script resides in the
               $BINDIR/TME/TEC/dmae_tec_inst.sh script.

               When you run this script, it loads the TEC classes of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
               into a new TEC rulebase. It also compiles the rulebase, loads it, and restarts the
               Event Server. Newer versions of IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console V3.9 have these
               classes loaded by default.

                 Note: For IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console, if you need to correlate the events,
                 the clearing event for all IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 events is of the
                 TMW_Clearing class.




82   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
6


    Chapter 6.   Problem determination for
                 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
                 This chapter discusses various techniques for debugging and problem
                 determination. This includes tracing and finding log files.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                       83
6.1 TMR server logs and traces
               In Tivoli Management Region (TMR) servers, IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
               provides a distribution log in addition to the Tivoli Framework log files.


6.1.1 Profile distribution process
               The profile distribution process records information about distribution and status
               on the TMR server. Therefore, you should analyze distribution problem gathering
               logs from the TMR server.

               The log file maintained in the TMR contains information about profile distribution
               to any of the subscribers. It includes the following details:
                   Name of the log file: msg_Tmw2kProfilename.log
                   Location of the log file: $DBDIR/AMW/logs
                   Configuration: To configure the log when distributing by means of the
                   wdmdistrib command, use the options - e, - i, and - w. There are no
                   configuration options when the graphical user interface (GUI) is used to
                   perform a distribution. The default is that all options are specified.

               The profile distribution process uses MDist2. Therefore, you may need to check
               the MDist2 logs.
                   TMR Distribution Manager: $DBDIR/distmgr.log
                   Gateway Repeater: $DBDIR/gatelog
                   Managed node Repeater: $DBDIR/rpt2log
                   Endpoint: $LCF_DATDIR/lcfd.log

                 Tip: You can use the wmdist -D command to change the level of detail for
                 distmgr.log. Valid debug numbers are from 0 (least information) through 9
                 (most information). The default value is 3.



6.2 Gateway logs and traces
               At the gateway, IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 maintains five traces, each of which
               is explained in the following sections:
                   Heartbeat engine traces
                   Task engine trace
                   Endpoint upcall traces
                   Request manager trace
                   Profile core trace




84   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
All managed node components produce traces. Traces can be configured using
                  the following commands:
                  wdmconfig -m node –D component_name.trace_level=value
                  wdmconfig -m node –D component_name.trace_size=value

                  Here component_name is the name of the component that produces the trace.
                  The component may be one of the following types:
                      heartbeat: For the heartbeat engine
                      task: For the task engine
                      core: For the profile core engine
                      request-manager: For the request manager engine
                      gw: For the endpoint upcall
                      dmml: For the distributed middle layer
                  The trace_level of the components can be configured as follows:
                  0 No trace information generated
                  1 MID trace information
                  2 MAX trace information

                  Table 6-1 summarizes the configuration of the available trace components.

Table 6-1 Summary of gateway trace components
 Component name              Process name         Location                Trace name

 Heartbeat engine            tmnt_hb_eng          $DBDIR/AMW/logs         trace_tmnt_hb_engn.log

 Task engine                 tmnt_task_eng        $DBDIR/AMW/logs         trace_tmnt_task_engn.log

 Endpoint upcall traces      tmnt_gtw_eng         $‘wtemp‘/TMP/traces     trace_tmnt_gtw_engn.log

 Request manager trace       tmnt_rm_eng          $DBDIR/AMW/logs         trace_tmnt_rm_engn.log

 Profile core trace          tmw2k_profile_core   $DBDIR/AMW/logs         trace_tmnt_profile_coren.log


6.2.1 Heartbeat engine traces
                  A trace is maintained at the gateway of the activities carried out when the
                  heartbeat engine is running. It records all messages output by the process
                  tmnt_hb_eng. Here are the details:
                      Process name: tmnt_hb_eng, executable location $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k
                      Trace name: trace_tmnt_hb_engn.log (where n is a number in the range 1
                      through 9; as each file becomes full, the number is incremented, cycling back
                      to 1 when file 9 is full)
                      Location: $DBDIR/AMW/logs



                                 Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   85
Configuration: To configure the log, use the command:
                   wdmconfig -m node –D heartbeat.trace_level= 0 - 2
                   wdmconfig -m node –D heartbeat.trace_size=value

               After you change the trace level or size, restart the heartbeat engine to reflect the
               changes. To stop the heartbeat engine, use the command:
               wdmmn -stop -m node -h

               To start the heartbeat engine, enter the command:
               wdmheartbeat -m node -s frequency


6.2.2 Task engine trace
               A trace is maintained at the gateway of the activities carried out when the task
               engine is running, to perform tasks on attached endpoints, as determined by
               resource model definitions. It records all messages output by the process
               tmnt_task_eng. Here are the details:
                   Process name: tmnt_task_eng, executable location $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k
                   Trace name: trace_tmnt_task_engn.log (where n is a number in the range 1
                   through 9; as each file becomes full, the number is incremented, cycling back
                   to 1 when file 9 is full)
                   Location: $DBDIR/AMW/logs
                   Configuration: To configure the log, use the commands:
                   wdmconfig -m node –D task.trace_level= 0 - 2
                   wdmconfig -m node –D task.trace_size=value

               After you change the trace level or size, restart the task engine to reflect the
               changes. To stop the task engine, use the command:
               wdmmn -stop -m node -t

               To start the task engine, type the command:
               wdmmn -start -m node -t


6.2.3 Endpoint upcall traces
               A trace is maintained at the gateway of the upcall messages sent to the gateway
               from the endpoints. It contains the following details:
                   Endpoint registration upcalls
                   Events and indications sent from the endpoint component
                   Task upcalls




86   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
It records all messages output by the process tmnt_gtw_eng, which receives the
          upcalls. Here are the details:
             Process name: tmnt_gtw_eng, executable location $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k
             Trace name: trace_tmnt_gtw_engn.log (where n is a number in the range 1
             through 9; as each file becomes full, the number is incremented, cycling back
             to 1 when file 9 is full)
             Location:
             – UNIX or Linux: /tmp/AMW/logs
             – Windows: $DBDIR/tmp/AMW/logs
             Configuration: To configure the log, use the commands:
             wdmconfig –D gw.trace_level = <value1>
             wdmconfig –D gw.trace_size = <value2>

           Note: In our environment, the process tmnt_gtw could not generate trace
           information about the trace_tmnt_gtw_engn.log file, even when the trace_level
           was configured to the higher trace level.


6.2.4 Request manager trace
          A trace is maintained at the gateway of the activities carried out when the request
          manager process is running. It records all messages output by the process
          tmnt_rm_eng. Here are the details:
             Process name: tmnt_trm_eng, executable location $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k
             Trace name: trace_tmnt_rm_engn.log (where n is a number in the range 1
             through 9; as each file becomes full, the number is incremented, cycling back
             to 1 when file 9 is full)
             Location: $DBDIR/AMW/logs
             Configuration: To configure the log, use the commands:
             wdmconfig -m node –D request-manager.trace_level= 0 - 2
             wdmconfig -m node –D request-manager.trace_size= value

          After you change the trace level or size, restart the request manager to reflect the
          changes. To stop the request manager, use the command:
          wdmmn -stop -m node -r

          To start the request manager, type the command:
          wdmmn -start -m node -r




                         Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   87
6.2.5 Profile core trace
               A log is maintained at the gateway of the activities carried out when the profile
               core engine is running. It records all messages output by the process
               tmw2k_profile_core. Here are the details:
                   Process name: tmw2k_profile_core, executable location
                   $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k
                   Trace name: trace_tmnt_profile_coren.log (where n is a number in the range
                   1 through 9; as each file becomes full, the number is incremented, cycling
                   back to 1 when file 9 is full)
                   Location: $DBDIR/AMW/logs
                   Configuration: To configure the log, use the wdmconfig command to change
                   the following variables:
                   wdmconfig -m node –D core.trace_level= 0 - 2
                   wdmconfig -m node –D core.trace_size=value



6.3 Endpoint logs
               Different log files are available depending on the platform of the operating
               system. Logs and traces maintained at Windows endpoints are different from
               those at non-Windows endpoints.


6.3.1 Common endpoint logs
               The common endpoint logs are primarily profile distribution endpoint logs. IBM
               Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 uses lcfd.log as a profile distribution endpoint log.

               The IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 distribution process records the MDist2
               activities of the engine update, as follows:
                   Process name: Tmw2k_ep
                   Log name: lcfd.log
                   Location: $LCF_DATDIR
                   Configuration: To configure the log, you can edit the last.cfg, and then
                   change the parameter log_threshold to 3 or enter the following command:
                   wadminep endpoint reexec_lcfd -D log_threshold=3




88   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
6.3.2 Windows endpoint logs
          IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 maintains an endpoint engine log at Windows
          endpoints, and there are also logs maintained by Windows Management
          Instrumentation (WMI).

          Windows endpoint engine log
          The main trace log generated by the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine at
          Windows endpoints records the activities of the endpoint engine, as follows:
             Process name:
             – Tmw2k, executable location %LCF_DATDIIR%LCFNEWTmw2kbin
             – Tmw2k_ep, executable location
               %LCF_DATDIIR%cachebinw32-ix86TMETmw2k
             Trace name: Tmw2k.log (when the log is full, the oldest 20% of messages is
             deleted)
             Location: %LCF_DATDIR%/LCFNEW/Tmw2k
             Configuration: To configure the trace, issue the wdmtrceng command from
             the server or managed node. Identify the endpoint at which you want to
             configure the log. You can set any of the following parameters:
             – Trace: Tmw2k.log.
             – Trace level: Default is 0, or you can set the level to the following modes:
                0 Errors
                1 Warnings and errors
                2 All steps of the monitoring process
                3 Verbose output, all operations of the monitoring process
             – Maximum file size: Default is 5000000 (5.0 MB).

           Note: We recommend that you do not change the trace level for performance
           reasons.

          The wdmtrceng command changes the following registry hives:
             HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE →SOFTWARE →Tivoli →Tmw →
             DisplayThreshold
             HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE →SOFTWARE →Tivoli →Tmw →MaxFileLogSize

          Each line in the log contains the following columns:
             Date
             Trace level



                           Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   89
Component/classes
                   – ActionManager: Executes corrective actions (built-in tasks)
                   – Adapters: Sends events to TEC and Tivoli Business Systems Manager
                     (TBSM)
                   – Analyzer: Collects and analyses the performance data
                   – ComponentManager: Provides the default implementation for
                     creation/profile as push, start, stop, or delete
                   – Dispatcher: Responsible for forwarding the events or operations to the
                     subscribed components

                        Note: This is because the upcall is not thread safe. Therefore, events or
                        operations that need to perform upcall need to pass through the
                        dispatcher.

                   – EventAggregator: Receives indications from decision trees and processes
                     those based on the occurrences and holes
                   – EventCorrelator: Consolidates and correlates events generated between
                     different resource models
                   – InstallSharedDll: Installs the shared dynamic linked library (DLL)
                   – Logger: Stores the data locally on the endpoint
                   – MsgQueueManager
                   – MofCompiler
                   – TemporarySink: A virtual utility that provides a wrapping to WMI for
                     facilitating the implementation of WMI event listeners; also provides
                     support for checking the correct behavior, ensuring that WMI does not
                     unload the listeners
                   – TMNT_Upcall
                   – TMWMethodProv: The WMI method provider; responsible for
                     implementing the Common Information Model (CIM) class methods
                   – TMWService: An object that allows the scripts implementing the best
                     practices to configure and set the default values for parameters and
                     thresholds to specify the data sources that will be used; also useful to use
                     such IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 services as event sending, tracing,
                     running monitors and scripts, and data logging; basically, a way the scripts
                     interface the engine and the underlying CIM implementation
                   – WbemConnector




90   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Thread ID
             Message

          After you change the trace settings, restart the endpoint monitoring engine to
          reflect the changes. To stop the monitoring engine, use the command:
          wdmcmd -stop -e endpoint_label

          To start the monitoring engine, enter the command:
          wdmcmd -restart -e endpoint_label

           Tip: When you enter the wdmtrceng command on a Windows target system,
           you must use the forward slash (/) in the directory path, for example:
           wdmtrceng -e itsotiv1 c:/progra~1/tivoli/lcf/dat /1/LCFNEW/ Tmw2k/Tmw2k.log
           3 800000


          WMI
          You can use the Workbench to see the functionality of the Windows resource
          model, and then use CIM Studio to browse the CIM repository. CIM Studio
          provides the wbemdump command, which is a command line interface (CLI) tool
          that can query the CIM repository. These kinds of tools can be useful to
          determine the efficiency of the probes.

          The WMI log files record the activities of WMI in collecting the data required by
          the resource models. These log files are located in the
          %SystemRoot%/system32/wbem/logs directory.

          For details, see the WMI documentation available in Windows Help, or refer to
          the WMI Tutorial on the Web at:
          http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/release.asp?releaseid=12570


6.3.3 Non-Windows endpoint logs
          IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 maintains four logs at the endpoint:
             Endpoint engine update log
             Endpoint engine log and trace
             Endpoint native trace
             Endpoint JMX log

          The following sections explain each of these logs in more detail.




                         Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   91
Note: The endpoint engine update log, endpoint engine log, endpoint native
                 trace, and endpoint JMX log use the same configuration file for tracing.
                 Therefore, changing the trace level of one log affects the settings of the other
                 logs.

                 The wdmtrceng command changes the files:
                    $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/data/log_level
                    $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/data/log_size

                 In our environment, to change all trace levels to 3 and the trace size to
                 8000000, we entered the following command:
                 wdmtrceng -e itsodev3 /Tivoli/lcf/dat/1/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/data/log_level 3
                 8000000


               Endpoint engine update log
               The endpoint engine update log maintains details of the activities of the engine
               update process, which is the process that launches and controls the endpoint
               engine, as follows:
                   Process name: The tmw2k_ep process starts and finishes quickly, so it is not
                   possible to see the running process.
                   Log name: When the trace_dmxeu.log log is full, it is renamed as dmxeu.old,
                   deleting any existing file with that name, and a new log file is created.
                   Location: The log is located in $LCFDATDIR/LCFNEW/AMW/logs.
                   Configuration: To configure the trace, issue the wdmtrceng command from
                   the server or managed node, identifying the endpoint at which you want to
                   configure the log. You can set any of the following parameters:
                   – Trace trace_dmxeu.log
                   – Trace level: Default is 0 or you can set the following modes:
                      0   Errors
                      1   Warnings and errors: Trace level MID
                      2   All steps of the monitoring: Trace level MAX
                      3   Verbose output, all operations of the monitoring process: Trace level
                          MAX and OTHER




92   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Endpoint engine log and trace
The endpoint engine log and trace maintain details of the activities of the engine.
This is the process that runs the resource models and sends events and
indications to the gateway, as follows:
   Process name: java com.tivoli.dmunix.ep.agent.Main
   Log name: msg_dmxengine.log (when the log is full, it is renamed as
   dmxengine.old, deleting any existing file with that name; a new log file is
   created)
   Trace name: trace_dmxengine.log (when the log is full, it is renamed as
   dmxengine.old, deleting any existing file with that name; a new log file is
   created)
   Location: $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/AMW/logs
   Configuration: To configure the trace, issue the wdmtrceng command from
   the server or managed node, identifying the endpoint at which you want to
   configure the log. You can set any of the following parameters:
   – Trace trace_dmxeu.log
   – Trace level: Default is 0 or you can set to the following modes:
      0   Errors
      1   Warnings and errors: Trace level MID
      2   All steps of the monitoring: Trace level MAX
      3   Verbose output, all operations of the monitoring process: Trace level
          MAX and OTHER

Endpoint native trace
The endpoint native trace maintains details about the activities of the native
processes. This process obtains the resource information required by the
resource models, as follows:
   Process name: java com.tivoli.dmunix.ep.agent.Main
   Log name: trace_dmxntv.log (when the log is full, it is renamed as
   dmxntv.old, deleting any existing file with that name; a new log file is created)
   Location: $LCFDATDIR/LCFNEW/AMW/logs
   Configuration: To configure the trace, issue the wdmtrceng command from
   the server or managed node, identifying the endpoint at which you want to
   configure the log. You can set any of the following parameters:
   – Trace trace_dmxeu.log
   – Trace level: The default is 0 or you can set this to the following modes:
      2 All steps of the monitoring: Trace level MAX
      3 Verbose output, all operations of the monitoring process: Trace level
        MAX and OTHER


                Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   93
Endpoint JMX log
               The endpoint JMX log maintains details of the activities of the JMX process,
               which is a Tivoli implementation of Java Management Extension. It is only written
               when the trace level is set to 3. Here are the details:
                   Process name: Tmx4j
                   Log name: Tmx4j_1.log (when the log is full, it is renamed as Tmnx4j_2.log,
                   deleting any existing file with that name; a new log file is created)
                   Location: $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/UNIX
                   Configuration: To configure the log, issue the wdmtrceng command from the
                   server or managed node, identifying the endpoint at which you want to
                   configure the log. Note that this command maintains a common configuration
                   for all logs at a non-Windows endpoint. You can set the Trace level: 2
                   (verbose) parameter.

                 Note: For the log’s endpoint native trace and endpoint JMX, we noticed that
                 only some information is registered in the log after setting log_level to a
                 minimum value of 2.



6.4 Web Health Console logs and traces
               The Web Health Console has a facility for both standard message logging and
               advanced debug tracing. Message logging and minimum level debug tracing are
               always on and writing to their own files. You can find these files in the
               /usr/Tivoli/AMW/logs directory.


6.4.1 Modifying Web Health Console tracing parameters
               You can adjust tracing by modifying the tracing parameters for the Web Health
               Console application. Edit the WHC_INSTALL_DIRinstalledAppsdm.eardm.war
               WEB-INFclassescomibm dmwebutilPDLog.properties file. Depending on
               how much tracing you want, MIN, MID or MAX, you can change the line:
               tmeLogger.trc.level=DEBUG_MIN
               tmeLogger.trc.level=DEBUG_MID
               tmeLogger.trc.level=DEBUG_MAX

               MID provides a good amount of Web Health Console operation, and MAX
               provides a great deal of detailed internal operation.




94   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
You can also adjust the following lines to change the number of trace files written
          and the maximum size of the files before it roles over to a new file:
          file.maxFiles=3
          file.maxFileSize=1024

          After you make these changes, stop and start the WebSphere Application Server
          to enable the changes, using the following commands:
             UNIX
             export DISPLAY=machineName:0.0
             WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/stopServer.sh
             WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/startServer.sh
             Windows
             WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/stopServer.bat
             WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/startServer.bat

           Note: The Web Health Console runs slower while in MID or MAX tracing.
           Change the tracing level to the MIN setting as soon as possible.


6.4.2 WebSphere tracing
          You can also set WebSphere Application Server tracing. This enables you to see
          all the requests and operations in the ApplicationServer perspective. To enable
          WebSphere tracing, enter the following commands:
          $WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/DrAdmin.sh -serverPort 7000 -setRingBufferSize 2048
          $WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/DrAdmin.sh -serverPort 7000 -setTrace
          "com.ibm.*=all=enabled"

          After you run these commands, the trace log is located in
          $WHC_HOME/logs/default_server_stdout.log and
          $WHC_HOME/logs/default_server_stderr.log.

          To disable WebSphere tracing, enter the following command:
          $WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/DrAdmin.sh -serverPort 7000 -setTrace
          "com.ibm.*=all=disabled"

          For further reference about troubleshooting WebSphere, see IBM WebSphere
          Version 4.0 Advanced Edition Handbook, SG24-6176.




                         Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   95
6.5 Tools
               This section describes the tools that are provided with IBM Tivoli Monitoring
               V5.1.1, as well as other available tools.


6.5.1 Tool to generate XML file
               The formatter program creates an XML-based file from the log or trace generated
               by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. It is located on the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
               Tools CD in the directory LogToXML. It accepts three parameters:
                   The first parameter defines whether IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 is dealing
                   with a log file or a message file.
                   The second parameter is the name of the source file (either a log or a
                   message file).
                   The third parameter is the name of the file to be created in XML.

               Here is an example:
               prepareLog LOG trace_x.log trace_x.xml

                 Note: Before you run the prepare log program, set the Java Virtual Machine
                 1.3.0 path.


6.5.2 Serviceability tasks
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 provides three serviceability tasks:
                   DMCollectEpLog
                   DMCollectMnLog
                   DMCollectEpEnv

               DMCollectEpLog
               The DMCollectEpLog task collects (in a tar file created at the endpoint) all the
               endpoint logs and information about the size and dates of the binaries. It also
               collects the current and universal time the logs were created. The task accepts
               the name of the tar file as an argument. You can find the tar file in the endpoint
               directory $LCF_DATDIR.

               For UNIX and Linux platforms, the following files are collected:
                   $LCF_DATDIR/lcfd.log
                   $LCF_DATDIR/lcfd.bk
                   $LCF_DATDIR/last.cfg
                   $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/Tmx4j1.log



96   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
$LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/Tmx4j2.log
   $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/AMW/logs/trace_xxxxx.log
   $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/AMW/logs/msg_xxxxx.log
   $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/data/dmxout.log (This file traces errors
   at Java engine startup.)

For Windows platforms, the following files are collected:
   %LCF_DATDIR%/lcfd.log
   %LCF_DATDIR%/lcfd.bk
   %LCF_DATDIR%/last.cfg
   %LCF_DATDIR%/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/Tmw2k.log

Any core dumps from the engine are not included in the tar file to avoid impacting
the task performance. You can find core dumps in the $LCF_DATDIR
LCFNEWTmw2kUnix directory.

DMCollectMnLog
The DMCollectMnLog task collects (in a tar file created at the managed node in
the $DBDIR directory) all the managed node logs and traces, including event
logs for Windows platforms. The task accepts the name of the tar file as an
argument. You can find the tar file in the managed node directory $DBDIR.

For UNIX and Linux platforms, the following files are collected:
   $DBDIR/oservlog
   $DBDIR/gatelog
   /tmp/traces/trace_tnmt_gtw_engn.log
   $DBDIR/AMW/logs/trace_xxxx.log
   $DBDIR/<odstat output>
   $DBDIR/<wtrace -jHk $DBDIR output>

For Windows platforms, the following files are collected:
   %DBDIR%/oservlog
   %DBDIR%/gatelog
   %DBDIR%/tmp/traces/trace_tnmt_gtw_engn.log
   %DBDIR%/AMW/logs/trace_xxxx.log
   %DBDIR%/<odstat output>
   %DBDIR%/<wtrace -jHk $DBDIR output>




               Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   97
DMCollectEpEnv
               The DMCollectEpEnv task collects information about the environment at the
               endpoint. The data collected is written to a file using the Execute Task window
               (Save to File option). This task does not accept arguments. For UNIX and Linux
               platforms, the following information is collected:
                   Operating system version
                   Disk space statistics and file system installation at the endpoint
                   Memory statistics (available and used)
                   Environment variable settings
                   List of system patches installed

               For Windows platforms, the output from the winmsd command is collected.
                   For Windows 2000, the report is created in
                   %LCF_DATDIR%/winmsdreport.txt.
                   For Windows NT, the report is created in %LCF_DATDIR%/host name.txt.



6.6 Helpful troubleshooting procedures
               This section discusses common problem determination procedures for IBM Tivoli
               Monitoring V5.1.1.


6.6.1 Profile distribution problems
               Profile distribution is performed using the MDist 2 facility. There are several
               symptoms of profile distribution problems, such as:
                   Monitors are not shown for the endpoint in the Web Health Console.
                   There are no TEC event or TBSM changes.
                   Data is not collected in the historical database.

               Some initial verification that you must perform is:
                   Run the following command to verify that the profile is not received:
                   wdmlseng -e endpoint
                   Check the MDist2 distribution status using the following command and check
                   for distribution called profilename(install):
                   wmdist -l
                   Verify that the endpoint is running using following command:
                   wep endpoint status
                   Verify that the gateway is running using the following command:
                   wgateway


98   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
If the result from those commands cannot yield a sufficient clue, you may need to
           consult the distribution logs:
              In the TMR server: rpt2log, msg_profilename.log
              In the gateways: rpt2log
              In the endpoints: lcfd.log


6.6.2 IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine troubleshooting
           When the IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine has problem, some symptoms may be:
              There are no TEC event or TBSM changes.
              Data is not collected in the historical database.
              Monitor is shown for the endpoint in the Web Health Console.

           Some initial verification that you need to performed is:
              Run the following command to verify that the IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine is
              running:
              wdmlseng -e endpoint
              Run the following commands to stop and start the IBM Tivoli Monitoring
              engine:
              wdmcmd -stop -e endpoint
              wdmcmd -restart -e endpoint
              Clear the endpoint engine profile cache, by removing the *.dmprf and
              engine.pid files.
              Remove the method cache in the LCFNEW directory.

           Perform further troubleshooting on the endpoint by analyzing the lcfd.log and
           Tmw2k.log files. Ultimately you can also run the DMEndpointUninstall task to
           remove the IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine and clean the resource cache.


6.6.3 Resolving resource model problems
           Resource model problems are caused by the following symptoms:
              There are no TEC event or TBSM changes.
              Data is not collected in the historical database.
              Monitor is shown for the endpoint in the Web Health Console with a
              non-running status.




                          Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   99
Some initial verification that you need to perform is:
                  Check the resource model status using the following command:
                  wdmlseng -e endpoint -verbose
                  Restart the resource model on the endpoint using the following command:
                  wdmeng
                  Check options in the profile itself, such as TEC event or TBSM event
                  generation.
                  Verify the prerequisites, such as:
                   – Java Runtime Environment (JRE) linking from DMLink JRE
                   – Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) service for Windows
                   – Running the diskperf command for Windows
                  Examine the endpoint profile logs (see 6.3, “Endpoint logs” on page 88).




100   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
7


    Chapter 7.   Operating IBM Tivoli
                 Monitoring V5.1.1
                 This chapter discusses various operational and management issues with IBM
                 Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                         101
7.1 MDist profile distribution
               This section explains the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile distribution using
               MDist2.


7.1.1 MDist2 support
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 uses Tivoli Management Framework Multiplexed
               Distribution service (MDist2) to perform profile distribution. It fully uses the
               following MDist2 functions:
                  Asynchronous delivery
                  MDist2 uses an asynchronous interface to applications. This means that,
                  when IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 submits a distribution request, it
                  immediately receives a distribution identifier and confirmation that the
                  distribution is in progress.
                  Assured delivery
                  The distribution of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profiles is assured even when
                  there are network interruptions, power-off machines, or disconnected
                  endpoints.
                  Check-point and restart
                  A distribution data stream that has been interrupted can be resumed by IBM
                  Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 from the last successful checkpoint. This means that
                  it is not necessary to resend all of the profile data when the distribution is
                  resumed by MDist2. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 receiver method
                  requests only the data that was not sent when the interruption occurred.
                  Data depoting
                  MDist2 allows the storage of distribution segments at a depot close to the
                  endpoint, and for the distribution to be submitted to the endpoints from that
                  depot.


7.1.2 Profile distribution using MDist2
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 only supports profile distribution to ProfileManager,
               TMA endpoint, Application Proxy, and Application Services.

               You can configure the following options in a profile distribution. In the Profile
               Manager window, open a profile to be distributed. Click Profile →Distribute. The
               IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Profile window (Figure 7-1) opens.




102   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
The Distribute Profile window presents two options for Distribute To:
   Next level of subscribers: This option distributes the profile only to the
   subscribers of the profile manager. It does not distribute to lower-level
   subscribers. If a profile manager with subscribers resides at the next lower
   level, you may need to perform the distribution process from profile managers
   at more than one level to reach all the profile endpoints.
   All levels of subscribers: Distributes the profile to all subscribers in the
   hierarchy. Select this option if you want to distribute a profile in which your
   endpoint is the only subscriber.

Select the Distribution Will option Make subscriber’s profile an EXACT COPY
of this profile. This overwrites the subscribers profile with an exact copy of the
profile that is being distributed. You must always use this option. From the Do Not
Distribute to These Subscribers list, select the subscribers to receive the profile
and move them to the Distribute to These Subscribers, as shown in Figure 7-1.

You can also configure the Distribution Defaults option. Then every distribution of
this profile is done with the default settings that you provided.




Figure 7-1 Distribute Profile window




                              Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   103
There are three possible ways to perform profile distribution in IBM Tivoli
               Monitoring V5.1.1:
                  Graphical user interface (GUI) distribution
                  a. Drag and drop the profile in the target subscriber.
                  b. In the Profile Manager window, open the profile to be distributed. The IBM
                     Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Profile window opens. Click Profile →Distribute.
                  Framework wdistrib CLI command
                  The following command example is for distributing a profile called pf.unix.itm
                  to an endpoint called vmlinux5:
                  wdistrib -l over_all @Tmw2kProfile:pf.unix.itm @Endpoint:vmlinux5
                  IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 wdmdistrib CLI command
                  This new MDist2-based command offers a richer set of options to distribute
                  an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile to subscribers. You can have the
                  profile storage in the MDist2 depot permanent or temporary.
                  You can use the following flags with the wdmdistrib CLI command:
                  wdmdistrib -p <profile-name> [-D <MDist2_property=value>...] [-e][-w][-i]
                  [-J <JRE_location_dir>][-d][-R][-l] [-s <subscribers-file>]
                  [subscriber...]
                  For further reference about wdmdistrib usage, see IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                  User’s Guide Version 5.1, SH19-4569.


7.1.3 TMF MDist2 commands
               The Tivoli Management Framework (TMF) wmdist and wdepot commands
               provide many options for you to check and manage distribution packages. You
               can also perform MDist2 management using the GUI provided with MDist2.

                Note: In a distribution on a Tmw2kProfile that is always labelled with the
                status of install, for example, the distribution of profile Monitor.pf is called
                Monitor.pf(install).

               The following commands can be useful to monitor IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
               profile distribution status:
                  List distributions
                  wmdist –l [-I dist_id] [-a] [-v]
                  -I Specific distribution ID
                  -a Shows only active distributions
                  -v Verbose output



104   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Endpoint distribution status
              wmdist –e dist_id [-t endpoint_id]
              -t Status for specific endpoint
              Cancel distributions
              wmdist –c dist_id [endpoint…]
              Pause distributions
              wmdist –p dist_id [endpoint…]
              Resume distributions
              wmdist –r dist_id [endpoint…]
              List repeater depot
              wdepot repeater_name list -l
              View repeater depot statistics
              wdepot repeater_name describe

           For more information about MDist2 commands, refer to Tivoli Framework Version
           3.7.1 Installation Guide, GC32-0395.



7.2 Maintaining the Tivoli environment
           This section describes the new command line, directory structure, and log files to
           be monitored. The maintenance of the Framework environment is not described
           in this chapter. However, you can find a good reference in Maintaining Your Tivoli
           Environment, SG24-5013.


7.2.1 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 command line
           This section explains, with examples, some of the commands provided with IBM
           Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1.
              wdmconfig: This command creates and updates the configuration file
              ($DBDIR/dmml/.config) on a gateway. Here is an example of using the
              wdmconfig command to configure the trace of components size to 800000
              bytes and the trace details to verbose:
              wdmconfig -m all -D dmml.trace_size=8000000 -D dmml.trace_level=4
              Role needed: super or senior.
              wdmmn: This command stops or starts selected IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
              processes on one or all managed nodes or gateways. The role needed is
              super, senior or administrator.



                                       Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   105
The processes that can be started and stopped are:
                   –   Task engine (tmnt_task_eng), flag -t
                   –   Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM) Adapter, flag -b
                   –   Heartbeat engine (tmnt_gtw), flag -h
                   –   Resource model engine (tmnt_rm_eng), flag -r
                  wdmcmd: This command stops or restarts IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 on one
                  or more endpoints from a managed node, gateway, or server. You can specify
                  endpoints or a profile manager. If you specify a profile manager, it affects all
                  endpoints that are subscribers of the profile manager. The role needed is
                  super, senior, or administrator.
                  wdmeng: This command stops or starts profiles or resource models at
                  endpoints. It also deletes profiles at endpoints. The role needed is super,
                  senior, or administrator.
                  wdmlseng: This command lists the running resource models and their statuses
                  of specified endpoints. It can also output the result in XML. The command can
                  be used for a specified endpoint or a specified indicator within the endpoint.
                  The role needed is super, senior, administrative, or user.
                  wdmrm: This adds, lists, or removes a specified resource model at the Tivoli
                  Management Region (TMR) server or managed node or gateway from where
                  it is issued. It also adds the national language support (NLS) catalog to an
                  already installed default resource model. The resource models are also
                  registered in the Name Registry and can be queried using the following
                  command:
                  wlookup -ar Tmw2kProfile
                  The role needed is super, senior, or administrator.
                  wdmcollect: This command manages the data collection for monitoring
                  metrics from the gateway for specific endpoints. The role needed is super,
                  senior, administrator, or user.


7.2.2 Heartbeat maintenance
               If you are using the heartbeat functionality, be aware that, when you delete an
               endpoint from the Tivoli environment, and this endpoint is monitored by the
               heartbeat, it is not removed automatically from the heartbeat database.

               To remove an endpoint from the heartbeat database, run the command:
               wdmmngcache -m gateway -d endpoint_label

               To manage heartbeat process on the gateways, you use the wdmheartbeat
               command.




106   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
7.2.3 Managing profiles
           This section discusses usage of the profile manipulation commands, of which
           some are in IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. These commands are useful to
           manage the monitoring profiles from a batch file or shell script.
              wdmeditprf: This command enables you to change various attributes of a
              profile. Resource models can be added using all of the default values
              supplied. Alternatively you can add a model with one or more values modified
              to suit your environment. You can also edit any of the details of an existing
              resource model. And you can change and define event generations and
              action tasks.
              wdmdumpprf: This command writes the full details of the selected profile to the
              standard output, in Tivoli Management Framework format or XML format. You
              can save the output and edit and reload it as a new or amended profile using
              the wdmloadprf command.
              wdmloadprf: This command makes new profiles available on the Tivoli server.
              If the command identifies an existing profile, the command updates the
              profile. It requires you to choose whether to merge the new resource models
              with the existing ones, substitute the existing resource models for the new
              ones, or keep the existing resource models.


7.2.4 Managing resource models
           The wdmrm command enables you to manage resource models from a command
           line. You can add, list, or remove a specified default resource model at the TMR
           server or managed node or gateway from where you issue it. It also adds the
           NLS catalog to an already installed default resource model. The command works
           only for the server and managed nodes of the local region.

           The command syntax is:
           wdmrm –add resource_model_tarfile
           wdmrm –addcat resource_model [–f catalog_file –l locale]
           wdmrm –list wdmrm –remove resource_model




                                       Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   107
7.3 Web Health Console usage
               Figure 7-2 shows the relationship between the various windows in the Web
               Health Console. You can view both the current online data and historical data.



                                                        Login



                                                                              Resource model list
                   Endpoint list view
                                                                                    view



                                                                               Endpoint list with
                                                                               resource model



                                                   Endpoint view



                      Resource Model                                           Resource Model
                          history                                                Indication



                                                     Graph view


               Figure 7-2 Web Health Console windows


7.3.1 Logging on to the Web Health Console
               You can connect the Web Health Console to any TMR server or managed node.
               Then you can configure it to monitor any or all of the endpoints that are found in
               that region. To connect to the Web Health Console you need access to the server
               on which the Web Health Console server is installed and the TMR on which you
               want to monitor health. All user management and security is handled through the
               IBM Tivoli management environment.

               To start the Web Health Console, open you browser and type the following URL:
               http://server_name/dmwhc



108   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Here server_name is the host name of the server on which you installed the Web
Health Console Server.

You are prompted to enter a user ID, password, and the host name of your TMR
server or managed node, as shown in Figure 7-3. The user ID that you specify
does not require any special Tivoli role to successfully log on to the Web Health
Console. However, to operate the Web Health Console, the user requires TMR
roles of user or administrator.




Figure 7-3 Web Health Console login page




                            Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   109
When you successfully login the first time, you see the Preferences view
                (Figure 7-4). At this point, you are required to import endpoints that you need to
                monitor. The Web Health Console can only monitor endpoints that are defined in
                the TMR to which it is connected.




Figure 7-4 Web Health Console Preferences -> Endpoint view

                You need the user or administrator role to view the endpoint list. After you save
                the endpoint list, in a subsequent session, your endpoint list is automatically
                loaded.




110    IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
As shown in Figure 7-5, you can use the General option on the Preferences page
                 to configure the Refresh Interval, Default View, and Optimize Cache settings,
                 which are used by the Web Health Console.




Figure 7-5   Web Health Console Preferences General view




                                              Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   111
7.3.2 The Web Health Console main view
               When you start the Web Health Console, the top portion of every view of the Web
               Health Console, except the Login view, contains a common menu bar, as shown
               in Figure 7-6. This navigation bar has fly-over help associated with each button.




               Figure 7-6 Web Health Console common menu bar




112   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
7.3.3 The Endpoint List View
           The Endpoint List View (Figure 7-7) shows the current health of all the selected
           endpoints. You can filter the displayed endpoints using the Filter field.




           Figure 7-7 Endpoint List View

           The Web Health Console sorts the endpoints by health order, with the lowest
           health displayed first. For example, an endpoint with a health percentage of 0 is
           listed before an endpoint with a health of 70%. If there is a problem contacting an
           endpoint, the Web Health Console displays a message indicating the problem.

           The Endpoint List View table provides information about the status of the specific
           endpoint being monitored (Running or Engine could not be reached) and the
           lowest health of all the resource models installed on the endpoint. For example, if
           the endpoint has two resource models installed and one is at 50% health and the
           other is at 90% health, this column displays 50. The health is displayed as an
           exact health percentage and as an icon representation of possible states of alert.

           Three icons indicate the endpoint health. The        icon shows the health of all
           resource models installed on the endpoint at 100%. The         icon shows the
           health of at least one resource model installed on the endpoint as less than



                                           Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   113
100% but greater than 0. The       icon shows the health of at least one of the
               resource models installed on the endpoint at 0.

               If the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine is switched off on a particular endpoint,
               then the Web Health Console reports this. To start or stop the engine, the user
               who is logged in must have the TMR administrator role. Then click the endpoint
               name to drill down and obtain more information about the resource models that
               are running on the endpoint. See Figure 7-8.




               Figure 7-8 Web Health Console and the endpoint resource model information




114   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
To start or stop the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine, use the [Select an
action] drop-down list, as shown in Figure 7-9.




Figure 7-9 Starting or stopping the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine

To successfully stop or start the engine, the administrator must have the
administrator, super, or senior role.




                              Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   115
7.3.4 The Resource Model List View
               The Resource Model List View (Figure 7-10) shows all of the resource models
               installed on the endpoints specified in the Endpoint List page of the Preferences
               view. See Figure 7-5 on page 111 for more information about preferences.

               The Web Health Console sorts the resource models by health order, displaying
               the lowest health first. For example, a resource model with 30% health is listed
               before a resource model with 70% health.




               Figure 7-10 Resource Model List View




116   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
You can drill down a particular resource model and see a list of endpoints on
which the model is running. As shown in Figure 7-11, you can stop or start a
resource model, and even remove the profile, from the selected endpoints.




Figure 7-11 Managing the resource model on an endpoint




                            Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   117
If an indication is generated, then you can view an online graph that displays the
                 data relevant to the indication by selecting the indication, as shown in
                 Figure 7-12.




Figure 7-12 Viewing online data for an indication




118     IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
When you click the Graph button, you see the results shown in Figure 7-13. This
                 graph is continuously updated.




Figure 7-13 Online data for indications generated by a resource model




                                               Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   119
When you click the Historical Data radio button in the Resource Models frame
               (Figure 7-12), you can view the historical data generated by this resource model
               on the endpoint. The bottom portion of the page changes, allowing you to choose
               the data in which you are interested, as shown in Figure 7-14.




               Figure 7-14 Historical data options




120   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Using the historical data selection controls, you select instances and metrics
from the selected resource model to create a chart of recent historical data from
the endpoint. To create historical data, logging must be enabled for the resource
model. With logged data, you can use the historical data graph to identify specific
instances of resource problems over the past 1, 6, 12, or 24 hours.

To create a historical data graph as shown in Figure 7-15, follow these steps:
1. Select a resource model from the Resource Model list in the upper frame and
   click the Historical Data radio button (see Figure 7-14).
2. The Historical Data information for your selection appears in the lower frame.
   a. The Resource list is the only option that is active when the frame opens.
      From the Resources list, select a resource.
   b. From the Contexts list, select a context. Each context identifies a logical
      grouping of problems related to the specified resource.
   c. From the Instances list, select one or more instances. These identify
      specific instances of the selected indication.
   d. From the Metrics list, select one or more metrics. These metrics are used
      to measure the selected indication.
   e. Click Graph.




                             Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   121
Figure 7-15 Sample historical data graph




122   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
You can display the historical data graphs in various formats, as shown in
Figure 7-16.




Figure 7-16 Available graph layouts




                              Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1   123
124   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
8


    Chapter 8.   IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                 Workbench
                 This chapter explains how to use IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench to create and
                 customize resource model and migrating classic Distributed Monitoring monitors.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                            125
8.1 Using the Workbench
               We begin by exploring one of the simpler resource models shipped
               with IBM Tivoli Monitoring, the PhysicalDiskModel. We use this
               model later in our examples to illustrate some of the advanced
               features of the Workbench. To begin, follow these steps:
               1. Double-click the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench icon
                  (Figure 8-1).                                                        Figure 8-1
                                                                                       IBM Tivoli
               2. Open the sample project file for the PhysicalDiskModel               Monitoring
                  (shipped with the product). From the menu, select File →Open.        Workbench
               3. Go to the samples/Windows directory in the install location of       icon
                  IBM Tivoli Monitoring. The samples directory consists of four
                  subdirectories with sample resource models source.

               This sample use the Windows PhsicalDiskModel to demonstrate the basics of
               using the Workbench. The source for this model is in the
               TMW_PhysicalDiskModel.dmws project file. This project file is a non-editable file
               that contains all of the element definitions for the PhysicalDisk resource model. It
               is sometimes referred to as a project file. You can open this file and explore each
               of its elements. For a UNIX resource model, you can also browse this information
               by importing the associated Managed Object Format (MOF) file using the
               mofcomp command line interface (CLI) command.

               The Workbench is made of three panes as shown in Figure 8-2:
                  Pane 1
                  The first pane contains most of the resource model elements that make up a
                  particular model. These elements are ordered in a tree-like hierarchy. The
                  root node of the tree is the name of the resource model and describes the
                  model’s general settings. In this case, it is TMW_PhysicalDiskModel.
                  In most cases, you can open any element in the tree by double-clicking the
                  mouse. Some elements in the tree have multiple options associated with it.
                  Right-clicking the mouse on any element in the tree lists the associated
                  options for that element. For example, right-clicking the TMW_PhysicalDisk
                  element, under Dynamic Model/CIM Classes, display three options: Modify,
                  Remove, and Collection Test. We illustrate the use of many of these options
                  later in the examples.
                  Pane 2
                  This pane contains the Java or Visual Basic script code used in the resource
                  model. The functions in this code are used to initialize, set the configuration
                  options, and run the decision tree logic.




126   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Pane 3
                   The third pane is used only for models that interact with the Windows
                   platforms (that is, Common Information Model (CIM) or Windows
                   Management Instrumentation (WMI)-based). This pane is used when
                   debugging a resource model and to display the aggregate status of event
                   indications.




Figure 8-2 PhysicalDiskModel opened in Workbench




                                                   Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench   127
8.2 Elements of a resource model
               All resource models are made up of seven basic elements.
                  Dynamic model
                  In this element, you define all of the CIM classes and properties for the
                  resource model. Under the dynamic model element are two sub-elements:
                   – CIM classes: This is where you define all resource model class definitions.
                     To define and modify the CIM classes, you invoke the Workbench CIM
                     browser. Figure 8-7 on page 134 shows an example of this.
                   – DM classic probes: This is where you define the Tivoli Distributed
                     Monitoring (Classic Edition) 3.7 compatibility mode monitors. These
                     definitions are imported from dumped MCSL files or source CSL files.
                  Events
                  The event element is where all of the resource model indications are defined.
                  It is where you define the default attributes that make up an event, along with
                  the aggregation defaults (holes and occurrences). For greater discussion
                  about this topic, see 8.3.3, “Event element of PhysicalDiskModel” on
                  page 137.

                    Note: An event element in a resource model is an indication definition (as
                    seen in an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Profile). The event element is not
                    the same thing as a TEC or Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM)
                    event. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring event aggregator processes all indications
                    using event element (holes and occurrences) definitions. After it passes
                    through the event aggregation, based on the number of holes and
                    occurrences and the profile definitions, it can then become a TEC or TBSM
                    event.

                  Thresholds
                  The threshold element is where you define the different resource model class
                  property thresholds. For example, in TMW_PhysicalDiskModel, there are
                  three threshold properties: HighBytesSec,HighQLength, and
                  HighPercentUsage. These thresholds are set when the resource model is
                  initialized on the endpoint and retrieved on each cycle time by the decision
                  tree logic. The decision tree logic uses the threshold elements to determine if
                  an indication should be sent.
                  Parameters
                  The parameters element is used for parametric resource models. Parametric
                  resource models are designed to allow the user to customize the resource
                  model definitions from the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile. Some



128   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
examples of parametric-based resource models are TMW_ParamPort,
TMW_ParamEventLog, and the TMW_ParamServices resource models. For
example, the TMW_ParamServices resource model allows a user to
customize the Windows NT or Windows 2000 monitored services defined in
the profile from the Tivoli Desktop. The types of parameters are boolean list,
choice list, numeric list, or string list.
Logging
You use the logging element to define the properties of the resource model
that are to be logged. All of the examples discussed in this chapter include
logging elements.
Dependencies
You use the dependencies element to define file dependencies that are to be
pushed with the resource model when the profile is distributed to the
endpoint. Examples of dependency files are dynamic linked libraries (DLLs),
MOF files, and executable script files. We demonstrate the use of
dependencies in some examples later in this chapter.
Decision tree script
The decision tree script is made up of a set of function routines that provide
the heart of the logic of the resource model. These functions set the default
configuration definitions and thresholds, and process them by generating
indications and logging events. Three primary functions are used by the IBM
Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine at runtime, and one is used for debugging.
– SetDefaultConfiguration: This function sets runtime definitions based on
  resource model element settings. This routine is run once when the IBM
  Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile is pushed to the endpoint. The code in the
  function should not be modified because it is generated automatically by
  the Workbench. For example, if we use the Workbench to change the
  event element definitions, it automatically changes the corresponding
  definition in this function.
– Init: This function is called after the SetDefaultConfiguration function. you
  can use it to create user settings or change default settings. Remember
  that some of the values defined in the resource model elements can be
  overridden in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring profile. This routine runs after the
  profile settings are initialized.
– VisitTree: This routine runs every cycle time after the IBM Tivoli Monitoring
  profile is pushed. This function contains all of the decision tree logic. The
  VisitTree function retrieves threshold values defined in the
  SetDefaultConfiguration function and processes the decision tree logic
  through a series of “if” statements. When a threshold exceeded is
  detected, the VisitTree generates indications, logging events, or both. All of
  our examples demonstrate customizing the VisitTree code.


                               Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench   129
– Main: This routine is used only for debugging. The Windows-only-based
                     (Visual Basic script) models display this routine in the Workbench as the
                     first function. The JavaScript-based resource models do not display this
                     function in the Workbench. The Workbench generates an output file that
                     contains all four routines, including Main, when debugging
                     JavaScript-based resource models. In this case, the output JavaScript
                     source file is created in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring install directory under the
                     subdirectory named scripts. This file is passed to the MicroSoft Script
                     Debugger.

               Figure 8-3 shows the flow between the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine and
               the decision tree functions.




               Figure 8-3 Decision tree script logic




130   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
8.3 Looking at PhysicalDiskModel
                The following sections discuss PhysicalDiskModel.


8.3.1 Properties of PhysicalDiskModel
                To open the properties of a resource model, double-click the root node object or
                right-click the object and select to open it. In this case, we open the
                TMW_PhysicalDisk object and see the General Settings window (Figure 8-4).




Figure 8-4 TMW_PhsyicalDiskModel general settings

                The properties of the General Settings window are:
                   Internal name: This is the internal name of the resource model. Changes to
                   this setting update automatically the SetDefaultConfiguration function
                   Svc.SetModelName method call. Example 8-1 on page 133 shows these
                   settings in the SetDefaultConfiguration function. The internal name can be
                   retrieved in the VisitTree function by calling the Svc.GetModelName method.
                   This name must be alphanumeric, starting with an alphabetic letter, and not
                   contain any blanks. This name identifies the resource model in the TMR.




                                                    Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench   131
Descriptive name: This is the name that appears in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                  V5.1.1 profile list of resource models. Figure 8-5 shows an example of the
                  descriptive name in the profile, which in this example is Physical Disk.




               Figure 8-5 Example of descriptive name in a profile

                  Description: This is the text that describes the resource model. It is used to
                  document the resource model. You can use these settings to document the
                  decision tree logic and to explain the threshold settings.
                  Category internal name: This name is the internal name for grouping
                  resource models on the profile category display. All resource models that
                  have the same category internal name are displayed under the same
                  category option, as shown in Figure 8-6.
                  Category descriptive name: This name is displayed in the profile category
                  display. Figure 8-6 shows an example of this in the Category list.




132   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Figure 8-6 Category profile pull-down option

   Cycle time: This is the default cycle time for the resource model. You can
   change this value in the profile before profile distribution. This setting changes
   the Svc.SetCycleTime in the SetDefaultConfiguration function. Example 8-1
   shows the SetDefaultConfiguration function for the PhysicalDiskModel. You
   can also retrieve this setting in the VisitTree function using the
   Svc.GetCycleTime method.
   Major and minor version: This is the internal version of the resource model.
   Supported platforms: These platforms are supported by the resource model
   and defined when the resource model is created.

The created or modified properties in the General Settings window update the
code automatically in the SetDefaultConfiguration function (Example 8-1).

Example 8-1 PhysicalDiskModel general settings
' General info section
   '<<GENERAL_INFO>>
   Svc.SetModelName “TMW_PhysicalDiskModel”
   Svc.SetProfileName “157999030”
   Svc.SetCycleTime 120
   '<<GENERAL_INFO>>



                                    Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench   133
8.3.2 Dynamic model element of PhysicalDiskModel
                The PhysicalDiskModel resource model uses only one resource class, the
                TMW_PhysicalDisk class. You can examine this class further by opening the CIM
                browser supplied with the Workbench.

                To open the CIM browser, as shown in Figure 8-7, select the TMW_PhysicalDisk
                resource class under the dynamic model/CIM classes hierarchy. When you open
                the CIM browser from the Workbench, you use the first window to designate the
                CIM name space that you want to open. For Windows CIM or WMI-based
                models, always use root/CIMV2. However, later when we start working with the
                UNIX and Linux-based models, we open the root/default name space.

                Next you see a login window. This window always defaults to the signed-on user.
                Simply click OK.




Figure 8-7 Opening the CIM browser



134    IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
The CIM browser now displays all of the properties of the PhysicalDisk resource
                 class defined in PhysicalDiskModel as shown in Figure 8-8.

                   Note: The Workbench CIM browser displays all of the correct properties for
                   the selected class. But, it doesn’t automatically position the browser to the
                   correct CIM class in the Classes window (left pane). If another class is
                   selected, all properties are erased from the selected properties window. It is
                   important to cancel out of the browser in this scenario. However, if you create
                   a new resource class, as demonstrated later, you must select a new class.




Figure 8-8 PhysicalDisk resource class definitions

                 The PhysicalDisk resource class settings are made up of the following of
                 property fields:
                     Class properties: These are the attribute values (in CIM terminology, the
                     properties) that are selected for processing. SetDefaultConfiguration has a
                     Svc.DefineClass method call with all of the properties selected from this
                     class. See Example 8-2 on page 137 for the SetDefaultConfiguration function
                     for the PhysicalDiskModel. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring analyzer collects all of
                     the properties that are in the selected list each cycle time.



                                                     Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench   135
Collection info: This field enables you to optionally set sort options for data
                   that may need to be in sorted order.
                   Filtering: This field lets you place optional filters on the collection process
                   before the VisitTree function is called. For example, if you do not want to
                   process any physical disks, where the PercentDiskTime property was less
                   than 25%, you can add a WQL filter, as shown in Figure 8-9. The WHERE
                   Clause field is passed to WMI as WQL code by the engine to filter data that is
                   to be returned.




Figure 8-9 Using WMI WQL




136    IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
The properties created or modified from the dynamic model element
           automatically update the code in the SetDefaultConfiguration function, as shown
           in Example 8-2.

           Example 8-2 PhysicalDiskModel dynamic model properties
           ' Dynamic model section
              '<<DATA_INFO>>
              Svc.DefineClass "CIM", "TMW_PhysicalDisk", "ROOTCIMV2:TMW_PhysicalDisk",
           "","AvgDiskSecXfer,PercentDiskWriteTime,AvgDiskBytesXfer,DiskXfersSec,PercentDi
           skReadTime,AvgDiskReadQLength,DiskReadBytesSec,DiskReadsSec,DiskBytesSec,Curren
           tDiskQLength,AvgDiskQLength,PercentDiskTime,AvgDiskWriteQLength,DiskWritesSec,D
           iskWriteBytesSec", "PhysicalDisk", "None", "", 0, 1
              '<<DATA_INFO>>



8.3.3 Event element of PhysicalDiskModel
           PhysicalDiskModel has six event elements that are used by the decision tree,
           VisitTree, to send indications. These elements are defined in the resource model
           and define the event name along with all of the attributes of the event and the
           aggregation settings. When the resource model is added to the Tivoli
           environment, the aggregation settings can be updated from an IBM Tivoli
           Monitoring profile.

           Let’s look at one of the event elements in this example. In the PhysicalDiskModel,
           the TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive indication is generated by the VisitTree function
           when the following property conditions are true:
              The CurrentDiskQLength property is greater than the threshold setting.
              The DiskBytesSec property is greater than the threshold setting.

           None of this logic can be found in the event element settings. This can only be
           derived from analyzing the VisitTree code, which we do later in Example 8-6 on
           page 145. The threshold values can be seen in the threshold elements discussed
           in the next section. The event element defines the properties that make up the
           event as well as the aggregation settings (holes and occurrences) that are used
           by the event aggregator.




                                             Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench   137
Figure 8-10 shows an example of the TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive event element in
                the Workbench.




Figure 8-10 TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive event element settings

                The TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive properties include:
                   Internal name: This is the internal name used for this indication. It is defined
                   in the SetDefaultConfiguration function with the Svc.DefineEvent method.
                   See Example 8-3 for the SetDefaultConfiguration function for the
                   PhysicalDiskModel. The internal name is referenced in the VisitTree function
                   by the SvcSendEvent and Svc.SendEventEx methods. The SendEvent and
                   SendEventEx methods pass indications to the event aggregator to determine
                   the action to take. The internal name is also used as a prefix to variables
                   passed to shell scripts. For example, if a Perl script is invoked as a response
                   from the TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive, one variable that is set in the Perl script at
                   runtime is TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive_PercentDiskTime.
                   Attributes: These attributes are of the event. If the event aggregator
                   generates a TEC or TBSM event (based on holes and occurrences), these
                   properties are passed into the slots of the TEC event and attributes of the
                   TBSM event. These attributes are set in the VisitTree code before the
                   SendEvent or SendEventEx methods are invoked.
                   Aggregation settings: This is where you define the aggregation keys, along
                   with the number of occurrences and holes for this indication.



138    IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Notification: These are the definitions for event notification. If the indication
   becomes an event based on the output of the event aggregator, these settings
   will be used to set the severity.
   String resources: These settings are used for the attributes of the event to
   be sent. The descriptive name is the display name. The message is used to
   set the msg slot for TEC events and attributes for TBSM events. In this
   example, the message text is: The physical drive @PhysicalDisk@ is too
   slow. @PhysicalDisk@ is replaced with the PhysicalDisk variable set in the
   VisitTree routine.
   Actions: This button is used to define response actions for the event. You can
   define CIM Methods, shell programs, or both as response actions to the event
   element. If you define a response action, it runs after event aggregation has
   determined that an event should be generated.
   For example, if TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive is set to 3 occurrences and 0 holes
   and has a send_email.pl script defined as an action, then send_email.pl runs
   locally on the monitored machine after the third consecutive indication has
   occurred. Unlike compatibility mode scripts and scripts invoked by the
   Svc.Shell method, response actions do not have a time-out value.

The properties created or modified from the event element automatically update
the SetDefaultConfiguration function, as shown in Example 8-3.

Example 8-3 PhysicalDiskModel event element properties
' Event definition section
   '<<EVENTS_INFO>>
   Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_HighPhysicalDiskReadBytesSec”,
"DiskReadBytesSec,DiskReadSec,PercentDiskRead", “PhysicalDisk”
   Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_PhysicalPossibleFrag”, "PercentDiskTime,DiskBytesSec",
"PhysicalDisk"
   Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_HighPhysicalDiskXferRate”,
"DiskXfersSec,DiskReadsSec,DiskWritesSec,PercentDiskReadTime,PercentDiskWriteTi
me", “PhysicalDisk”
   Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_HighPhysicalDiskWriteBytesSec”,
"DiskWriteBytesSec,DiskWriteSec,PercentDiskWrite", “PhysicalDisk”
   Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive”,
"CurrentDiskQLength,PercentDiskTime,AvgQLength,AvgReadQLength,AvgWriteQLength,D
iskReadBytesSec,DiskWriteBytesSec", “PhysicalDisk”
   Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_HighPhysicalPercentDiskTime”,
"PercentDiskTime,PercentReadTime,PercentWriteTime", “PhysicalDisk”
   '<<EVENTS_INFO>>




                                  Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench    139
8.3.4 Threshold element of PhysicalDiskModel
               PhysicalDiskModel has three threshold elements that are used by the decision
               tree logic (that is, VisitTree) to determine if an indication should be sent. These
               elements are defined in the resource model and become part of the resource
               model tar file. After they are added to the Tivoli environment, they can be
               updated from an IBM Tivoli Monitoring profile, as shown in Figure 8-11.




               Figure 8-11 PhysicalDiskModel thresholds in a profile

               Figure 8-12 shows an example of the TMW_HighPercentUsage threshold
               element in the Workbench.




140   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Figure 8-12 PhysicalDiskModel HighPercentUsage threshold profile display

                 The HighPercentUsage properties include:
                    Internal name: This is the internal name that is used by the VisitTree function
                    to determine if a property has exceeded a threshold value. In the VisitTree
                    function, the Svc.GetThreshold method is invoked to retrieve and compare
                    this value. The threshold is defined in the SetDefaultConfiguration function by
                    the Svc.DefineThreshold method. Remember the SetDefaultConfiguration
                    definitions are updated automatically by the Workbench when you update the
                    element in the elements pane (pane 1).
                    Default value: This is the default value associated with the internal name.
                    The HighQLength is 3 by default.
                    Descriptive name: This name is used for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring profile
                    display, as shown in Figure 8-11.
                    Description: This is used for documentation purposes.

                 The properties created or modified from the threshold element automatically
                 update the SetDefaultConfiguration function, as shown in Example 8-4.

                 Example 8-4 PhysicalDiskModel threshold element properties
                 ' Thresholds section
                    '<<THRESHOLDS_INFO>>
                    Svc.DefineThreshold “HighBytesSec”, 1572864
                    Svc.DefineThreshold “HighQLength”, 3
                    Svc.DefineThreshold “HighPercentUsage”, 90
                    '<<THRESHOLDS_INFO>>




                                                    Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench   141
8.3.5 Logging element of PhysicalDiskModel
               PhysicalDiskModel has three logging elements that are used by the decision tree
               logic (VisitTree) to determine whether to log an indication. These elements are
               defined in the resource model and become part of the resource model tar file.
               After they are added to the Tivoli environment, they can be updated from an IBM
               Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile, as shown in Figure 8-13.




               Figure 8-13 PhysicalDiskModel logging element profile display




142   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Figure 8-14 shows an example of the percent disk usage logging element in the
Workbench.




Figure 8-14 PhysicalDiskModel percent disk usage element profile display

The HighPercentUsage properties include:
   Context: This name is passed as the first parameter of the Svc.LogInst or
   Svc.LogInstEx methods. It is also the display name in the IBM Tivoli
   Monitoring Web Health Console.
   Resource: This name is used as the second argument of the Svc.LogInst
   and Svc.LogInstEx methods. This name is also what is displayed in the IBM
   Tivoli Monitoring Web Health Console historical data.
   Properties: These properties are to be logged under the context/resource.
   The PhysicalDiskModel HighPercentUsage logging element has a key of
   PhysicalDisk.




                                   Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench   143
The properties created or modified from the logging element automatically
               update the SetDefaultConfiguration function, as shown in Example 8-5.

               Example 8-5 Physicaldiskmodel logging element properties
               ' Logging definition section
                  '<<LOGGING_INFO>>
                  Svc.DefineLogInst “Bytes Transferred”, “PhysicalDisk”, “PhysicalDisk”,
               “DiskBytesSec”, “PhysicalDisk”
                  Svc.DefineLogInst “Queue Length”, “PhysicalDisk”, “PhysicalDisk”,
               “AvgQLength”, “PhysicalDisk”
                  Svc.DefineLogInst “Percent Disk Usage”, “PhysicalDisk”, “PhysicalDisk”,
               “PercentDiskTime”, “PhysicalDisk”
                  '<<LOGGING_INFO>>



8.3.6 Decision tree script of PhysicalDiskModel
               As you have seen so far, PhysicalDiskModel is made up of four key components:
               dynamic model elements, event elements, threshold elements, and logging
               elements. We have been focusing on the three specific elements:
                  The TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive event element
                  The HighQueueLength threshold element
                  The Percent Disk Usage_PhysicalDisk logging element

               The PhysicalDiskModel decision tree script code ties these three elements
               together. This is a Visual Basic script-based model that uses Microsoft’s WMI to
               retrieve CIM data. WMI is Microsoft’s implementation of the CIM architecture on
               Windows machines.

               VisitTree in PhysicalDiskModel only generates indications and logs data. First
               let’s look at how the TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive indication is sent to the event
               aggregator.

                Note: The event aggregator is not in the decision tree code. It is part of the
                IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine.

               PhysicalDiskModel collects data from the WMI Performance Monitoring Provider
               (PerfProv). Most of the Windows-based resource models collect data from
               PerfProv as well. In the dynamic model element of PhysicalDiskModel, all of the
               properties that are defined are collected each cycle time before the VisitTree
               function is called.




144   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
The TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive indication is generated from the VisitTree function
                 when the CurrentDiskQLength and the DiskBytesSec exceed their threshold
                 values. The Percent Disk Usage_PhysicalDisk logging element is processed on
                 every cycle regardless of whether the threshold is met. Example 8-6 shows the
                 code for TMW_SlowPysicalDrive and the logging elements. It is an example of
                 the PhysicalDiskModel code and has been modified for the purposes of this
                 discussion.

Example 8-6 PhysicalDiskModel example VisitTree
1    Public Function VisitTree(Svc As Object) As Long
2    Dim numAvgQLength As Long, numCurrentDiskQLength As Long, numAvgReadQLength As Long
3    Dim numAvgWriteQLength As Long, bytDiskReadBytesSec As Long, bytDiskWriteBytesSec As Long
4    Dim numDiskReadsSec As Long, numDiskWritesSec As Long, numDiskXfersSec As Long
5    Dim numDiskBytesSec As Long, numPercentDiskTime As Long, numPercentDiskReadTime As Long
6    Dim numPercentDiskWriteTime As Long, numTotalDisks As Long, flagHighPhysicalQLength As Long
7    Dim flagHighPhysicalXferRate As Long, flagHighPhysicalReadRate As Long,
8          flagHighPhysicalWriteRate As Long
9    Dim flagHighPhysicalPercentTime As Long, i As Long
10   Dim strPhysicalDisk As String
11
12   i = 0
13
14   numTotalDisks = Svc.GETNUMOFINST(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”)
15
16   Do While i < numTotalDisks
17     flagHighPhysicalQLength = 0
18     flagHighPhysicalXferRate = 0
19     flagHighPhysicalReadRate = 0
20     flagHighPhysicalWriteRate = 0
21     flagHighPhysicalPercentTime = 0
22
23      strPhysicalDisk = Svc.GetStrProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “PhysicalDisk”)
24
25       If strPhysicalDisk <> “_Total” Then
26         strPhysicalDisk = Mid$(strPhysicalDisk, 1, 1)
27         bytDiskReadBytesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “DiskReadBytesSec”)
28         bytDiskWriteBytesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i,
39                                                         “DiskWriteBytesSec”)
30         numDiskReadsSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “DiskReadsSec”)
31         numDiskWritesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “DiskWritesSec”)
32         numCurrentDiskQLength = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i,
33                                                      “CurrentDiskQLength”)
34         numAvgQLength = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “AvgDiskQLength”)
35         numAvgReadQLength = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “AvgDiskReadQLength”)
36         numAvgWriteQLength = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i,
37                                                   “AvgDiskWriteQLength”)
38         numDiskBytesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “DiskBytesSec”)
39         bytDiskReadBytesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “DiskReadBytesSec”)



                                                  Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench   145
40       bytDiskWriteBytesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i,
41                                                    “DiskWriteBytesSec”)
42       numPercentDiskTime = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “PercentDiskTime”)
43       numPercentDiskReadTime = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i,
44                                                    “PercentDiskReadTime”)
45       numPercentDiskWriteTime = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i,
46                                                       “PercentDiskWriteTime”)
47
48    'Log instance data stuff
49       Svc.LogInst “Percent Disk Usage”, “PhysicalDisk”, numPercentDiskReadTime,
50                       strPhysicalDisk
51       Svc.LogInst “Bytes Transferred”, “PhysicalDisk”, numDiskBytesSec, strPhysicalDisk
52       Svc.LogInst “Queue Length”, “PhysicalDisk”, numAvgQLength, strPhysicalDisk
53
54       If numCurrentDiskQLength > Svc.GetThreshold(“HighQLength”) Then
55              flagHighPhysicalQLength = 1
56       End If
57
58       If numDiskBytesSec > Svc.GetThreshold(“HighBytesSec”) Then
59              flagHighPhysicalXferRate = 1
60       End If
61
62       If bytDiskReadBytesSec > Svc.GetThreshold(“HighBytesSec”) Then
63              flagHighPhysicalReadRate = 1
64       End If
65
66       If bytDiskWriteBytesSec > Svc.GetThreshold(“HighBytesSec”) Then
67              flagHighPhysicalWriteRate = 1
68       End If
69
70       If numPercentDiskTime > Svc.GetThreshold(“HighPercentUsage”) Then
71              flagHighPhysicalPercentTime = 1
72       End If
73
74       If flagHighPhysicalQLength = 1 Then
75          If flagHighPhysicalXferRate = 1 Then
76             Svc.SENDEVENT “TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive”, _
77               numCurrentDiskQLength, _
78               numPercentDiskTime, _
79               numAvgQLength, _
80               numAvgReadQLength, _
81               numAvgWriteQLength, _
82               bytDiskReadBytesSec, _
83               bytDiskWriteBytesSec, _
84               strPhysicalDisk
85          Else
86
87                 Some code deleted
88



146    IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
89   i = i + 1
90   Loop
91   VisitTree = 0
92   End Function


                     Tip: A thread exists for each resource model that is running on the engine.
                     Each thread runs a simplified pseudo code loop:
                     While (Engine Running) {
                     CollectCIMData();
                     Call VisitTree();
                     Sleep(cycle time);
                     }


                 Let’s examine the code in Example 8-6.
                      Line 1
                      This is the VisitTree function definition.
                      Lines 2 through 10
                      These lines are the variable definitions. The variables that we are concerned
                      with for TMW_SlowPyhsicalDrive are numCurrentQLength,
                      numDiskBytesSec, and numPercentDiskTime.
                      Line 14
                      This is the method call that returns the number of instances that have been
                      collected by the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine. In our environment,
                      there were two physical disks on our W2K machine. However, the
                      Svc.GETNUMOFINST returned three instances (disk0, disk1, and _Total).
                      Some of the Perfmon-provided properties return a _Total instance where it is
                      appropriate. In line 25, we skip this instance.
                      Line 23
                      When the VisitTree function is called, all of the data that was collected by the
                      IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 analyzer is available to the VisitTree function via
                      method calls. Individual properties can be retrieved using the
                      Svc.GetStrProperty or the Svc.GetNumProperty methods as shown in lines
                      26 through 45. In this example, we retrieve the physical disk name on each
                      instance (that is, disk0, disk1, and _Total).
                      Line 25
                      In the shipped PhysicalDiskModel code, _Total instances is discarded. A
                      customized model can use this instance. _Total is the total of all instances.




                                                      Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench   147
Line 27
                  This is a call to the Svc.GetNumProperty method to retrieve the
                  DiskReadBytesSec property.
                  Line 32
                  This is a call to the Svc.GetNumProperty method to retrieve the
                  CurrentDiskQLength.
                  Line 42
                  This is a call to the Svc.GetNumProperty method to retrieve the
                  PercentDiskTime.
                  Line 48 through 52
                  These lines are unconditional calls to the Svc.LogInst methods for the three
                  logging elements defined in Figure 8-13 on page 142.
                  Line 54 through 56
                  This code checks the CurrentQLength value retrieved from CIM or WMI
                  against the static threshold definition defined in the SetDefaulConfiguration
                  function and sets a flag. The Svc.GetThreshold method returns values stored
                  by the Svc.DefineThreshold in the SetDefaultConfiguration function. See
                  Figure 8-4 on page 141.
                  Line 58 through 60
                  This code checks the DiskBytesSec value retrieved from CIM or WMI against
                  the static threshold definition defined in the SetDefaulConfiguration function
                  and sets a flag. The Svc.GetThreshold method returns values stored by the
                  Svc.DefineThreshold in the SetDefaultConfiguration function. See Figure 8-4
                  on page 141.
                  Line 74 through 84
                  If the HighPhysicalQLength and HighPhysicalXfreRate flags are set, then the
                  Svc.SENDEVENT method is invoked, passing all the TMW_PhysicalDisk
                  class properties retrieved in lines 27 through 46.
                  Line 89 through 90
                  This line increments and loops back to get the next instance.
                  Line 91 through 92
                  These lines return back to the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine.




148   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
8.4 Working with a resource model in Workbench
        When you start IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench, there are several
        options to start working with resource models.
           Create an empty resource model and build the resource model from scratch.
           With this method, you need to:
           –   Define the resource model property
           –   Define a dynamic model
           –   Define events
           –   Define thresholds
           –   Define parameters
           –   Define data to log
           –   Define the decision tree script
           –   Add dependencies
           –   Build a resource model
           Import a monitoring source. You can import a monitoring source (or a whole
           monitoring collection) also in a resource model that already exists, by opening
           the resource model tree structure. This is typically performed for importing the
           DM classic module. Under the Dynamic Model element, right-click DM
           Classic Probes, and select the file format of mcsl or csl output.
           Generate resource models using the Resource Model wizard. This allows you
           to build the resource model without the need of coding. The wizard allows you
           to create a resource model from:
           – A selected CIM class taken from the WMI repository
           – A monitoring collection extracted using the mcsl command from Tivoli
             Distributed Monitoring
           – A custom script that sent as a dependency and invoked using the
             ServiceShell method from VisitTree function

        After you define your resource model, you can start building components of your
        resource models. Run the following options under the build option:
           Building the Package
           To build your resource model into a complete tar package that you can later
           install on the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server, install the resource model.
           From the command line, type the following command:
           wdmrrm -add filename.tar




                                          Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench   149
Building the TEC BAROC
                  To see your resource model events on the Tivoli Enterprise Console, you
                  have to build and export a TEC BAROC file. This file contains all the event
                  definitions specified in the BAROC language. You can install this file on a TEC
                  Rule base. It allows the Tivoli Enterprise Console to display the events of your
                  resource model.
                  Exporting the Message Catalog
                  Optionally, you can build a message file containing all the information that will
                  be displayed in IBM Tivoli Monitoring dialogs. This can be useful if you want to
                  translate your text information into other languages. The workbench is
                  designed to generate resource model packages that contain all the strings for
                  the English Locale. Therefore, double-byte character set (DBCS) characters
                  are not supported. All localized strings should be handled separately from the
                  workbench.
                  Building an HTML file
                  You can build an HTML document that contains all the information that is
                  related to your resource model and included in the descriptive sections of the
                  resource model components.




150   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
A


  Appendix A.    Sample test questions
                 This appendix contains a collection of sample test questions and their answers to
                 help you prepare for Certification Test 593: IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1
                 Implementation.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                              151
Sample test questions
               Ander the following questions. To check your answers, see “Answers to sample
               test questions” on page 156.
               1. What documentation contains information about the Framework patches that
                  are required before you install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1?
                  a.   IBM Tivoli Monitoring Release Notes 5.1.1
                  b.   IBM Tivoli Monitoring User Guide 5.1.1
                  c.   IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench Release Notes 5.1.1
                  d.   IBM Tivoli Monitoring Resource Model User Guide 5.1.1
               2. Which three platforms are supported by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1?
                  (Choose three.)
                  a.   Windows XP
                  b.   NetWare
                  c.   HP-UX
                  d.   OS/400
                  e.   OS/2®
                  f.   SCO UNIX
               3. What is the minimum memory requirement for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Web
                  Health Console?
                  a.   256 MB
                  b.   512 MB
                  c.   384 MB
                  d.   1024 MB
               4. Which two statements are true about the “supported” database creation for
                  the Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse Support Component? (Choose two.)
                  a.   cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for DB2.
                  b.   cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Informix.
                  c.   cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for MS SQL.
                  d.   cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Sybase.
                  e.   cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Oracle.
               5. Which language is supported in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench’s
                  Decision Tree script? (Choose two.)
                  a.   Perl
                  b.   Visual Basic
                  c.   JavaScript
                  d.   C++
                  e.   XML




152   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
6. Which command do you use to enable the physical and logical disk counters
   on Windows-based platforms?
   a.   Perfmon
   b.   Diskperf
   c.   WMI
   d.   Diskmon
7. What is the recommended amount of memory for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring
   V5.1.1 Web Health Console?
   a.   256 MB
   b.   384 MB
   c.   512 MB
   d.   1 GB
8. Which product can coexist with IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1?
   a.   Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Classic Edition) 3.7
   b.   Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Advanced Edition) 4.1
   c.   Tivoli Distributed Monitoring for Windows 3.7
   d.   Tivoli Manager for Windows NT
9. IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 requires a Java Runtime Environment (JRE) to be
   installed on the endpoint. What command should you use to deploy the
   compressed version of the JRE shipped with IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 to
   the endpoint?
   a.   wdmdeploy -J
   b.   wdmjredeploy -J
   c.   wdmdeployjre -J
   d.   wdmdistrib -J
10.Assuming a Windows-based TEC server with default configuration, what port
   should you use when configuring an IBM Tivoli Monitoring Monitoring Profile
   for sending non-TME events to TEC?
   a.   0
   b.   5529
   c.   9494
   d.   9495
11.You have a Tmw2kProfile that contains three resource models which support
   logging. Where is the Data Logging feature enabled to ensure that the models
   collect data for the Web Health Console?
   a.   Web Health Console Preferences view
   b.   Tmw2kProfile GUI window
   c.   Resource Model GUI window
   d.   Workbench must be used to rebuild the models.




                                           Appendix A. Sample test questions   153
12.Which database requires you to change the password for the IBM Tivoli
                  Monitoring RIM object from the Tivoli default?
                  a.   Microsoft SQL Server
                  b.   Oracle
                  c.   Sybase
                  d.   DB2
               13.What command do you use to configure the heartbeat options other than the
                  heartbeat frequency?
                  a.   wdmheartbeat
                  b.   wdmeng
                  c.   wdmmn
                  d.   wdmconfig
               14.What do the individual resource model BAROC files depend on being loaded
                  into TEC first?
                  a.   Itm511.baroc
                  b.   Tmw2k.baroc
                  c.   dmae.baroc
                  d.   dm.baroc
               15.The client wants to monitor the activity of distributed resource models on
                  UNIX endpoints and to log errors that occur to /tmp/MyTrace.log. Which CLI
                  command should the client use to achieve this?
                  a.   wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint "" /tmp/MyTrace.log
                  b.   wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint /tmp/MyTrace.log 3
                  c.   wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint /tmp/MyTrace.log 0
                  d.   This capability is not possible.
               16.Which command is most useful when troubleshooting the error message
                  "Failed to enumerate instances" when it appears in theTmw2k.log on a
                  Windows-based endpoint?
                  a.   wmitest.exe
                  b.   wmiinst -debug
                  c.   java
                  d.   wbemtest.exe
               17.You have distributed a profile that contains five resource models. One
                  resource model is not sending Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM)
                  events, although the others are doing successfully. What should you verify?
                  a.   The Send TBSM box is selected for this profile.
                  b.   The Send TBSM Events button is clicked for the appropriate indication.
                  c.   Severity is set to FATAL for the appropriate indication.
                  d.   The Send TEC Event button is clicked for the appropriate indication.




154   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
18.Tivoli Monitoring provides three serviceability tasks to collect, in tar format,
   logs and trace information. Which task is not one of the provided three
   serviceability tasks?
   a.   DMCollectMnEnv
   b.   DMCollectEpEnv
   c.   DMCollectMnLog
   d.   DMCollectEpLog
19.Which CLI command is used to monitor the distribution of a Tmw2KProfile?
   a.   wdmdistrib
   b.   wmdist
   c.   wrpt
   d.   wdepot
20.What are two valid resource model status messages returned by wdmlseng?
   (Choose two.)
   a.   Scheduled
   b.   Distributed
   c.   Compiled
   d.   Restarted
   e.   Not compiled
21.What information can you view using the wdmmngcache -m all -l –v
   command? (Choose two.)
   a. A list of endpoints in the Tivoli Name Registry that have not yet been
      discovered
   b. The list of resource models cached on the managed node and gateways
   c. The TEC events cached from endpoints running IBM Tivoli Monitoring
      resource models
   d. The TBSM status for discovered endpoints
   e. The heartbeat status for discovered endpoints
22.Which statement is true?
   a. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli
      Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on a Windows-based platform.
   b. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli
      Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on a UNIX-based platform.
   c. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli
      Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on any platform.
   d. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli
      Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on Linux-based platform.




                                            Appendix A. Sample test questions    155
23.In which two scripting languages can resource models be written? (Choose
                  two.)
                  a.   Visual Basic
                  b.   Shell
                  c.   Perl
                  d.   JavaScript
                  e.   Bash
               24.Which command allows the user to browse details of Classic Distributed
                  Monitoring probes and collections as well as to dump the internal source?
                  a.   wdmcol
                  b.   dmtf
                  c.   mcsl
                  d.   wdmrm



Answers to sample test questions
               The answers are highted in bold.
               1. What documentation contains information about the Framework patches that
                  are required before you install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1?
                  a.   IBM Tivoli Monitoring Release Notes 5.1.1
                  b.   IBM Tivoli Monitoring User Guide 5.1.1
                  c.   IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench Release Notes 5.1.1
                  d.   IBM Tivoli Monitoring Resource Model User Guide 5.1.1
               2. Which three platforms are supported by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1?
                  (Choose three.)
                  a.   Windows XP
                  b.   NetWare
                  c.   HP-UX
                  d.   OS/400
                  e.   OS/2
                  f.   SCO UNIX
               3. What is the minimum memory requirement for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Web
                  Health Console?
                  a.   256 MB
                  b.   512 MB
                  c.   384 MB
                  d.   1024 MB




156   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
4. Which two statements are true about the “supported” database creation for
   the Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse Support Component? (Choose two.)
   a.   cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for DB2.
   b.   cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Informix.
   c.   cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for MS SQL.
   d.   cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Sybase.
   e.   cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Oracle.
5. Which language is supported in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench’s
   Decision Tree script? (Choose two.)
   a.   Perl
   b.   Visual Basic
   c.   JavaScript
   d.   C++
   e.   XML
6. Which command do you use to enable the physical and logical disk counters
   on Windows-based platforms?
   a.   Perfmon
   b.   Diskperf
   c.   WMI
   d.   Diskmon
7. What is the recommended amount of memory for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring
   V5.1.1 Web Health Console?
   a.   256 MB
   b.   384 MB
   c.   512 MB
   d.   1 GB
8. Which product can coexist with IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1?
   a.   Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Classic Edition) 3.7
   b.   Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Advanced Edition) 4.1
   c.   Tivoli Distributed Monitoring for Windows 3.7
   d.   Tivoli Manager for Windows NT
9. IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 requires a Java Runtime Environment (JRE) to be
   installed on the endpoint. What command should you use to deploy the
   compressed version of the JRE shipped with IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 to
   the endpoint?
   a.   wdmdeploy -J
   b.   wdmjredeploy -J
   c.   wdmdeployjre -J
   d.   wdmdistrib -J




                                          Appendix A. Sample test questions   157
10.Assuming a Windows-based TEC server with default configuration, what port
                  should you use when configuring an IBM Tivoli Monitoring Monitoring Profile
                  for sending non-TME events to TEC?
                  a.   0
                  b.   5529
                  c.   9494
                  d.   9495
               11.You have a Tmw2kProfile that contains three resource models which support
                  logging. Where is the Data Logging feature enabled to ensure that the models
                  collect data for the Web Health Console?
                  a.   Web Health Console Preferences view
                  b.   Tmw2kProfile GUI window
                  c.   Resource Model GUI window
                  d.   Workbench must be used to rebuild the models.
               12.Which database requires you to change the password for the IBM Tivoli
                  Monitoring RIM object from the Tivoli default?
                  a.   Microsoft SQL Server
                  b.   Oracle
                  c.   Sybase
                  d.   DB2
               13.What command do you use to configure the heartbeat options other than the
                  heartbeat frequency?
                  a.   wdmheartbeat
                  b.   wdmeng
                  c.   wdmmn
                  d.   wdmconfig
               14.What do the individual resource model BAROC files depend on being loaded
                  into TEC first?
                  a.   Itm511.baroc
                  b.   Tmw2k.baroc
                  c.   dmae.baroc
                  d.   dm.baroc
               15.The client wants to monitor the activity of distributed resource models on
                  UNIX endpoints and to log errors that occur to /tmp/MyTrace.log. Which CLI
                  command should the client use to achieve this?
                  a.   wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint "" /tmp/MyTrace.log
                  b.   wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint /tmp/MyTrace.log 3
                  c.   wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint /tmp/MyTrace.log 0
                  d.   This capability is not possible.




158   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
16.Which command is most useful when troubleshooting the error message
   "Failed to enumerate instances" when it appears in theTmw2k.log on a
   Windows-based endpoint?
   a.   wmitest.exe
   b.   wmiinst -debug
   c.   java
   d.   wbemtest.exe
17.You have distributed a profile that contains five resource models. One
   resource model is not sending Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM)
   events, although the others are doing successfully. What should you verify?
   a. The Send TBSM box is selected for this profile.
   b. The Send TBSM Events button is clicked for the appropriate
      indication.
   c. Severity is set to FATAL for the appropriate indication.
   d. The Send TEC Event button is clicked for the appropriate indication.
18.Tivoli Monitoring provides three serviceability tasks to collect, in tar format,
   logs and trace information. Which task is not one of the provided three
   serviceability tasks?
   a.   DMCollectMnEnv
   b.   DMCollectEpEnv
   c.   DMCollectMnLog
   d.   DMCollectEpLog
19.Which CLI command is used to monitor the distribution of a Tmw2KProfile?
   a.   wdmdistrib
   b.   wmdist
   c.   wrpt
   d.   wdepot
20.What are two valid resource model status messages returned by wdmlseng?
   (Choose two.)
   a.   Scheduled
   b.   Distributed
   c.   Compiled
   d.   Restarted
   e.   Not compiled




                                            Appendix A. Sample test questions    159
21.What information can you view using the wdmmngcache -m all -l –v
                  command? (Choose two.)
                  a. A list of endpoints in the Tivoli Name Registry that have not yet been
                     discovered
                  b. The list of resource models cached on the managed node and gateways
                  c. The TEC events cached from endpoints running IBM Tivoli Monitoring
                     resource models
                  d. The TBSM status for discovered endpoints
                  e. The heartbeat status for discovered endpoints
               22.Which statement is true?
                  a. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM
                     Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on a Windows-based
                     platform.
                  b. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli
                     Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on a UNIX-based platform.
                  c. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli
                     Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on any platform.
                  d. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli
                     Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on Linux-based platform.
               23.In which two scripting languages can resource models be written? (Choose
                  two.)
                  a.   Visual Basic
                  b.   Shell
                  c.   Perl
                  d.   JavaScript
                  e.   Bash
               24.Which command allows the user to browse details of Classic Distributed
                  Monitoring probes and collections as well as to dump the internal source?
                  a.   wdmcol
                  b.   dmtf
                  c.   mcsl
                  d.   wdmrm




160   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Related publications

                 The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a
                 more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this Redpaper.



IBM Redbooks
                 For information about ordering these publications, see “How to get IBM
                 Redbooks” on page 162. Note that some of the documents referenced here may
                 be available in softcopy only.
                     Maintaining Your Tivoli Environment, SG24-5013
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1: Advanced Resource Monitoring,
                     SG24-5519
                     IBM WebSphere Version 4.0 Advanced Edition Handbook, SG24-6176
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1.1 Creating Resource Models and Providers,
                     SG24-6900
                     Tivoli Business Systems Manager V2.1 End-to-end Business Impact
                     Management, SG24-6610
                     Implementing Tivoli Data Warehouse V 1.2, SG24-7100



Other publications
                 These publications are also relevant as further information sources:
                     Tivoli Framework Version 3.7.1 Installation Guide, GC32-0395
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring Release Notes Version 5.1.1, GI10-5797
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring User’s Guide Version 5.1.1, SH19-4569
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring Resource Model Reference Version 5.1, SH19-4570
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench User’s Guide Version 5.1.1, SH19-4571
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring: Resource Model Builder User's Guide
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring: Resource Model Builder Problem Determination Guide
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring: Deployment Supplement
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring: Road Map for a Typical Installation



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                                  161
Online resources
              These Web sites and URLs are also relevant as further information sources:
                  IBM Certification page
                  http://ibm.com/certify
                  IBM Publication Center page
                  http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/order
                  IBM Education Services page
                  http://ibm.com/training



How to get IBM Redbooks
              You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Hints and Tips,
              draft publications and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks
              or CD-ROMs, at this Web site:
                  ibm.com/redbooks



Help from IBM
              IBM Support and downloads
                  ibm.com/support

              IBM Global Services
                  ibm.com/services




162   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Index
                                                   class
Symbols                                                PhysicalDisk 135
$DBDIR/dmml/.config 105
                                                       TMW_PhysicalDisk 134
$root_user 26
                                                   CLI (command line interface) 23
/etc/passwd 28
                                                   command
                                                       setupaix.bin 56
A                                                      setuphp1020.bin 56
ActionManager, logging 90                              setuphp11x.bin 56
adapter, logging 90                                    setuplinux.bin 56
adapter.trace.enable 79                                setupsolarisSparc.bin 56
adapter.trace.level 79                                 setupwin32.exe 55
adapter.working.dir 79                                 wadminep 88
administrator 24                                       wbemdump 91
    authorization roles 26                             wbkupdb 51
aggregate data, configuring 67                         wdepot 104
analyzer 38, 65, 70                                    wdistrib 104
    logging 90                                         wdmcmd 91, 106
Application Proxy 102                                  wdmcollect 106
Application Services 102                               wdmconfig 77, 79, 85–88, 105
authorization role 26                                  wdmdiscovery 78, 80–81
                                                       wdmdistrib 104
                                                       wdmeng 106
B                                                      wdmheartbeat 78
built-in tasks 65
                                                       wdmmn 78, 86–87, 105
bulk discovery 80–81
                                                       wdmmngcache 76, 78, 106
bulletin board 24
                                                       wdmrm 106
                                                       wdmtrceng 89, 91–94
C                                                      winmsd 98
CIM 35, 37, 65                                         wmdist 104
   architecture 35                                 command endpoint log 88
   extension schemas 36                            command line interface (CLI) 23
   name space 134                                  comment, prepareLog 96
   Object Manager 36                               Common Listener 78, 81
   purpose 35                                      common model 36
   static classes 36                               ComponentManager, logging 90
CIM browser 134–135                                configuration file 105
   limitation 135                                  core dumps 97
CIM classes 128                                    core model 36
CIM compliant 36                                   CurrentDiskQLength 137
CIM Schema 36                                      cycle time 65
   class 36
CIM Specification 36
CIM Studio 91                                      D
                                                   data logging, location of files 67
CIMOM 36



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved.                                        163
database 21                                          event element 128, 137, 144
decision tree file 38, 70                               Actions property 139
decision tree script 129, 144                           Aggregation settings property 138
default policy 25                                       Attributes property 138
default policy method 25                                Internal name property 138
delta discovery 80                                      Notification property 139
delta discovery switch 81                               String resources property 139
dependencies element 129                             Event Server Port 81
depot 31                                             event, configuring 65
    repeater 31                                      EventAggregator, logging 90
desktop 21                                           EventCorrelator, logging 90
directory                                            external script 65
    $DBDIR/dmml 81
    $DBDIR†mml 77
DiskBytesSec 137
                                                     F
                                                     file
dispatcher, logging 90
                                                            %DBDIR%/tmp/tivoli.cinstall 51
distributed database 21
                                                            /tmp/tivoli.cinstall 51
Distributed Management Task Force (DMTF) 35
                                                            epcache.db 81
DM classic probes 128
                                                            lcfd.bk 96
DMLinkJre 54
                                                            lcfd.log 96
DMTF (Distributed Management Task Force) 35
                                                            PDLog.properties 94
DNS name 81
                                                            TMW_PhysicalDiskModel.dmws 126
dynamic model 128, 137, 144
                                                            tmw2kdb.mdb 67
dynamic model elements 144
                                                            UNIX datafile 67
                                                            winmsdreport.txt 98
E
enable data logging 67
endpoint
                                                     G
                                                     gateway 24
   cache, viewing 76
                                                     gateway repeater 32
   collect environment 98
   collecting logs 96
   distribution 38, 70                               H
   logs 88                                           Health Console 67
endpoint engine                                         configuring 108
   log 89, 93                                           debug tracing 94
   logging in UNIX 93                                   drill down 114
   stop or start 106                                    Endpoint List View 113
   trace 93                                             endpoint sort order 113
   update log 92                                        endpoints it can monitor 110
endpoint gateway 24                                     Historical Data 120–121
endpoint JMX log 94                                     import endpoints 110
endpoint manager 24                                     logging 94
endpoint native trace 93                                logging in 108
endpoint registration 74                                main view 112
endpoint upcall, tracing 86                             navigation bar 112
engine 34                                               online graph 118
engine update process log 92                            Preferences 111
event aggregator 137, 144                               Refresh Interval 111



164    IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Resource Model List view 116            InstallSharedDll, logging 90
    start or stop the engine 114            intermediate client 31
    Tivoli roles 109
    usage 108
Heartbeat
                                            J
                                            java com.tivoli.dmunix.ep.agent.Main, logging 93
    activities 74
                                            Java interface 32
    configure 77
                                            JavaBeans 18
    control 77
                                            JavaScript 38, 70
    error event 74
                                            JMX trace 94
    monitoring 76
                                            job 25
    overview 74
    status 74
    stopping and starting 78                L
heartbeat database, removing endpoint 106   last.cfg
heartbeat engine                                log_threshold 88
    restarting 86                           log
    stop or start 106                           default_server_stderr.log 95
    tracing 85                                  default_server_stdout.log 95
heartbeat function 74                           dmxout.log 97
heartbeat.reboot_engine_if_down 77              gatelog 97
heartbeat.send_events_to_notice 77              last.cfg 96
heartbeat.send_events_to_tbsm 77                msg_dmxengine.log 93
heartbeat.send_events_to_tec 77                 msg_xxxxx.log 97
heartbeat.tec_server 77                         oservlog 97
historical data 67                              Tmw2k.log 97
historical data graph, creating 121             Tmx4j_1.log 94
holes, modifying 65                             Tmx4j1.log 96
                                                Tmx4j2.log 97
                                                trace_dmxeu.log 92
I                                               trace_dmxntv.log 93
IBM HTTP Server, installation 56
                                                trace_tnmt_gtw_engn.log 97
icons
                                                trace_xxxx.log 97
    bulletin board 24
                                                trace_xxxxx.log 97
    endpoint manager 24
                                            Logger, logging 90
    job 25
                                            logging element 129, 142, 144
    policy region 24
                                                properties
    profile 24
                                                     Context 143
    profile manager 24
                                                     Properties 143
    scheduler 25
                                                     Resource 143
    task 25
                                            logging, customizing data 67
    TMA endpoint 22
                                            logs
indication 65
                                                $DBDIR/distmgr.log 84
    generation 145
                                                $DBDIR/rpt2log 84
    modifying 65
                                                $LCF_DATDIR/lcfd.log 84
Init 129
                                                Endpoint 84
installation
                                                endpoints 88
    error files 51
                                                file summary 85
    steps 52
                                                Gateway Repeater 84
    Windows TMR additional step 53
                                                Managed node Repeater 84



                                                                                Index    165
msg_Tmw2kProfilename.log 84                          Svc.SendEventEx 138
    profile distribution 84                              Svc.SetModelName 131
    server 84                                            SvcSendEvent 138
    TMR Distribution Manager 84                       model-to-resources association 38, 70
    Tmw2k.log 89                                      MOF file 38, 70, 129
    trace_tmnt_gtw_engn.log 87                           base 38, 70
    trace_tmnt_hb_engn.log 85                            distribution 38, 70
    trace_tmnt_profile_coren.log 88                      resources 38, 70
    trace_tmnt_rm_engn.log 87                         MofCompiler, logging 90
    trace_tmnt_task_engn.log 86                       monitoring of additional processes 68
                                                      MsgQueueManager, logging 90
M
main function for debugging 130                       N
managed node 22                                       name space
   collecting logs 97                                     root/CIMV2 134
   repeater 32                                            root/default 134
managed resources 24                                  native processes 93
management by subscription 21                         NetWare Managed Site (NWMS) 28
MDist 2 components                                    NetWare servers
   Distribution manager 32                                See also NWMS 28
   GUI 32                                             NIS 28
   Repeater Depot 31                                  non-secure events 69
   Repeater manager 31                                non-TME delivery 81
   Repeater queue 32                                  notification 24
   Repeater site 31                                   NWMS (NetWare Managed Site) 28
MDIST2
   assured delivery 102
   asynchronous delivery 102
                                                      O
                                                      object-oriented database 21
   check-point and restart 102
                                                      occurrence, modifying 65
   data depoting 102
                                                      odadmin command 33
message catalog 38, 70
                                                      ODBC tmw2k data source 67
meta-schema 36
                                                      oserv daemon 21
method
   register_endpoint 75
   SendEvent 138                                      P
   SendEventEx 138                                    parameters element 128
   Svc.DefineClass 135                                Perfmon 147
   Svc.DefineEvent 138                                PhysicalDiskModel 126, 131, 135
   Svc.DefineThreshold 148                            policy 22, 24
   Svc.GetModelName 131                                   default policy 25
   Svc.GETNUMOFINST 147                                   policy method 25
   Svc.GetNumProperty 148                                 policy region 24–25
   Svc.GetNumPropery 147                                  policy subregion 25
   Svc.GetStrProperty 147                                 validation policy 25
   Svc.GetThreshold 148                               policy region creation 53
   Svc.LogInst 143, 148                               profile 21, 24, 27
   Svc.LogInstEx 143                                      customization 68
   Svc.SENDEVENT 148                                      overview 34



166     IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
types 28                                          Major and minor version 133
profile core, tracing 88                              properties 131
profile distribution 104                              stop or start 106
    actions 38, 70                                    Supported platforms 133
    configuring logging level 88                      UNIX Processes 68
    logs 88                                       resource model threads 147
profile distribution endpoint log 88              resource, managed 24
profile endpoint 28                               response script variables 138
profile manager 24, 27, 53                        retry function 31
    database mode 29                              RIM (RDBMS interface module) 19, 32
    dataless mode 29                              root cause analysis 38
ProfileManager 102
                                                  S
Q                                                 schedule monitoring 67
queuing mechanism 31                              scheduler 25
                                                      configuring 67
                                                  script 25
R                                                     after_install_win.sh 53
Rapid Deployment 43
                                                      startServer.bat 95
RDBMS Interface Module
                                                      startServer.sh 95
    See RIM
                                                      stopServer.bat 95
RDBMS interface module (RIM) 19
                                                      stopServer.sh 95
Redbooks Web site 162
                                                  secure connection 69
    Contact us x
                                                  Server Location 81
registry hive 89
                                                  server location 81
repeater depot 31
                                                  SetDefaultConfiguration 129
request manager
                                                  SNMP 36
    restarting 87
                                                  storage mechanism 31
    tracing 87
                                                  subnet-mask:network_id 80
resource class
                                                  subscriber 28
    Class properties 135
                                                  synchronous transfer 31
    Collection info 136
                                                  syslogd 68
    Filtering 136
    property fields 135
Resource Interface Instrumentation Library Type   T
37                                                target machine 28
resource model 34                                 task 25
    Category descriptive name 132                     dm_mn_send_email 66
    Category internal name 132                        dm_mn_send_notice 66
    components 38, 70                                 DMCollectEpEnv 98
    configuration file 38, 70                         DMCollectEpLog 96
    customize example 64                              DMCollectMnLog 97
    Cycle time 133                                    task library 25
    definition 37                                 task engine
    Description 132                                   restarting 86
    Descriptive name 132                              tracing 86
    elements 128                                  Task Library 53
    event automated tasks 65                          installation 53
    Internal name 131                             TBSM Adapter 78–79



                                                                                   Index   167
configuring 79                                   TMR server 21
     endpoint discovery 81                            TMW_HighPercentUsage 140
     installation 79                                  TMW_ParamEventLog 129
tbsma.jre_root 79–80                                  TMW_ParamPort 129
TemporarySink, logging 90                             TMW_ParamServices 129
threshold 65                                          TMW_PhysicalDisk 131
     names 65                                         TMW_PhysicalDiskModel 126
     values 65                                        TMW_Services 38
threshold element 128, 137, 140, 144                  TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive 137–138
     properties                                       Tmw2k logs 89
         Default value 141                            Tmw2k_ep log 88–89
         Description 141                              tmw2k_ep log 92
         Descriptive name 141                         tmw2k_profile_core, tracing 88
         Internal name 141                            TMWMethodProv, logging 90
Tivoli Business Systems Manager 38, 68, 70, 74,       TMWService, logging 90
76                                                    Tmx4j, logging 94
     Health Console launching 79                      TouchPoint 37
     integration functions 78                             ILT 37
     integration steps 78                                 TSL 37
Tivoli Business Systems Manager Adapter               Touchpoint Service Layer 37
     stop or start 106                                trace file summary 85
Tivoli Desktop 21                                     trace, configuring 85
Tivoli Enterprise Console 38, 68, 70, 74, 76          trace.filename 80
Tivoli Enterprise Console Adapter Configuration Fa-   transport.mqe.usefiller 80
cility 81                                             transport.server.ip.address 79
Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse 67                   transport.server.mqe.port 79
Tivoli Management Region                              transport.trace.enable 80
     See TMR                                          transport.trace.level 80
Tivoli Notice Groups 74, 76
Tivoli role
     admin 109, 114–115
                                                      U
                                                      UNIX
     senior 115
                                                         CIM 37
     super 115
                                                         endpoint trace level 92
     user 109
                                                         logging 93
TivoliDefaultMw2kRegion 53
TMA endpoint 22, 102
TME (Secure) Delivery 81                              V
TME delivery mode 81                                  validation policy 25
tmeLogger.trc.level 94                                validation policy method 25
tmnt_gtw_eng, tracing 87                              variable definitions 147
tmnt_hb_eng, tracing 85                               VB script 38, 70
tmnt_rm_eng, stop or start 106                        VisitTree 129, 144
tmnt_task_eng                                         Visual Basic 144
     stop or start 106
     tracing 86
                                                      W
tmnt_trm_eng, tracing 87                              WbemConnector, logging 90
TMNT_Upcall, logging 90                               wbkupdb command 34
TMR                                                   wchkdb command 34
     See Tivoli Management Region



168     IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Web Health Console 34
    disk space 55
    logs and traces 94
    temporary install space 56
    UNIX install 56
WebSphere Application Server
    disabling tracing 95
    recycling 95
    tracing 95
WHERE Clause 136
Windows endpoint log 89
Windows Management Instrumentation
    see WMI 37
Windows NT 81
wlookup command 33
wlsinst command 33
wmdist command 34
WMI
    logging 91
    logs 89
    Windows NT 4.0 37
WMI Performance Monitoring Provider 144
Workbench panes 126
WQL filter 136


X
xmlCIM 16




                                          Index   169
170   IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide redp3935
Back cover                                         ®



IBM Tivoli Monitoring
V5.1.1 Implementation
Certification Study Guide                                                               Redpaper

Explains how to          This IBM Redpaper prepares you with the necessary
prepare for, install,
                                                                                     INTERNATIONAL
                         knowledge to help you complete Certification Test 593:
configure and            IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation. This test
                                                                                     TECHNICAL
operate IBM Tivoli       leads to certification for Tivoli Certified Deployment
                                                                                     SUPPORT
Monitoring V5.1.1        Professional for IBM Tivoli Monitoring.                     ORGANIZATION

Prepares you to take     The scope of the certification tests your ability to
Certification Test 593   demonstrate the following areas of expertise required for   BUILDING TECHNICAL
                         IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1:                               INFORMATION BASED ON
Includes sample test                                                                 PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE
                            Prerequisite knowledge for IBM Tivoli Monitoring
questions and               Planning the implementation
answers                     Installation prerequisites                               IBM Redbooks are developed by
                            The installation process                                 the IBM International Technical
                                                                                     Support Organization. Experts
                            Configuration of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring server        from IBM, Customers and
                            Problem determination                                    Partners from around the world
                            General operations                                       create timely technical
                                                                                     information based on realistic
                            IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench                          scenarios. Specific
                                                                                     recommendations are provided
                         You can find the information that you need about these      to help you implement IT
                         topics all in this IBM Redpaper. Plus, you have a chance    solutions more effectively in
                                                                                     your environment.
                         to test your knowledge using the sample test questions at
                         the back of the paper.

                                                                                     For more information:
                                                                                     ibm.com/redbooks

More Related Content

PDF
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780
PDF
End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371
PDF
Tivoli business systems manager v2.1 end to-end business impact management sg...
PDF
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
PDF
Integrating tivoli products sg247757
PDF
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
PDF
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web sphe...
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780
End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371
Tivoli business systems manager v2.1 end to-end business impact management sg...
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
Integrating tivoli products sg247757
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web sphe...

What's hot (17)

PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool webtop v2.0 implementationsg247754
PDF
Certification study guide for ibm tivoli configuration manager 4.2 redp3946
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool omn ibus v7.2 implementation sg...
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool impact v4.0 implementation sg24...
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
PDF
Tec implementation examples sg245216
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1.1 impleme...
PDF
Ibm tivoli asset management for it portfolio overview sg247376
PDF
Large scale implementation of ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express for softwa...
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager v5.1 sg247262
PDF
Introducing tivoli personalized services manager 1.1 sg246031
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
PDF
Managing storage management tivoli enterprise integration with tivoli storage...
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
PDF
Managing an soa environment with tivoli redp4318
PDF
Deployment guide series tivoli it asset management portfolio sg247602
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool webtop v2.0 implementationsg247754
Certification study guide for ibm tivoli configuration manager 4.2 redp3946
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool omn ibus v7.2 implementation sg...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool impact v4.0 implementation sg24...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Tec implementation examples sg245216
Certification guide series ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1.1 impleme...
Ibm tivoli asset management for it portfolio overview sg247376
Large scale implementation of ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express for softwa...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager v5.1 sg247262
Introducing tivoli personalized services manager 1.1 sg246031
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Managing storage management tivoli enterprise integration with tivoli storage...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Managing an soa environment with tivoli redp4318
Deployment guide series tivoli it asset management portfolio sg247602
Ad

Viewers also liked (16)

PDF
에어_9월 정기공유회
PDF
Survey of Foraging Techniques
PPT
El burka planes
PPTX
How did you use media technologies in the
PPT
PPT
D sandars talk2
PPTX
Evaluation Powerpoint
PPTX
Chorley sig 12th september 2012
PDF
PDF
International Journal of Engineering Research and Development (IJERD)
PDF
JUNE 2015 Society Column SL Magazine Hamptons
PPT
Swachh bharat ben_ttc_cp
PDF
A simple presentation on the business case for supplier engagement in sustain...
PDF
인디. 사업과 창작 사이
PPTX
DC-AC HYBRID GRID BY DHRUVIN PATEL
에어_9월 정기공유회
Survey of Foraging Techniques
El burka planes
How did you use media technologies in the
D sandars talk2
Evaluation Powerpoint
Chorley sig 12th september 2012
International Journal of Engineering Research and Development (IJERD)
JUNE 2015 Society Column SL Magazine Hamptons
Swachh bharat ben_ttc_cp
A simple presentation on the business case for supplier engagement in sustain...
인디. 사업과 창작 사이
DC-AC HYBRID GRID BY DHRUVIN PATEL
Ad

Similar to Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide redp3935 (20)

PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
PDF
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...
PDF
IBMRedbook
PDF
Getting started with ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 on distributed environments sg...
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring express version 6.1 sg247217
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring express version 6.1 sg247217
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
PDF
Automated provisioning using ibm tivoli intelligent orchestrator and enterpri...
PDF
Getting started with ibm tivoli performance analyzer version 6.1 sg247478
PDF
Ibm tivoli omegamon xe v3.1.0 deep dive on z os sg247155
PDF
Ibm tivoli storage manager in a clustered environment sg246679
PDF
Ibm tivoli monitoring for network performance v2.1 the mainframe network mana...
PDF
Pda management with ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246951
PDF
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
PDF
Sg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam Guide
PDF
Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288
Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...
IBMRedbook
Getting started with ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 on distributed environments sg...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring express version 6.1 sg247217
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring express version 6.1 sg247217
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Automated provisioning using ibm tivoli intelligent orchestrator and enterpri...
Getting started with ibm tivoli performance analyzer version 6.1 sg247478
Ibm tivoli omegamon xe v3.1.0 deep dive on z os sg247155
Ibm tivoli storage manager in a clustered environment sg246679
Ibm tivoli monitoring for network performance v2.1 the mainframe network mana...
Pda management with ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246951
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
Sg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam Guide
Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288

More from Banking at Ho Chi Minh city (20)

PDF
Postgresql v15.1
PDF
Postgresql v14.6 Document Guide
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech Overview
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
PDF
Tivoli firewall magic redp0227
PDF
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
PDF
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
PDF
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
PDF
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
PDF
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
PDF
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
PDF
Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128
PDF
Setup and configuration for ibm tivoli access manager for enterprise single s...
Postgresql v15.1
Postgresql v14.6 Document Guide
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech Overview
IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
Tivoli firewall magic redp0227
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128
Setup and configuration for ibm tivoli access manager for enterprise single s...

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
CloudStack 4.21: First Look Webinar slides
PDF
Comparative analysis of machine learning models for fake news detection in so...
PPTX
MicrosoftCybserSecurityReferenceArchitecture-April-2025.pptx
PPTX
Microsoft Excel 365/2024 Beginner's training
PDF
1 - Historical Antecedents, Social Consideration.pdf
PDF
Hybrid horned lizard optimization algorithm-aquila optimizer for DC motor
PDF
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles – August ’25 Week III
PDF
Credit Without Borders: AI and Financial Inclusion in Bangladesh
PDF
How ambidextrous entrepreneurial leaders react to the artificial intelligence...
PDF
Improvisation in detection of pomegranate leaf disease using transfer learni...
PDF
Five Habits of High-Impact Board Members
PDF
Taming the Chaos: How to Turn Unstructured Data into Decisions
PPTX
Modernising the Digital Integration Hub
PPTX
Configure Apache Mutual Authentication
PPTX
TEXTILE technology diploma scope and career opportunities
PDF
Developing a website for English-speaking practice to English as a foreign la...
PDF
Architecture types and enterprise applications.pdf
PPTX
GROUP4NURSINGINFORMATICSREPORT-2 PRESENTATION
PPTX
Benefits of Physical activity for teenagers.pptx
PDF
sustainability-14-14877-v2.pddhzftheheeeee
CloudStack 4.21: First Look Webinar slides
Comparative analysis of machine learning models for fake news detection in so...
MicrosoftCybserSecurityReferenceArchitecture-April-2025.pptx
Microsoft Excel 365/2024 Beginner's training
1 - Historical Antecedents, Social Consideration.pdf
Hybrid horned lizard optimization algorithm-aquila optimizer for DC motor
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles – August ’25 Week III
Credit Without Borders: AI and Financial Inclusion in Bangladesh
How ambidextrous entrepreneurial leaders react to the artificial intelligence...
Improvisation in detection of pomegranate leaf disease using transfer learni...
Five Habits of High-Impact Board Members
Taming the Chaos: How to Turn Unstructured Data into Decisions
Modernising the Digital Integration Hub
Configure Apache Mutual Authentication
TEXTILE technology diploma scope and career opportunities
Developing a website for English-speaking practice to English as a foreign la...
Architecture types and enterprise applications.pdf
GROUP4NURSINGINFORMATICSREPORT-2 PRESENTATION
Benefits of Physical activity for teenagers.pptx
sustainability-14-14877-v2.pddhzftheheeeee

Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide redp3935

  • 1. Front cover IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide Explains how to prepare for, install, configure and operate IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Prepares you to take Certification Test 593 Includes sample test questions and answers Budi Darmawan ibm.com/redbooks Redpaper
  • 3. International Technical Support Organization IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide December 2004
  • 4. Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on page vii. First Edition (December 2004) This edition applies to Version 5, Release 1, Modification 1 of IBM Tivoli Monitoring (product number 5698-EMN). © Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2004. All rights reserved. Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
  • 5. Contents Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix The team that wrote this Redpaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1.1 Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.1.1 Tivoli Enterprise Management Solution: Advanced deployment. . . . . 2 1.1.2 IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1: Deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.2 Test objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1.2.1 Prerequisite knowledge for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 1.2.2 Planning the implementation of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. . . . . . . 4 1.2.3 Installation prerequisites of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . 5 1.2.4 Installation of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1.2.5 Configuration of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1.2.6 Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.2.7 Operations of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1.2.8 IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1.3 Resources for preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1.3.1 Courses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1.3.2 Publications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. . . . . . . . . . . 15 2.1 Desktop Management Task Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2.1.1 Common Information Model standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2.1.2 Managed Object Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2.1.3 Web-Based Enterprise Management initiative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2.2 Windows Management Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 2.3 Java and JavaBeans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 2.4 WebSphere Application Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 2.5 Visual Basic and JavaScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 2.5.1 Visual Basic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 2.5.2 JavaScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 2.6 Database concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 2.7 IBM Tivoli Management Framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.7.1 Tivoli Management Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. iii
  • 6. 2.7.2 Tivoli desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 2.7.3 Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 2.7.4 Policy and policy regions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 2.7.5 Administrator and roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 2.7.6 Profiles and profile managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 2.7.7 RDBMS interface module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 2.7.8 MDist 2 distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 2.7.9 Command line interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 2.8 IBM Tivoli Monitoring concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 2.8.1 Integration with the Common Information Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 2.8.2 Resource model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Chapter 3. Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment . . . . . . 39 3.1 Environment and topology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 3.2 Existing management environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 3.2.1 Tivoli Management Framework requirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 3.2.2 Available installation methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 3.2.3 Hardware requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 3.3 Endpoint software verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 3.4 Health Console planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 3.5 Data Warehouse planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 3.6 Workbench development requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Chapter 4. Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 4.1 Migrating from Tivoli Distributed Monitoring V4.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 4.2 Installing on an existing Tivoli environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 4.3 Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 4.3.1 Java Runtime Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 4.3.2 Windows-based endpoint setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 4.4 Installing the Web Health Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 4.4.1 Installing on a Windows environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 4.4.2 Installing on a UNIX environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 4.4.3 Installing the monitoring modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 4.5 Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server. . . . . . . . . . . 59 5.1 Configuring the Tivoli environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 5.2 Configuring the IBM Tivoli Monitoring profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 5.2.1 Customizing the cycle time and thresholds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 5.2.2 Customizing the indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 5.2.3 Customizing the scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 5.2.4 Customizing data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 5.2.5 Customizing parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 5.2.6 Customizing a profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 iv IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 7. 5.3 Resource models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 5.4 Historical data collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 5.5 Heartbeat function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 5.5.1 Endpoint registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 5.5.2 Heartbeat monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 5.5.3 Viewing the endpoint cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 5.5.4 Useful commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 5.6 TBSM common listener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 5.7 Event forwarding to TEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 5.7.1 Setting up the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 5.7.2 Enabling IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . 83 6.1 TMR server logs and traces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 6.1.1 Profile distribution process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 6.2 Gateway logs and traces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 6.2.1 Heartbeat engine traces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 6.2.2 Task engine trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 6.2.3 Endpoint upcall traces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 6.2.4 Request manager trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 6.2.5 Profile core trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 6.3 Endpoint logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 6.3.1 Common endpoint logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 6.3.2 Windows endpoint logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 6.3.3 Non-Windows endpoint logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 6.4 Web Health Console logs and traces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 6.4.1 Modifying Web Health Console tracing parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 6.4.2 WebSphere tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 6.5 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 6.5.1 Tool to generate XML file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 6.5.2 Serviceability tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 6.6 Helpful troubleshooting procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 6.6.1 Profile distribution problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 6.6.2 IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 6.6.3 Resolving resource model problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 7.1 MDist profile distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 7.1.1 MDist2 support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 7.1.2 Profile distribution using MDist2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 7.1.3 TMF MDist2 commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 7.2 Maintaining the Tivoli environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 7.2.1 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 command line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Contents v
  • 8. 7.2.2 Heartbeat maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 7.2.3 Managing profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 7.2.4 Managing resource models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 7.3 Web Health Console usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 7.3.1 Logging on to the Web Health Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 7.3.2 The Web Health Console main view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 7.3.3 The Endpoint List View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 7.3.4 The Resource Model List View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 8.1 Using the Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 8.2 Elements of a resource model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 8.3 Looking at PhysicalDiskModel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 8.3.1 Properties of PhysicalDiskModel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 8.3.2 Dynamic model element of PhysicalDiskModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 8.3.3 Event element of PhysicalDiskModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 8.3.4 Threshold element of PhysicalDiskModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 8.3.5 Logging element of PhysicalDiskModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 8.3.6 Decision tree script of PhysicalDiskModel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 8.4 Working with a resource model in Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Appendix A. Sample test questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Sample test questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Answers to sample test questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 How to get IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Help from IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 vi IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 9. Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A. IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service. IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to: IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A. The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice. Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products. This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products. All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental. COPYRIGHT LICENSE: This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrates programming techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM for the purposes of developing, using, marketing, or distributing application programs conforming to IBM's application programming interfaces. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. vii
  • 10. Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both: Eserver® Informix® S/390® ibm.com® IBM® Tivoli Enterprise™ iSeries™ OS/2® Tivoli Enterprise Console® i5/OS™ OS/390® Tivoli Management pSeries® OS/400® Environment® z/OS® PartnerWorld® Tivoli® zSeries® PowerPC® TME® AIX® Redbooks™ WebSphere® DB2® Redbooks (logo) ™ The following terms are trademarks of other companies: Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both. Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. Intel, Intel Inside (logos), MMX, and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries. Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. viii IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 11. Preface This IBM® Redpaper prepares you with the necessary knowledge to help you complete Certification Test 593: IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation. This test leads to certification for Tivoli® Certified Deployment Professional for IBM Tivoli Monitoring. The scope of the certification tests your ability to demonstrate the following areas of expertise required for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1: Prerequisite knowledge for IBM Tivoli Monitoring Planning the implementation Installation prerequisites The installation process Configuration of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring server Problem determination General operations IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench You can find the information that you need about these topics all in this IBM Redpaper. Plus, you have a chance to test your knowledge using the sample test questions at the back of the paper. The team that wrote this Redpaper This Redpaper was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the International Technical Support Organization (ITSO), Austin Center. Budi Darmawan is a Tivoli Project Leader at the ITSO, Austin Center. He writes extensively and teaches IBM classes worldwide on all areas of systems management. Before joining the ITSO six years ago, Budi worked in Integrated Technology Services, IBM Indonesia as lead implementer and solution architect. He currently specializes in general systems management area, especially in availability and operation management and business service management. Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project: Authors of IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1: Advanced Resource Monitoring, SG24-5519 – Murilo Goncalves Aguiar – Jamie Carl © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. ix
  • 12. Stephen Hochstetler – Ghufran Shah – Jason Shamroski – John Willis IBM Software, Tivoli Systems – Benjamin Briggs – Elizabeth Purzer Become a published author Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write an IBM Redbook dealing with specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with leading-edge technologies. You'll team with IBM technical professionals, Business Partners and/or customers. Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction. As a bonus, you'll develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and increase your productivity and marketability. Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and apply online at: ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html Comments welcome Your comments are important to us! We want our papers to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about this Redpaper or other Redbooks™ in one of the following ways: Use the online Contact us review redbook form found at: ibm.com/redbooks Send your comments in an email to: [email protected] Mail your comments to: IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization Dept. 0SJB Building 003 Internal Zip 2834 11400 Burnet Road Austin, Texas 78758-3493 x IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 13. 1 Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide This IBM Redpaper serves as a guide to prepare you for Certification Test 593: IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation. This chapter explains what the test covers and its objectives. It also points you to other resources to help you prepare for the test. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. 1
  • 14. 1.1 Certification This test is part of the certification for: IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional –Tivoli Enterprise™ Management Solution 2004 IBM Certified Deployment Professional – IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 The following sections describe these certifications. 1.1.1 Tivoli Enterprise Management Solution: Advanced deployment A person who has earned IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional – Tivoli Enterprise Management Solutions 2004 certification has demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Enterprise Management solutions area. To attain the IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional – Tivoli Enterprise Management Solutions 2004 certification, candidates must pass five required tests. The core requirements for certification include the following three tests: Test 593: IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 Implementation Test 594: IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console® V3.9 Implementation Test 786: IBM Tivoli Configuration Manager V4.2 Implementation This certification also requires two of the following tests: Test 340: WebSphere® Application Server V5.0, Basic Administration Test 701: DB2® UDB V8.1 for Linux®, UNIX®, and Windows® Database Administration Test 773: IBM Tivoli Data Warehouse V1.2 Implementation Test 778: IBM Tivoli License Manager V2.1 Implementation Test 779: IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler V8.2 Implementation Test 798: IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Transaction Performance V5.2 Implementation 1.1.2 IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1: Deployment An IBM Certified Deployment Professional – Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 is a technical professional who is responsible for planning, installation, configuration, operations, administration, and maintenance of an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 solution. This individual is expected to perform these tasks with limited assistance from peers, product documentation, and support resources. 2 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 15. To attain the IBM Certified Deployment Professional – Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 certification, candidates must pass one test. The required prerequisites for the test are that you must have: A strong working knowledge of Tivoli Framework V3.7x or higher A basic understanding of the operating system and networking concepts A working knowledge of TCP/IP A basic understanding of JavaScript Additional recommended prerequisites for the test include having: A working knowledge of Java™ Runtime Environment (JRE), JavaServer Pages (JSP), and Extensible Markup Language (XML) A basic understanding of Common Information Model (CIM) and Microsoft® Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) A working knowledge of shell and Perl scripting A basic understanding of Web servers A basic understanding of Java scripting and Visual Basic or equivalent programming experience A basic understanding of database concepts 1.2 Test objectives This section explains the objectives of the tests as well as the required knowledge that you need to pass the test questions. Each objective is discussed in more detail in the subsequent chapters of this paper. 1.2.1 Prerequisite knowledge for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Given a client requirement to install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1, you must demonstrate your knowledge and understanding of the fundamentals of deploying and maintaining IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. This knowledge requires an emphasis on a basic understanding of Distributed Management Task Force (DMTF), CIM, Managed Object Format (MOF), Web-Based Enterprise Management (WBEM), WMI, Java, JavaBeans, WebSphere, Visual Basic, JavaScript, database concepts, and Tivoli Framework 3.7x. Chapter 2, “Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1” on page 15, discusses this objective further. Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide 3
  • 16. 1.2.2 Planning the implementation of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 This objective relates to items that are needed to help you decide on various configuration options before you actually install and deploy IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. Chapter 3, “Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment” on page 39, provides a more detailed discussion about this objective. This objective requires you to know about the following items: Given a client’s current server specifications, application environment, and network diagrams, you must be able to determine the client’s topology to identify their requirements, resources to be monitored, and Tivoli integration points such as TEC, Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM), and TEDW. Specifically, you must be able to perform the following steps: a. Identify machines to be managed. b. Identify business processes. c. Identify applications to be managed. d. Identify Tivoli integration points. Given an architected Tivoli solution, you must be able to perform an analysis of the existing environment to determine the necessary IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 installation methods and hardware requirements to implement the solution. Specifically, you must be able to analyze the existing environment. Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 documentation, you must be able to plan the deployment of the Health Console to create a deployment plan and determine the hardware requirements. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Determine Health Console location and if other Web servers exist. b. Determine ports to use. c. Determine CPU and disk space. d. Define Tivoli Framework managed node. Given the network and database environment, you must be able to determine the TEDW data collection requirements to create a deployment plan and determine the database size and hardware requirements. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Define the RDBMS interface module (RIM) location. b. Determine the amount of data. Given a list of resources to be managed, you must be able to determine the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench development requirements to obtain a list of installation destinations and hardware requirements. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Determine Workbench workstations. b. List framework requirements. c. Determine software levels. 4 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 17. 1.2.3 Installation prerequisites of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 This objective relates to the prerequisites that must be in place before you install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 and how to check them. Chapter 3, “Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment” on page 39, explains this objective further. This objective requires you to know about the following items: Given an existing Tivoli environment and IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 requirements, you must be able to validate the managed node prerequisites so that you can determine a list of hardware and software upgrades. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Compare hardware requirements with existing hardware. b. Compare operating system software requirements with existing software. c. Compare framework software requirements. d. Verify framework roles for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 installation. e. Validate Structured Query Language (SQL) client levels for the data collection database. f. Validate SQL client access to the data collection database. Given an existing Tivoli environment and IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 requirements, you must be able to validate the endpoint prerequisites so that you can determine a list of hardware and software upgrades. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Verify the JRE requirements. b. Verify WMI, Open Database Connectivity (ODBC), and CScript requirements. c. Verify Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Diskperf requirements. d. Verify operating system levels. e. Validate the LCF levels. Given IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Health Console requirements, you must be able to validate the Health Console prerequisites so that you can determine a list of hardware and software upgrades. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Verify that Internet Explorer 6.0 or later is installed on a client. b. Verify the operating system levels. c. Verify network connectivity to the managed node. d. Verify if there are other Web servers. e. If WebSphere Application Server exists, verify the version. Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench requirements, you must be able to validate the Workbench prerequisites so that you can determine a list of hardware and software upgrades. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Verify the operating system levels. b. Verify that WMI is installed. Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide 5
  • 18. 1.2.4 Installation of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 This objective relates to installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. Chapter 4, “Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1” on page 49, offers a more detailed discussion about this objective. Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 media and an existing Distributed Monitoring Advanced Edition V4.1 or IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 installation, you must be able to upgrade to the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 core components. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Determine which components to install. b. List all upgrade scenarios. c. Determine the appropriate installation methods (Software Installation Service (SIS), command line interface (CLI), etc.). d. Perform the upgrade. Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 media and an existing Tivoli environment, you must be able to install the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 core components. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Determine which components to install. b. Define the installation method (SIS, CLI, etc.). c. Perform the installation. Given a list of software prerequisites for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 endpoints, you must be able to install and configure them to support operation of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Determine the source for ODBC, WMI, CScript, and JRE installation images. b. Retrieve ODBC, WMI, and CScript installation images. c. Install the endpoint prerequisites. d. Verify the endpoint prerequisite installation. e. Use DMLinkJRE to define the JRE location. Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Web Health Console media, install the Health Console components. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Determine installation method. b. Install Health Console. c. Verify the installation of Health Console. Given the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench media, you must be able to install Workbench. 1.2.5 Configuration of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring server This objective relates to actions to perform so you can configure the IBM Tivoli Monitoring server and enable the interfaces for further monitoring actions. 6 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 19. Chapter 5, “Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server” on page 59, offers a more detailed discussion about this objective. Given an existing Tivoli environment, you must be able to assign the appropriate roles and create the policy regions and profile manager to support IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Configure the administrator roles. b. Create the policy regions. c. Configure the policy regions (managed resources, “tmw2k”). d. Create the profile managers. Given the client’s monitoring and escalation requirements, you must be able to configure IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profiles to support the forwarding of events to enterprise applications. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Configure the default distribution options. b. Enable TEC forwarding and TBSM. Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile, you must be able to add and configure resource models so that resource models may be distributed. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Enable Diskperf. b. Install SNMP and Network Monitoring Agent if required. c. Add the required resource models. Given a list of gateways and assigned endpoints, you must be able to perform the steps to allow data collection. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Create IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 DB. b. Create and configure RIM. c. Configure the collection interval. d. Define the RIM object to use. Given a list of gateways and assigned endpoints, you must be able to configure and start the heartbeat function to monitor IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 functionality on the endpoint. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Configure the heartbeat interval. b. View the heartbeat interval. c. Configure heartbeat TEC forwarding. d. Configure the heartbeat restart. Given a list of gateways and assigned endpoints, you must be able to configure the TBSM common listener to send data to TBSM. Specifically, you must be able to define the TBSM server to the gateway. Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide 7
  • 20. Given a list of resource models and a working TEC environment, you must be able to configure TEC so that it can receive events from IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Load the TEC rules. b. Load the TEC classes. c. Deploy ACF to the gateway. d. Define the clearing event. 1.2.6 Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 This objective relates to troubleshooting and the problem determination action that you can perform on the server, gateway, and endpoint for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 problems. Refer to Chapter 6, “Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1” on page 83, for details about this objective. Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile distribution problem, you must be able to analyze the problem to resolve the issue or provide adequate details to Tivoli Support. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Adjust the tracing or logging levels. b. View the trace or log files. c. Use Mdist2 to track and diagnose the distribution issues. d. Collect the endpoint logs. Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine problem, you must be able to analyze the problem to resolve the issue or provide adequate details to Tivoli Support. Specifically, you must be able to: a. View the log or trace files. b. Adjust the trace or logging levels. c. Stop, start, clear, or uninstall the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine. d. Collect the endpoint logs. Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 resource model problem, you must be able to analyze the problem to resolve the issue or provide adequate details to Tivoli Support. Specifically, you must be able to: a. View the log or trace files. b. Adjust the tracing or logging levels. c. Collect the endpoint logs. d. Clear, stop, or start the resource model or profile. Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 data collection problem, you must be able to analyze the problem to resolve the issue or provide adequate details to Tivoli Support. Specifically, you must be able to: a. View the log or trace files. b. Adjust the tracing or logging levels. c. Use RIM tracing to diagnose database issues. 8 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 21. Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Health Console problem, you must be able to analyze the problem to resolve the issue or provide adequate details to Tivoli Support. Specifically, you must be able to: a. View the log or trace files. b. Adjust the tracing or logging levels. 1.2.7 Operations of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 This objective relates to profile and monitoring management of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 and its various facilities including using the Web Health Console. Chapter 7, “Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1” on page 101, provides greater detail about this objective. Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile, you must be able to perform a distribution and monitor its progress. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Distribute a profile. b. Monitor the distribution using MDist2. c. Manage the distribution using MDist2. Given an existing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 environment, you must be able to use the CLI to manage the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Use the wdmlseng command to check the endpoint. b. Use the wdmeng command to start or stop the resource models. c. Use the wdmcmd command to start or stop the engine. Given an existing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 environment, you must be able to use the CLI to manage the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 gateway processes. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Display endpoints uploaded to TBSM. b. Perform the TBSM upload. c. Use the wdmmn command to start or stop the gateway processes. d. Use the wdmmncache command to list or clear the registered endpoints. Given a successful implementation of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Web Health Console, you must be able to use the Health Console to view historical data, determine endpoint health, and administer resource models. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Log on to DMWHC from an Internet browser. b. Add or edit the endpoint list. c. Browse by endpoint. d. Browse by resource model. e. Stop or start the resource model. f. View historical date or in real time. g. Change the graph type. Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide 9
  • 22. Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile, you must be able use the CLI to maintain and modify the profile. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Use the wdmdumpprf and wdmloadprf commands to maintain IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profiles. b. Use the wdmeditprf command to maintain IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profiles. Given an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 resource model, you must be able to use the CLI to add or remove the resource model from the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 environment. Specifically, you must be able to use the wdmrm command to load and manage resource models. 1.2.8 IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench This objective relates to the usage of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench that allows you to create and modify the resource model. Chapter 8, “IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench” on page 125, discusses this objective in more detail. Given a set of monitoring requirements, you must be able to use the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench to create or customize a resource model. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Understand the components of a resource model. b. Build a resource model using Workbench. Given an existing DM Classic V3.7 environment, you must be able to perform the steps necessary to migrate the monitors to IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 resource models. Specifically, you must be able to: a. Use SentryAnalyser to create a mapping report. b. Extract the DM Classic V3.7 collection definition. c. Create a resource model to encapsulate the DM Classic V3.7 probe. 1.3 Resources for preparation Several courses and publications are offered to help you prepare for the certification tests. Before you take a certification test, we recommend that you take a course, although this is not required. If you want to purchase Web-based training courses or are unable to locate a Web-based course or classroom course at the time and location you desire, contact one of our delivery management teams: Americas: [email protected] EMEA: [email protected] AP: [email protected] 10 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 23. 1.3.1 Courses Course names, course numbers, or both vary depending on the education delivery arm used in each geography. Refer to the Tivoli software education Web site to find the appropriate course and education delivery vendor for each geography: http://www-306.ibm.com/software/tivoli/education/ For general training information, see the IBM IT Training Web site at: http://ibm.com/training Note: Course offerings are continuously added and updated. If you do not see the course or courses that are listed in the following sections for your geography, contact the delivery management team by e-mail as specified in the previous section. Course IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 IBM Tivoli Monitoring is an intelligent tool that provides IT administrators the capability to closely monitor the status and performance of mission-critical distributed applications and computing resources. This course provides the knowledge and skills needed to install, configure, operate, customize, and troubleshoot IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1. Course duration 12 hours (self paced) Course number Course numbers vary depending on the education delivery arm used in each geography. Geo education page Worldwide schedules available at the Tivoli software education site. Note: This course is not approved for IBM PartnerWorld® You-Pass, We-Pay. Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide 11
  • 24. Course IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 IBM Tivoli Monitoring is an efficient, reliable, automated tool that provides IT administrators the capabilities to closely monitor the status and performance of mission-critical distributed applications and computing resources. Gain the knowledge and skills needed to configure, operate, customize, and troubleshoot IBM Tivoli Monitoring. Included are multiple opportunities for you to practice your skills in a lab environment. A series of carefully constructed hands-on activities allows you to immediately reinforce the important lessons in this course. Course duration 2 days Course number (TM230) Course numbers vary depending on the education delivery arm used in each geography. Geo education page Worldwide schedules are available at the Tivoli software education Web site. Note: This course is approved for IBM PartnerWorld You-Pass, We-Pay. 1.3.2 Publications Before you take Certification Test 593: IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation, we recommend that you read the IBM Tivoli Monitoring library manuals and IBM Redbooks listed in the following sections. You may order these publications using any of the following methods: Accessing IBM Publications Center on the Web at: http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/order Calling IBM Direct Publications at 1-800-879-2755 (U.S.) 1-800-426-4968 (Canada) Purchasing from any non-IBM bookstore For additional ordering information, see “Related publications” on page 161. IBM Tivoli Monitoring product manuals You may want to refer to the following manuals: IBM Tivoli Monitoring Release Notes Version 5.1.1, GI10-5797 IBM Tivoli Monitoring Resource Model Reference Version 5.1, SH19-4570 IBM Tivoli Monitoring User’s Guide Version 5.1.1, SH19-4569 IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench User’s Guide Version 5.1.1, SH19-4571 12 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 25. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Redbooks Consult the following IBM Redbooks regarding IBM Tivoli Monitoring: IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1.1 Creating Resource Models and Providers, SG24-6900 (ISBN 0738453102) This IBM Redbook focuses on using the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench to build resource models that use existing ILT providers and custom ILT Java providers. You learn how to create a custom Instrumentation Library Type (ILT) provider using the supplied Java templates to examine and provide data to IBM Tivoli Monitoring for analysis within the resource model that you created through the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench is used to develop, debug, and package resource models for IBM Tivoli Monitoring. You learn how to use the step-by-step wizards provided by the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench to create resource models to monitor any number of your IT resources, including operating systems, databases, hardware, and networking resources and applications. In addition, you learn about the CIM used to store metrics and how to collect data stored in a CIM format. Upon completion, you will be able to create, test, and deploy monitoring solutions quickly and efficiently to create an autonomic environment. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1: Advanced Resource Monitoring, SG24-5519 (ISBN 0738426938) This redbook updates and unifies both Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Advanced Edition) 4.1 Redbooks into one redbook. This includes both monitoring and Workbench software. This redbook proves invaluable to Tivoli system administrators who are migrating from earlier releases of Tivoli Distributed Monitoring. Various examples of creating resource models to replace custom monitors are included. Chapter 1. Familiarizing yourself with this guide 13
  • 26. 14 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 27. 2 Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 This chapter discusses the necessary concepts of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. It provides the prerequisite and fundamental knowledge that you need to deploy and maintain IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. 15
  • 28. 2.1 Desktop Management Task Force The Distributed Management Task Force, Inc. (DMTF) provides systems management specifications for the standardization of managing an IT environment. It provides industry standards for systems management of back-office environments and Web-services based environments. The standards are platform-independent and not aligned to a specific technology implementation. They include information models, control protocols, and management services specifications. For more information about DMTF, see their Web site at: http://www.dmtf.org The following sections provide some specifications from DMTF that are used by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. 2.1.1 Common Information Model standards The Common Information Model (CIM) defines the format of system management information. It includes a specification about how the information should be written. And it includes a base data structure (schema) for what should be defined. The structure is extensible for any implementation-specific information as indicated in the specification. This CIM-based common definition allows different products and platforms to exchange management information seamlessly. 2.1.2 Managed Object Format Managed Object Format (MOF) is the format for CIM-based information. It is based on the Interface Definition Language (IDL) from the Object Management Group. This allows for the definition of object classes and instances in plain text format to provide readability for both the human reader and computer parsing. MOF-based files can be edited by any text editor. 2.1.3 Web-Based Enterprise Management initiative Web-Based Enterprise Management (WBEM) extends systems management to include Web-based management. Since this is a standard developed by DMTF, it is primarily based on the CIM data model. The WBEM provides additional specification for XML encoding for CIM, called xmlCIM. And it provides specification for transporting the CIM information over 16 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 29. HTTP. The xmlCIM specification defines the XML elements in a standard Document Type Definition (DTD) format. It represents CIM classes and instances, not in MOF format, but XML. The XML format allows easier transport over HTTP because it is a natural extension to the HTML format. 2.2 Windows Management Instrumentation Microsoft implemented WBEM on Microsoft Windows platform in Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI). As we discuss in 2.1, “Desktop Management Task Force” on page 16, WMI uses CIM as an industry standard for management information. WMI allows the automation of management tasks on a Windows-based platform. Currently different versions of Windows have different options of WMI installation, such as: Windows Server 2003: WMI is preinstalled. Windows XP: WMI is preinstalled. Windows Me: WMI is preinstalled. Windows 2000: WMI is preinstalled. Windows NT 4.0 SP4: WMI can be installed using Add/Remove Windows components in Control Panel as a WBEM installation option. Windows 95 and 98: WMI Core 1.5 can be downloaded from: http://download.microsoft.com/download/platformsdk/wmicore/1.5/W9XNT4/EN-US /wmicore.EXE WMI CORE 1.5 (for Windows 95, 98, and NT 4.0) requires Microsoft Internet Explorer Version 5 or later 2. 2.3 Java and JavaBeans The Java platform is a software-only platform that masks the differences of hardware-based platforms. It hides the details about hardware-based storage, memory, network connection, and computing power capabilities. Java platforms can be used to develop and deploy applications to various hardware-based platforms. The differences in application needs also induce the emergence of several types of Java environments, such as: Java 2 Platform, Standard Edition (J2SE), provides an environment for the Core Java and Desktop Java applications development. It is the basis for Java Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 17
  • 30. 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition (J2EE) and Java Web Services technologies. It has the compiler, tools, runtimes, and Java application programming interfaces (APIs) that let you write, test, deploy, and run applets and applications. Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition, defines the standard for developing component-based multitier enterprise applications. It is based on J2SE and provides additional services, tools, and APIs to support simplified enterprise applications development. Java 2 Platform, Micro Edition (J2ME), is a set of technologies and specifications targeted at consumer and embedded devices, such as mobile phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), printers, and TV set-top boxes. Java Card technology adapts the Java platform to enable smart cards and other intelligent devices with limited memory and processing capabilities to benefit from many of the advantages of Java technology. The technology that allows component-based development in a Java platform is called JavaBeans. It conforms to the J2SE specification. JavaBeans provide reusable software components that can be assembled to create a complex application. The JavaBeans specification is available from: http://java.sun.com/products/javabeans/docs/spec.html 2.4 WebSphere Application Server IBM WebSphere Application Servers are a suite of servers that implement the J2EE specification. This simply means that any Web applications that are written to the J2EE specification can be installed and deployed on any of the servers in the WebSphere Application Server family. The foundation of the IBM WebSphere brand is the application server. The application server provides the runtime environment and management tools for J2EE and Web Services-based applications. WebSphere Application Servers are available in multiple configurations to meet specific business needs. They also serve as the base for other WebSphere products, such as WebSphere Commerce, by providing the application server required for running these specialized applications. WebSphere Application Servers are available on a wide range of platforms, including UNIX-based platforms, Microsoft operating systems, IBM z/OS®, and IBM Eserver iSeries™ servers. Although branded for the iSeries server, WebSphere Application Server products for the iSeries are functionally equivalent to those for the UNIX and Microsoft platforms. 18 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 31. 2.5 Visual Basic and JavaScript Visual Basic and JavaScript are widely used scripting languages. IBM Tivoli Monitoring supports Visual Basic and JavaScript for building the logic of the resource models. 2.5.1 Visual Basic Visual Basic is a scripting language developed by Microsoft that is based on the BASIC programming language. With Visual Basic, the BASIC language is extended to support object-oriented programming concepts. Microsoft Visual Basic provides a graphical user interface (GUI) to manipulate and modify parts of the code, typically the object’s methods, which are written in the BASIC language format. 2.5.2 JavaScript JavaScript is a Web page extension scripting language developed by NetScape Inc. It is typically used inside an HTML file to allow dynamic content and modify viewing behavior on Web pages. JavaScript is independent from the Java programming language by Sun Microsystems. 2.6 Database concepts IBM Tivoli Monitoring supports collection of historical data into a relational database management system (RDBMS). The relational database is accessed using services provided by Tivoli Framework called RDBMS interface module (RIM). Some important terms related to relational database are: Database A set of tables that may be interrelated that stores data and information supporting a certain application Database instance A group of databases that are served by a single database process Tablespace Physical storage that is reserved for a set of tables, typically implemented as a file system or directory path Table A collection of records with structured information with predefined fields Row A single record in a database table Column A field in a database table Index Precollected information from a table that assists in searching table rows Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 19
  • 32. Relationship A connection between two or more tables that shows a the inherent dependency between data Stored procedure A program that runs, when requested, in the database system to perform a canned function Trigger A program that runs, when there is a change to a table (insert, update or delete of a row), in the database system to perform a canned function 2.7 IBM Tivoli Management Framework The Tivoli Framework provides the basic system management services, such as communications, presentation, security, and so on, that all Tivoli systems management applications use, ensuring consistency and integration. At its core, the Tivoli Framework provides the facilities to transfer files and execute commands on remote systems with security. These facilities are performed in the context of profiles. A profile is a collection of application-specific information that can be manipulated and distributed to machines in the Tivoli environment. This management model is often cited as management by subscription. This section explains the general concepts of creating and distributing a profile. These concepts are common across Tivoli applications, such as software distribution, resource monitoring, system configuration, and so on. It also explains the built-in security-based rules, called policies, and authorization roles. Most Tivoli systems management tasks, regardless of the application or component that is to be managed, may be performed by using the Tivoli desktop, which provides a user interface consistent throughout management applications. However, you are not limited to use the Tivoli desktop because you can run many jobs and tasks using the command line interface (CLI). 2.7.1 Tivoli Management Environment Many components of Tivoli Enterprise software are used to manage an enterprise environment. Although the requirements of a particular enterprise may dictate which components are installed and used, there is still a common infrastructure that is used in all environments. To understand this infrastructure, certain concepts and terminology must be introduced. 20 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 33. Tivoli Management Region The basic unit of Tivoli functionality is the Tivoli Management Region (TMR). A TMR is a partition of your network. It consists of at least of one TMR server and the clients that the server is managing. The TMR server provides facilities required to manage the environment. One of its major distinguishing points is that it contains and controls the major portion of a distributed database that contains information regarding the managed resources and objects used to manage the environment. A TMR can be composed of: A TMR server and endpoint manager Managed nodes and endpoint gateways Tivoli Management Agent (TMA) endpoints You may need to split your TMR. The TMRs can then be connected to work together to form a complete management solution. Some reasons for multiple TMRs are to: Provide a different security level and policy for administrators Balance the server load between multiple TMR servers Provide a different set of resources for each TMR that may or may not be shared Common concepts of operations Most Tivoli products operate under the same set of concepts, as described here. The primary communication within the Tivoli environment is performed by the oserv daemon. This daemon runs on the TMR server and all managed nodes. Communications to a TMA endpoint use a subset of the facilities provided by the oserv daemon. The TMA endpoint only communicates directly with its associated endpoint gateway. The information relating to all objects in the Tivoli environment, along with application-specific information, is stored in a distributed, object-oriented database. This database is distributed between the TMR server and all managed nodes in the TMR. A GUI, called the Tivoli Desktop, enables operators to access all Tivoli management applications. Most Tivoli application-specific functions are performed in the context of profiles. A profile is a collection of application-specific information that can be manipulated and distributed to machines in the Tivoli environment. The general concepts of creating and distributing a profile are common across Tivoli applications. This is called management by subscription. Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 21
  • 34. Management operations in the Tivoli environment are subject to policies or rules. This allows management to define the policies, which provides the parameters under which an administrator may perform management functions. Now that you understand the Tivoli environment and the common concepts of operations in this environment, you can learn about the role of each system in a Tivoli Management Environment® (TME®) and the benefits of each role. Tivoli managed objects To define your enterprise computing environment on Tivoli, you need to create a TMR server and as many TMR clients as needed. Managed nodes Tivoli clients running the oserv daemon are represented as managed nodes. Managed nodes maintain a local database. Managed nodes have the graphical Tivoli desktop capability. The TMR server itself is configured automatically as the first managed node on the Tivoli desktop. Other managed nodes are defined and appear on the desktop when the Tivoli Management Framework is installed on them. Typically you can find installation failure messages in the installation log $TEMP/tivoli.cinstall or in the $DBDIR/oservlog database log file. Communication is established between the oserv daemons running on each system. Endpoints A machine running a TMA is called a TMA endpoint. Like a managed node, a TMA endpoint can receive distributions, execute tasks, run monitors, and send events. Due to the expected large number (thousands) of TMA endpoints, a TMA endpoint has no icon representation on the desktop. A TMA endpoint is listed in the endpoint manager under an endpoint gateway. A TMA endpoint icon appears if the TMA endpoint is a subscriber of a profile manager. In a single TMR, it is only supported to have at most 20 000 endpoints. However, most installations are defined with fewer endpoints per TMR. This environment is what conceptually is called the three-tiered architecture. The TMR server runs the Endpoint Manager, and the managed nodes run the Endpoint Gateways and endpoints. When it is started, an endpoint logs into the gateway assigned in its data file (lcf.dat). In turn, the gateway checks the endpoint from its endpoint list cache. The login processing then continues by running several log-in policy scripts in which the endpoint is assigned a gateway. If this gateway does not respond, the endpoint is considered isolated. The endpoint runs a minimum code for connecting to the gateway. When an action needs to be performed, such as by profile distribution, it downloads the 22 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 35. necessary binaries and files from the gateway. The binaries and files are then stored in a method cache on the endpoint until it is restarted. 2.7.2 Tivoli desktop The Tivoli GUI, or desktop, is the administrator’s view of the environment being managed by Tivoli products. The desktop allows users to graphically access resources and perform tasks. Tivoli also provides a CLI to allow many of the functions that the desktop provides to be performed from a shell. Some functions can be performed only from the CLI. Some functions can be performed only through the desktop GUI. Figure 2-1 shows the initial view after the desktop is started. Pull-down menu options Resource icons with pop-up menu options (click the mouse button to display) (right-click the mouse button to display) Icon area Search facility Messa ge area Status line Figure 2-1 Initial desktop view Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 23
  • 36. 2.7.3 Resources Resources are important concepts in understanding the Tivoli Enterprise environment. Resources may be any hardware or software entity (machine, service, system, or facility) in the enterprise. Each resource is represented by an object in the Tivoli database and has an icon on the Tivoli desktop. Resources that are subject to certain sets of rules within the Tivoli environment are called managed resources, and the predefined rules are called policies. Managed resources are contained within policy regions, which are special collections of managed resources that are subject to the same set of rules. As more products are installed in the Tivoli environment, more managed resource types become available for use. The important resources in the Tivoli Enterprise environment are: Policy region: A collection of managed resources that share one or more common sets of rules; also represent administrative domains that can be assigned to administrators Administrator collection: A container that holds the icons for all administrators defined for theTivoli Enterprise environment Within the administrator collection is an icon for each administrator. An administrator is defined to allow Tivoli Management Framework to identify the userID a task should run and who can use this administrative authority. Bulletin board: Contains notices that are sent by Tivoli applications to inform the administrators of changes in the Tivoli Enterprise environment The icon for the bulletin board can appear in two different states, one showing there are no new notices, shown on the left, and one showing that there are new notices, shown on the right. Profiles: Application-specific information that can be manipulated and distributed to machines in the Tivoli environment This information can relate to a large variety of things, such as users, software, hardware, and so on. The icon of the profile depends on the Tivoli application. Profile managers: Usually an association between one or more profiles and their subscribers (usually a machine that Tivoli manages) There are two kinds of profile manager: database mode and dataless mode. Endpoint manager: Contains the list of endpoint gateways defined in the TMR Using the endpoint manager, you can look at individual gateways and list which TMA endpoints are associated with them. Also, through this interface, 24 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 37. certain properties of the individual TMA endpoints can be inspected. The icon represents a 3-tier architecture. Task library: A managed resource that allows an administrator to create and store tasks and jobs (see the following definitions); icon represents multiple notes Task: A resource that represents an action or operation that needs to be performed within the Tivoli environment Because a task can’t be executed without supplying additional information, the icon uses cleared boxes. Job: A resource that represents a task, which is executed on specific managed resources Check boxes are used for the job icon. Scheduler: Allows tasks to be performed within the Tivoli environment These tasks can be scheduled for any time of the day or night and any day of the week. If you need more scheduling restrictions, use Tivoli Workload Scheduler. 2.7.4 Policy and policy regions In the Tivoli Enterprise environment, a policy is a set of rules that are applied to managed resources. A policy enables you to control the default values of newly-created resources (default policy) and to maintain the guidelines when administrators perform management operations on resources (validation policy). A specific rule in a policy is referred to as a policy method. A default policy method can supply a constant value or run a shell script or a program that generates a value. A validation policy method usually runs a program or shell script to verify values supplied by the administrator. Administrators can define and maintain policies. Policy regions are containers for managed resources that use the same set of policies. As Tivoli applications are added, additional rules and permissions may be installed on the system. Policy regions help to organize the managed resources in the desktop and can be helpful in defining and limiting administrator access to these resources. Only resources assigned to the policy region can be created or stored in the policy region. Policy regions can be arranged hierarchically by creating policy subregions. Each policy subregion has its own subset of resources. When the subregion is initially defined, it has the same policies and managed resource types as its parent. After the initial definition, these things can be changed and do not depend at all on the parent’s definitions. Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 25
  • 38. As previously mentioned, policy regions and subregions are collections of resources for which the same set of policies apply. Different criteria can be used to build these entities, such as administrator locations, administrator permission hierarchy, geography, departments, machine types, and so on. The policy region architecture is designed to be flexible so that resources can be laid out to reflect each company’s individual structure and policies. 2.7.5 Administrator and roles An administrator in Tivoli Framework is an object that: Has an assigned login user for executing a task (defined in the Create administrator dialog). The login must be valid on the managed node on which the administrator is defined. Maps a logical administrator into an operating system login defined in the Set Logins dialog. This account is mapped from a login request that comes from any managed nodes in the region. Assigns roles for resources within the TMR or for a specific policy region. Sometimes an administrator must be mapped to a different user ID on different platforms. The mapping happens, for example, to execute a certain task. Only one user name can be specified in the Create administrator dialog. The solution is the usage of a user ID map, which allows an association to be made for a different user name on a different platform. A user ID map is specified with a dollar ($) sign. A default user ID map is defined called $root_user. It maps the root user to the administrator in Windows platforms. The widmap command, as shown in Example 2-1, is used to manipulate a user ID map. Example 2-1 Sample widmap command # widmap list_entries root_user default root w32-ix86 Administrator A major concept relating to the security is that of authorization roles. Authorization roles are predefined names for sets of management task abilities. These roles are discrete and not hierarchical, meaning that each role has specific functions it can perform. Some functions can be executed by only one role. Others can be executed by more than one role. The role or roles given to an administrator define what that administrator can do to a particular set of resources. These authorization roles can be delegated for 26 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 39. the entire TMR or for individual policy regions or special resources, such as an administrator or scheduler. 2.7.6 Profiles and profile managers Profiles and profile managers form the configuration management portion of the Tivoli Management Framework. Together, these objects organize, create, and distribute information to remote systems. Profiles are Tivoli objects that represent a collection of information that corresponds to a system resource. A strong understanding of profile and profile manager concepts is imperative for anyone who will use the Tivoli Management Framework and applications to manage resources. Figure 2-2 shows the Tivoli Profile Manager desktop view with its profiles and subscribers, which are all described in the sections that follow. To display this dialog, double-click Policy Region and double-click Profile Manager. Profile manager Profile manager icon name Profiles Subscribers Managed nodes Other profile manager Figure 2-2 Profile Manager desktop view Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 27
  • 40. Profiles Although profiles are part of the Tivoli Management Framework infrastructure, they are application specific. That is, each Tivoli application defines specialized profile types used by that application. Profiles are created and maintained in profile managers. Profiles can be changed without immediately putting the changes into effect on the managed machines. Editing and distributing the profiles are two separate functions. Depending on the profile type, when creating a profile, the administrator can enter the data in the dialog boxes that are provided. Or the administrator can extract the information from existing system files or databases to populate the profile. To continue the previous example using the user profile, you could retrieve the information for your user profile from several remote systems /etc/passwd or NIS files. You can specify the hosts from which to obtain information and whether the information should replace or be appended to an existing profile. The ability to do these types of operations depends on the type of profile you are creating and the information that already exists. Profile managers A profile manager provides a place to create and organize groups of profiles and link subscribers to them. A profile manager can contain multiple profiles of the same type, or it can contain profiles of more than one type. Profile managers also control the distribution of profiles and help organize resources. As shown in Figure 2-2, you can logically view a profile manager as having two sections. One section contains profiles, and the other section contains subscribers. A subscriber is a profile endpoint or another profile manager that receives profile records from the profile manager. A profile endpoint is a system that is the final destination for a profile. Target machine is another term for profile endpoint. Examples of profile endpoints can be managed nodes, PC managed nodes, TMA endpoints, or NIS domains. In the case of PC managed nodes, the profile is distributed to the UNIX or Windows NT system sponsoring the PC running the PC agent software, which is then distributed to that PC. The same situation is true for NetWare Managed Sites. The profile is distributed to the NetWare server, which is then distributed to its set of clients. 28 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 41. At the time of distribution, the administrator can choose to select a subset of subscribers for the particular distribution (as well as a subset of the profiles) and can choose various options related to the distribution. Profile managers in database mode When distributing a profile from a profile manager in database mode, the information in the profile is distributed to the Tivoli database of the subscriber or subscribers. It is also possible to subscribe other profile managers to a profile manager in database mode. This scenario provides a mechanism to hierarchically manage the environment. The database profile managers can be deleted only when all subscribers are removed. Profile managers in dataless mode To support dataless TMA endpoints running the Tivoli Management Agent, the Tivoli Management Framework now supports a new type of profile manager. In many ways, it is similar to the original profile manager, but it differs in a few important ways. Profile managers in dataless mode also contain two logical sections: profiles and subscribers. However, when a profile is distributed, it does not copy the profile to the database at the next level. Rather, it applies the changes contained in the profile to the system. However, profile managers in dataless mode have been created to support TMA endpoints. You can also subscribe a managed node to a dataless profile manager and distribute a profile to it. In this scenario, the managed node functions more like a TMA endpoint processing the profile data immediately without copying the profile to its own database. Based on the previous discussion about the two profile manager types, all subscriber types, except TMA endpoints, are supported by profile managers in database mode. All subscriber types, except profile managers, are supported by profile managers in dataless mode. Other than the operational differences of how the data is distributed, the net of this discussion is that you cannot subscribe profile managers and TMA endpoints to the same profile manager. This leads us to building profile manager hierarchies where the higher level profile managers are running in database mode. Also, only the leaf profile managers (those at the lowest level) have TMA endpoints as subscribers. It is possible to build a hierarchy where both managed nodes and profile managers are subscribed to higher-level profile managers running in database mode. Figure 2-3 illustrates a standard profile manager hierarchy that makes it much easier to add TMA endpoints to the environment. Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 29
  • 42. Database PM Database PM Dataless PM Dataless PM Dataless PM Profile Endpoint Profile Endpoint Profile Endpoint Profile Endpoint Figure 2-3 Standard profile manager hierarchy 2.7.7 RDBMS interface module The RIM is the interface between Tivoli applications that use a relational database and the relational database. The RIM provides a common interface used by Tivoli applications to store and retrieve information from several databases. There is no separate RIM installation. It is installed as a Tivoli Framework component. The data stored in an RDBMS by a Tivoli application can be shared by any application (Tivoli or non-Tivoli) that can access SQL data. Moreover, the Tivoli applications that use a relational database benefit from the advanced features of a RDBMS, such as scalability, performance, and reliability. The RIM is composed of a RIM object. Each time you install an application using the RIM, an instance of a RIM object is created and then the Tivoli application can connect to the relational database defined in this instance. 30 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 43. The RIM object is divided into three layers: The API layer, which provides an interface to the Tivoli applications that want to use the RIM services The Translation layer, which translates the API commands to data types and SQL statements that can be specific for each RDBMS vendor The Adapter layer, which implements the RDBMS commands for each database vendor No Tivoli icon is created to represent the RIM object. You create an instance of the RIM object either by using the wcrtrim command or by installing and configuring a Tivoli application that uses the RIM interface. See the appropriate Tivoli application manual for more details about setting the RIM object. 2.7.8 MDist 2 distribution MDist2 is a Tivoli Framework service that provides Tivoli applications with the functionalities required to perform mass data transfers through a hierarchy of repeaters to one or more endpoints. It provides utilities to fully control and automate the application profile distributions. MDist2 enables you to control the total amount of resources used by a repeater. This makes distributing data fast and efficient, improving performance and throughput. You can set the network load, target network load, number of priority connections, packet size, debug level, maximum memory, and maximum disk space. You also can set intervals for how often the database is updated and the frequency and length of time that a repeater retries unavailable or interrupted targets. The components of MDist2, as shown in Figure 2-4, are: Repeater manager: The Tivoli object that maintains configuration data for all repeaters in the TMR and determines the distribution path. There is one repeater manager per TMR. Repeater site: The intermediate client that receives a single copy of data and sends it to another repeater site or target client. Repeater depot: The storage site for MDist2 distributions. Every repeater has a depot. Thus, data can be stored on any repeater in the Tivoli environment. This storage mechanism helps reduce network traffic for frequently distributed data sets. Repeater queue: The queuing mechanism for MDist2 distributions. Every repeater has a queue. The distribution is queued and its persistent information is kept as a local file. This queuing mechanism includes a retry function that enhances support for unreachable targets. Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 31
  • 44. Figure 2-4 MDist2 components Distribution manager: The Tivoli object that updates status in the database. There is one distribution manager per TMR. Thus, each TMR keeps track of all distributions it launches. GUI: The Java interface used to view status and control distributions. This Java GUI component requires the Tivoli Java RIM, Java Component Framework (JCF) and Java Runtime, which are all available from the Tivoli Framework distribution media. RIM: A common interface that Tivoli applications can use to store and retrieve information from a relational database, and to store MDist2 distribution data. The required tables for this database are DIST_STATE and DIST_NODE_STATE. The two repeater types in MDist2 are: Gateway repeater (TMF/LCF/gateway) is linked into the gateway. Managed node repeater (TAS/MANAGED_NODE/rpt2) is a stand-alone binary that runs on a managed node. 32 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 45. 2.7.9 Command line interface This section discusses some commonly used commands within the TMR. odadmin The odadmin command performs as a generic interface to oserv. Here are some variations of this command: Running odadmin without any argument shows the status of oserv and displays basic characteristic of it. The odadmin odlist command lists the managed nodes (TMR server and Tivoli clients) within the TMR, their dispatcher number and its status. If the client can be contacted, the letter c is displayed in the status column. The odadmin start command starts a non-Windows-based managed node, and the odadmin shutdown command shuts down any managed node. A multihome host, which is behind a network address translation (NAT) gateway, needs to be contacted by its name. To enable this facility, you issue the odadmin set_iom_by_name TRUE all command. To allow a managed node to have a dynamic IP address using DHCP, you issue the odadmin allow_dynamic_ipaddr TRUE. command. wlookup The wlookup command allows a lookup to the name registry, which stores all classes and their instances. This is particularly useful for getting a resource name or listing a resource type. Some useful wlookup formats are: The wlookup -R command retrieves all resource types. The wlookup -ar class command retrieves all resource with the type class. wlsinst The wlsinst command obtains the product installation status. It retrieves a list of installed products, patches, or both. Some useful wlsinst command formats are to obtain: All installed products using the wlsinst -p command All installed patches using the wlsinst -P command All installed products and patches using the wlsinst -a command The installation status by host, for example by adding the -h option to obtain all installed products by host using the wlsinst -p -h command Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 33
  • 46. wbkupdb The wbkupdb command allows you to back up and restore the Tivoli object database. For example, consider the default directory $DBDIR/../backups. To back up to this directory, use the wbkupdb command. To restore this directory, use the wbkupdb -r -d filename command. wchkdb The wchkdb command allows you to check the integrity of the object database. It also allows recovery and repair of the object database for minor inconsistencies. The wchkdb command checks the consistency of the object database. The wchkdb -u command checks and repairs the object database. The wchkdb -x command checks across TMR connections. wmdist The wmdist command retrieves the status of MDist2 distributions. The wmdist -l command lists the currently active distribution and its status. The wmdist -s command displays the currently used configurations. 2.8 IBM Tivoli Monitoring concepts Figure 2-5 presents a high-level overview of the interaction between various components of IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile contains, among other information, a resource model. The resource model is a collection of monitors that correlate amongst themselves before attempting to perform a notification action. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile is distributed to the endpoints to monitor one or more resources (examples of typical resources are hard disk space, paging space, and process or service). Based on configuration settings in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile, the engine runs on the endpoint and performs the necessary monitoring on the resources that are specified in the distributed resource model or models. The Web Health Console obtains logged data from selected endpoints and displays the health of the endpoints for their resources. 34 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 47. Tivoli Data Warehouse sis Cu aly p sto Tre Rollu miz An e; Tmw2k Profile Dis nd trib De ute fau lts Display TMR l al Web Health Console st In Ge td Resource ata Model Di st ri b ut e Cr sign De eate g De bu ` Endpoint ITM Workbench Figure 2-5 High-level overview The following sections describe the CIM architecture and the three key components of IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1, which are: Profile Resource models Engine 2.8.1 Integration with the Common Information Model The CIM is part of the industry-wide initiative, DMTF, for providing a common model for the management of environments across multiple vendor-specific products. WBEM is another initiative that includes the CIM standard. CIM is a conceptual model for describing implementation-independent management. The ultimate goal of CIM compliance is to build applications that can extract and use management data from products released by different Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 35
  • 48. vendors, whether for hardware or software. IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 is CIM-compliant and, therefore, can collect, store, and analyze management data from other CIM-compliant base products in a common format (CIM). The advantage of using CIM-based resource monitoring is that, when newer versions of the product whose resources are being monitored are released, the monitor is not required to know the implementation details of the system. The monitor only interacts with it through an accepted management interface (CIM Schema). CIM is basically an object-oriented modeling of both hardware and software elements. CIM consists of two parts: CIM Specification: Describes the language, naming, meta-schema, and mapping techniques to other management models such as Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), Management Information Base (MIB), etc. CIM Schema: Provides the actual model descriptions by giving the set of classes with properties and associations to model the particular environment The CIM Schema is comprised of the core model and common model. Core model: The platform-independent base model and other models are built as extensions of the core model. It is described by the core schema and contains a top-level set of classes that apply to all management domains. Common model: An extension of the core model, which is also platform-independent, but specifies the management area. Presently, there are five areas that are defined in the common model: systems, devices, applications, networks, and physical. Beyond the CIM Schema are extension schemas. The extension schemas are specific to the technologies that are defined in them. Examples of extension schemas include schemas for Microsoft Windows operating systems, various UNIX environments, and so on. Each schema is a collection of one or more classes, and each class is a collection of similar objects. A class is defined as the basic unit of management. Observing the object-oriented paradigm, classes are either defined as static or dynamic. Static classes are stored by the CIM Object Manager in the CIM Object Management (CIMOM) Repository. Applications query object data from the CIMOM Repository through the CIM Object Manager. The basic CIM-compliant instrumentation layer is either provided by the operating systems vendor or a software that is compliant with CIM specifications that is installed on the operating system. It enables management applications, such as Tivoli Distributed Monitoring, to retrieve management data about various resources in the system. 36 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 49. On Windows 2000 systems, the CIM-compliant Microsoft implementation WMI is already installed as part of the operating system. Windows NT 4.0 servers require WMI software to be installed prior to the use of IBM Tivoli Monitoring. Note: The WMI software is available as a download from Microsoft. Therefore, IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 directly interacts with WMI to pull management data at runtime. In UNIX systems, CIM-compliant instrumentation called TouchPoint is embedded in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine to facilitate the retrieval of management data. The TouchPoint infrastructure has two interfaces: Touchpoint Service Layer (TSL) and Resource Interface Instrumentation Library Type (ILT). Figure 2-6 shows a layout of CIM implementation for systems management. Management Applications Database Applications Web Browsers C/C++/Java Applications CIM MOF CIMOM APIs / TSL MOF compiler Management CIMOM CIM Objects Manager (CIMOM) Infrastructure Repository WBEM Providers Provider/ILTs Managed Objects System Back office Middleware Resources applications Figure 2-6 CIM implementation for systems management 2.8.2 Resource model The resource model is a monitoring model. It contains the program scheme necessary to determine what data is to be accessed from an endpoint at runtime and how this data is to be handled. This model is equivalent to an implementation of monitors from previous editions of Tivoli Distributed Monitoring. However, it uses the object-oriented modeling approach and integration with CIM. Chapter 2. Basic concepts for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 37
  • 50. Each resource model obtains resource data from the endpoint to which it is distributed, performs root cause analysis using a built-in algorithm, and reacts accordingly in the form of built-in actions or user-defined tasks. An example of a resource model is the TMW_Services resource model, which is used to monitor the Windows Services-like server, browser, event log, and so on. The major components of a resource model are the configuration file, MOF file, decision tree file, message catalog for building the Tivoli Enterprise Console, and Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM) events, and class files to interface with the native library. The MOF file contains the particular resource model’s class description and event definitions. The classes are derived from the corresponding base classes of the resources. The base classes for the model-to-resources association, and classes that describe physical resources used in the resource models with respect to the instance providers, are provided in a base MOF file and a resources MOF file, respectively. These additional MOF files are distributed to the endpoint the first time an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile is distributed to it. The configuration details of the resource model are obtained by the engine from the configuration file. These details include the resource model name, platform name, name of the decision tree file, and names of the MOF files. The decision tree file is in VisualBasic script or JavaScript for Windows platform and JavaScript for UNIX or LINUX platforms. It contains both the initialization settings for the resource model and the algorithm that is used by the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 analyzer to determine if a problem is encountered in the resources described by the resource model. When an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile containing a resource model is distributed to the endpoint, the following actions take place: 1. Resource model files are unzipped from the resource model-specific ZIP file. 2. MOF files specific to the resource model are compiled. 3. All components of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine are created, loaded in memory, and started (logger, analyzer, action manager, event aggregator, and event correlator). 38 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 51. 3 Chapter 3. Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment This chapter discusses the necessary planning stage before you implement IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. It examines the client’s IT environment, topology, and the existing management environment. It looks at endpoint software verification, Health Console and data warehouse planning, and the Workbench development requirements. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. 39
  • 52. 3.1 Environment and topology At the client’s request to implement IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1, you must be able to analyze important information from their environment to successfully deploy IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. An initial assessment that you must perform is on the client’s IT environment and interconnection topology. The results of this assessment influence the design of the solution, in terms of Tivoli Framework structure. The physical network structure defines how profile distribution and data collection will be performed by the Tivoli environment, typically by configuring MDist II repeaters. The logical ownership of the network determines how policy region hierarchy will be implemented as the policy region represents an authorization unit in Tivoli. The machine architecture, operating system level, and its usage can determine how profile managers will be used and created to achieve maximum flexibility for distributing profiles. You need to identify the machines that IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 will manage. These machines are typically application servers that need to be monitored and managed. You need to check the operating system level of these machines to make sure that IBM Tivoli Monitoring supports these levels as specified in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 release notes. Later, you need to deploy and install the prerequisite software and Tivoli Management Agent. From these machines, you may want to determine the resources that will be monitored. This helps you to evaluate the monitoring requirement, such as the number of resource models that can be used and the resource model that needs to be custom created. You can also analyze the monitoring capacity requirement and determine the required database size to hold the monitoring data. In addition, this can help you to determine the additional space required to store the data in central data warehouse in Tivoli Data Warehouse. IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 can forward events to other Tivoli applications, such as IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console and IBM Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM). If the client wants or needs this integration, consider an additional level of information, such as: The application to which the monitored resource belongs The business system that will be affected with the outage of the resource Automation (if any) that needs to be performed whenever a resource is not considered healthy 40 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 53. You can install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 on the platforms listed in Table 3-1. Table 3-1 Supported platform Operating system Versions Server Gateway Endpoint AIX® 4.3.3, 5.1.0.C, 5.2 x x x Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 x x x Windows NT Version 4.0 SP 6 and 6a x x x Windows 2000 Server, Advanced Server, x x x Professional SP3 and later Windows Server 2003 Standard, Enterprise x x x Windows XP Professional x Turbo Linux Svr 6.1, 6.5 x x x SuSE 6.4, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 8.0, and 8.1 x x x SuSE SLES 7.0 x x x SLES 7.0 for S/390® and z/Series x x x HP-UX 11, 11i x x x OS/400® 5.1, 5.2 x RedHat Server (IA32) 7.0, 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 x x x RedHat Ent Linux 2.1 x x x (IA32) RedHat for OS/390® 6.0 x x x RedHat for Intel® 7.3, 8.0 x x x UL (SLES 8) 1.0 for IA32 SP2+ x x x UL (SLES 8) 1.0 for IBM Eserver zSeries® x x x SP2+ UL (SLES 8) 1.0 for PowerPC® x Restriction: No TBSM adapter is available for gateways running HP-UX. Chapter 3. Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment 41
  • 54. 3.2 Existing management environment When implementing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1, you need to collect information regarding the existing management environment. This is crucial so that you can evaluate the options on implementing the configuration. You must collect the following information: Tivoli Framework structure IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 can be deployed in either a new Tivoli Management Region (TMR), or merged to an existing TMR. For a completely new implementation, decide which installation options to use. For a pre-existing environment, understand how the existing TMRs are structured. Typically you must know how the relationship between multiple regions and the design of the profile managers as the monitoring profiles must be distributed to the endpoints. Other existing monitoring infrastructure The current monitoring practice largely determines how the new implementation can replace the existing one. You must understand which monitors are currently in place. For example, the client may be using Tivoli Distributed Monitoring or a custom program developed by the administrator or involving third-party tools. Regardless of the infrastructure is, they must be integrated to the overall monitoring infrastructure with IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. The Tivoli Distributed Monitoring profile can be migrated to the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 resource model. Custom monitoring scripts can be used in data collection for resource models. Understanding the intervals and threshold used in the monitoring tools is also beneficial because it serves as the basis of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 implementation. The following sections explain the prerequisites for installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. 3.2.1 Tivoli Management Framework requirement You need to obtain the software levels of the existing Tivoli environment. IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 requires, as a minimum, Tivoli Management Framework Version 3.7B, but we recommend Version 3.7.1 or 4.1. If you have Tivoli Management Framework Version 4.1, we recommend that you install patches 4.1-TMF-0013 and 4.1-TMF-0014. If you have Tivoli Management Framework Version 3.7.1, we recommend that you install patches 3.7.1-TMF-0097, 3.7.1-TMF-0098, 3.7.1-TMF-0099, and 3.7.1-TMF-0114. 42 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 55. Some platforms have specific patch requirements, as follows: Windows 2000 on Tivoli Management Framework, 3.7B, patch 3.7-TMF-0010 is a prerequisite for any version of the Windows 2000 operating system. We recommend that you install it on all other platforms where it is available. Windows XP for Windows XP Professional endpoints patch 3.7.1-TMF-0044 is required. Linux for iSeries and pSeries® endpoints requires 3.7.1-TMF-107 or 4.1-TMF-0015. For more information, see the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 User’s Guide, SH19-4569. 3.2.2 Available installation methods Based on the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 User’s Guide, SH19-4569, there are three ways to install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1: Using the installation wizard, also called Rapid Deployment This wizard allows you to install a running environment on a single machine from a plain operating system process. Using Tivoli Software Installation Service (SIS) SIS can install multiple Tivoli products on multiple systems in parallel. This Java-based product can install more products on more systems in much less time than the Framework’s installation facility. SIS performs product prerequisite checks and, if defined, user-specified prerequisite checks, ensuring as few installation failures as possible. In most cases, failures occur only when machines are turned off or removed from the network. From the Tivoli desktop, installing individual products within the Tivoli Management Framework environment You can install the following components individually: – IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1.1: This is the server and gateway code that needs to be installed on the TMR server and all gateways. – Tivoli Monitoring TBSM Adapter, Version 5.1.1: This is the common listener adapter feed to TBSM that must be installed on all gateways that connect to the TBSM common listener. – Tivoli Monitoring Gathering Historical Data Component, Version 5.1.2: This is the interface to the older Tivoli Decision Support’s Server Performance Prediction. Chapter 3. Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment 43
  • 56. – Tivoli Monitoring Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse Support Version 5.1.2: This is the interface to Tivoli Data Warehouse and must be installed on one of the managed nodes to access the database. 3.2.3 Hardware requirements The hardware requirements are: Server: CPU and memory have the same requirements as Framework. The disk space is 85 MB. Gateway: CPU and memory have the same requirements as Framework. The disk space is 85 MB. An additional 2 MB is required for the TBSM adapter. Windows endpoint: The CPU is 266 MHz, Memory 128 MB, 30 MB of disk space. UNIX or Linux endpoint: CPU and memory have the same requirements as Framework. The disk space is 100 MB. OS/400 endpoint: CPU and memory have the same requirements as Framework. The disk space is 20 MB. 3.3 Endpoint software verification To run IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 monitors on the endpoint, several requirements must be fulfilled. This section discusses these requirements. The endpoint code for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 runs in a Java Virtual Machine (JVM). The endpoint needs to have Java Runtime Environment (JRE) installed in the endpoint. Later we need to tell IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 where the JRE is installed. Typically, when JRE is installed, the following happens: JAVA_HOME environment variable is set to the installation directory of the JRE. The java.exe file represent the JRE executable that should exist. Checking the JRE version is performed using the java -version command. The wdmcheckprereq command checks a set of prerequisites on a Windows endpoint and returns the results. The set of prerequisites verified by the command includes: Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) version Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) driver version Jet Engine version JRE version Windows Script Host (CScript) version 44 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 57. You must also verify the level of the endpoint code that runs on each endpoint. To locate the endpoint version, from a managed node, run the following command: wadminep endpoint view_version 3.4 Health Console planning The IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Web Health Console is a Web application server that converts Web browser requests into communication with IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server within the TMR. This Web application server does not need to belong to the TMR. A single Web Health Console can serve multiple TMRs. Plus you can have multiple Web Health Consoles accessing a single TMR. Because the Web Health Console serves as a Web server, by default, it is installed to use TCP/IP port 80. This is the standard port number for Hypertext Transport Protocol (HTTP). The Web Health Console uses IBM HTTP Server. You must check whether other processes in the machine also use the default HTTP port, port 80. This may interfere with the Web Health Console. Typical processes are: Apache server Microsoft Internet Information Server (for a Windows-based machine) You may need to re-assign the port that is used by the Web server processes or re-assign the Web Health Console port. The Web Health Console server has the following system requirements: The target machine for installing the Web Health Console has minimum memory requirements of 384 MB, but we recommend 512 MB. The disk space requirements within the temp directory and the selected install directory for the single computer selected are: – The install directory during the installation needs 500 MB. – The install directory after the installation needs 230 MB. – The temporary directory needs 100 MB. You must perform additional actions to verify network connectivity from the Web Health Console server to the managed node to which you will connect. The Web Health Console user specifies a managed node name when they sign in. This managed node is used to authenticate the user and access the TMR. You may want to specify a managed node to serve Web Health Console requests if you expect a large number of users to use the Web Health Console. Chapter 3. Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment 45
  • 58. The Web Health Console runs using a Web browser with either: Netscape 6.x or later Internet Explorer 6.x The Web Health Console is supported on: AIX 5.1 HP-UX 11.0 Red Hat Linux for Intel 7.1 Solaris 2.8, Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server SP3 Windows NT Server Version 4.0 SP6 3.5 Data Warehouse planning IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 supports collecting data into a database. The data is stored using a facility of TMR called relational database management system (RDBMS) Interface Module (RIM). This RIM object provides a mechanism for the object database to interact with an RDBMS. RIM objects are hosted on a managed node with client-level access to the database. As the RIM database, IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 supports DB2, Informix®, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and Sybase. You need to specify in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 monitoring profile that you want the data to be stored in the database. This relates to the size of the data that you want to collect. Individual storage of data multiplied by the number of occurrences of the monitor and the number of monitors generally gives the expected growth of data in the database. Monitoring data collected from IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 can then be stored in the Tivoli Data Warehouse for analysis and reporting. IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 data further adds to the data requirement for Tivoli Data Warehouse. The data is typically stored in the central data warehouse and the reporting data mart for each of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 modules. 3.6 Workbench development requirements The largest portion of the implementation effort is typically spent on developing monitors that are not readily available or supplied by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. Although IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 already has a tremendous amount of canned monitors, and additional monitors are available using the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 monitoring modules, some monitors may still need to be developed or migrated. 46 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 59. To do this, IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 workbench must be installed. First, identify the number of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 workbench workstations to install. Then install the workbench on one of the following operating systems: Windows NT 4.0 Service Pack 5 or higher, plus WMI Version 1.1 or higher (recommended 1.5) Windows 2000 Windows XP Professional Code To acquire the operating system level from the System property applet that is started, select Start →Settings →Control Panel. To retrieve the WMI level, use the <> command. To debug JavaScript resource models for Windows on Windows systems, you need a JavaScript debugger. You can download a Microsoft debugger from: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/dnanchor/html/ scriptinga.asp The minimum hardware requirements for the workbench are: Disk space: 10 MB RAM: 64 MB Processor: 133 MHz Chapter 3. Planning for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 deployment 47
  • 60. 48 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 61. 4 Chapter 4. Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 This chapter explains how to install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. It discusses how to migrate from Tivoli Distributed Monitoring V4.1, installing on an existing Tivoli environment, configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring endpoints, as well as installing Web Health Console and IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. 49
  • 62. 4.1 Migrating from Tivoli Distributed Monitoring V4.1 Tivoli Distributed Monitoring V4.1 Advanced Edition cannot coexist with IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. You must upgrade Tivoli Distributed Monitoring to IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. Because there is no direct migration path from Tivoli Distributed Monitoring V4.1 Advanced Edition to IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1, you must upgrade first to IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1. Upgrade versions of Tivoli Manager for Windows NT and older versions of Tivoli Distributed Monitoring for Windows in the following sequence: 1. Tivoli Distributed Monitoring for Windows NT 3.7 2. Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Advanced Edition) 4.1 3. Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 4. Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 5. Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.2 After you install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1, the upgrade to IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 is similar to a new installation of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. It supports the Tivoli Software Installation Service or the Tivoli Desktop installation method. Rapid deployment is not applicable since this is an existing environment. While upgrading IBM Tivoli Monitoring, we recommend that you stop the IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine on all endpoints. To stop these processes, enter: wdmcmd -stop -m all After the upgrade processing is completed, wait for at least 15 minutes to allow in the code changes and the endpoint cache status to time out before you restart all IBM Tivoli Monitoring engines. Then, enter: wdmcmd -restart -m all 4.2 Installing on an existing Tivoli environment There are several installation options for installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 on an existing Tivoli environment, especially for interfaces with other products and environments. It supports the Tivoli Software Installation Service or the Tivoli Desktop installation method. Rapid deployment is not applicable because this is an existing environment. You can install the following components individually: IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1.1 This is the server and gateway code that needs to be installed on the Tivoli Management Region (TMR) server and all gateways. 50 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 63. Tivoli Monitoring Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM) Adapter, Version 5.1.1 This is the Common listener adapter feed to TBSM. It must be installed on the TMR server and all gateways which connect to the TBSM common listener. Tivoli Monitoring Gathering Historical Data Component, Version 5.1.2 This is the interface to the older Tivoli Decision Support’s Server Performance Prediction. Tivoli Monitoring Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse Support Version 5.1.2 This is the interface to Tivoli Data Warehouse. It must be installed on one of the managed nodes to access the database. This feature also allows the collection of monitoring metrics from resource models into a RDBMS interface module (RIM) database. To begin the installation, from the Tivoli Desktop, complete these tasks: 1. Select Desktop →Install → Install Product. 2. Select the component that you want to install. 3. Install the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 component first and then install individually other components. To perform a command line installation, type: winstall -c cdrom_dir -i ind_file Installation using Tivoli Software Installation Service goes through the steps of importing the software media to the Tivoli Software Installation Service (SIS) depot. Then you can select the software to be installed to the target machines. To install the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1.1 product using Tivoli Desktop, follow these steps: 1. Back up the object database and the Tivoli file system using either of the following options: – From the Tivoli desktop, select Desktop →Backup. – Enter the wbkupdb command. We recommend that you back up the entire Tivoli file system of the node on which the product will be installed. 2. Install the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 product on the TMR server and gateways. Tip: If any problems occur during the installation process, they are registered in the /tmp/tivoli.cinstall (UNIX) or %DBDIR%/tmp/tivoli.cinstall (Windows) file. Chapter 4. Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 51
  • 64. In our ITSO environment, we installed the product using the following steps: 1. From the Tivoli desktop, select Desktop →Install →Install Product. 2. The Install Product window (Figure 4-1) shows three products that are available to install. a. Select IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. b. Select your TMR server and the gateways on which you want to install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. c. Click Install. 3. Follow the standard installation windows. Figure 4-1 Products to install 52 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 65. Tip: If you are installing or upgrading IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 on a Windows TMR server environment, you must perform the following the procedures to create the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Task Libraries. In the Windows-based TMR box, set the Tivoli environment variables and enter in bash mode. Run the after_install_win.sh script. Example 4-1 shows the script contents. Example 4-1 Contents of the after_install_win.sh script IRO=`wlookup InterRegion` IROname=`idlattr -t -g $IRO name string` IROname=`eval echo $IROname` DefaultMw2kRegionName=”TivoliDefaultMw2kRegion-$IROname" wtll -r -p $DefaultMw2kRegionName -P $BINDIR/tools/cat $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k/tmnt.tll wtll -r -p $DefaultMw2kRegionName -P $BINDIR/tools/cat $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k/tmnt_util.tll This completes the installation of the base IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 code. During the installation, policy region TivoliDefaultMw2kRegion-regionname is created. To access this policy region, select Desktop →TMR Connections →Top Level Policy Region. This policy region contains a profile manager and two task libraries, as shown in Figure 4-2. Figure 4-2 Profile manager and task library Chapter 4. Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 53
  • 66. 4.3 Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring endpoints This section discusses the point at which you have all the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 components installed on the TMR server and gateways. You need to install the prerequisite software on the endpoints, such as Java Runtime Environment (JRE), Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI), and disk performance enabled. 4.3.1 Java Runtime Environment You can install the JRE using the following methods: From the product CD for installation using the Tivoli SIS From the product CD in compressed format, for manual installation or installation using the wdmdistrib –J command You may already have an appropriate version of JRE installed. Installing the JRE manually is not a supported option. After you install JRE, you need only to link the product component to the existing JRE using a task provided with the product. This creates a symbolic link in the Tivoli directory structure under $BINDIR. The task that does this is called DMLinkJre, which resides within TivoliDefaultMw2kRegion policy region under the Tivoli Monitoring Tasks task library. The base path of the JRE installation is the only argument for the task. 4.3.2 Windows-based endpoint setup For a Windows-based endpoint, consider the following setup requirements: Windows NT, Windows 95 and 98 do not have WMI installed by default. Install WMI from the Microsoft Web site. Data logging on a Windows NT-based endpoint requires Microsoft Access 2000 or Microsoft Data Access Components V2.1 or later. For Windows 2000, a JavaScript-based resource model requires the usage of Windows Script Host to be installed. You need to run the diskperf -y command to enable disk performance data collection resource models. You must also: a. Determine the source for Open Database Connectivity (ODBC), WMI, CScript, and JRE installation images. b. Retrieve ODBC, WMI, CScript install images. 54 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 67. 4.4 Installing the Web Health Console The Web Health Console is installed on a separate machine that may or may not be part of your TMR. It runs IBM HTTP Server and WebSphere Application Server, Single Server Edition Version 4.0.2. The Web Health Console installation requires at least 450 MB of temporary space. You can install Web Health Console from the CD-ROM media and run the appropriate setup executables for the platform involved. It launches the installation wizard for you. When completed, you can access the Web Health Console from: http://whcserver/dmwhc 4.4.1 Installing on a Windows environment To install the Web Health Console on Windows, follow these steps: 1. Using Web Health Console disk 2, double-click the setupwin32.exe file. If the temporary directory does not have enough space, you see an error message. To avoid this, enter the following command: setupwin32 -is:tempdir TMPdir Here TMPdir is the name of the temporary directory. 2. Follow the instructions presented in the installation windows. In particular, specify the following information: a. Provide the directory name for the location on which you want to install the Web Health Console Server. The directory name must not contain spaces. b. Provide the user name under which the Web server will run. c. Specify Act As Operating System access for this user. d. Provide the password for the user. To install in silent mode using the command line, provide the following arguments: -silent -P base_install.installLocation=DirectoryName -W user_input.user=User Name -W user_input.password=Password You can also include these arguments in a file and pass the file to the launcher using the switch -options options file. Chapter 4. Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 55
  • 68. 4.4.2 Installing on a UNIX environment To install the Web Health Console on UNIX, complete these steps: 1. Using Web Health Console disk 1, run one of the following files depending on the UNIX platform you are using: – setupaix.bin on AIX – setuphp1020.bin on HP-UX10.2 – setuphp11x.bin on HP-UX11.x – setupsolarisSparc.bin on Sun Solaris – setuplinux.bin on Linux Note: If the temporary directory does not have enough space, you may see an error message. To avoid this, enter the command (corresponding to your UNIX platform): setupaix -is:tempdir TMPdir Here TMPdir is the name of the temporary directory. 2. Follow the instructions presented in the installation windows. In particular, provide the directory name for the location on which you want to install the Web Health Console Server. To install in silent mode using the command line, provide the following arguments to the setup command indicated earlier: -silent -P base_install.installLocation=.Directory Name.... You can also include these arguments in a file and pass the file to the launcher using the switch -options options file. Note: The UNIX installation installs the IBM HTTP Server into a standard location regardless of the directory that you specify. The rest of the installation goes to the directory that you have specified. When starting the application server, you must set the DISPLAY environment variable correctly. Otherwise you cannot display any graphs with the AMW4805E message. The standard locations are: AIX: /usr/HTTPServer Sun Solaris: /opt/IBMHTTPD Linux: /opt/IBMHTTPServer HP: /opt/HTTPServer 56 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 69. 4.4.3 Installing the monitoring modules For any additional resource models that are installed, you can add the national language-enabled resources definition to display the resource model and metric names. Simply copy the message class files into the directory path install_dir/ installedApps/dm.ear/dm.war/WEB-INF/classes/com/tivoli /DmForNt/resources. 4.5 Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench Before you install the workbench, you must install WMI, especially for the Windows NT or Windows 2000 platform. To install IBM Tivoli Monitoring workbench, from the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench CD, open the ITM5.1WB → Disk1 folder, and run setup. This launches the installation wizard. Additionally, to debug JavaScript resource models, you need a JavaScript debugger. You can download a Microsoft debugger from: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/dnanchor/html/ scriptinga.asp Chapter 4. Installing IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 57
  • 70. 58 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 71. 5 Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server This chapter discusses the configuration process for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. It discusses various way to configure IBM Tivoli Monitoring in the Tivoli environment and its features and interaction with other Tivoli products. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. 59
  • 72. 5.1 Configuring the Tivoli environment With the introduction of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 into your environment, you may need to change some settings in your Tivoli Management Region (TMR). The administrator typically performs the following steps: 1. From the policy region point of view, include the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 monitoring profile as a managed resource under the associated policy region. From the Tivoli Desktop, select Properties →Managed Resource. 2. In the Set Managed Resources window (Figure 5-1), under Available Resources, move Tmw2kProfile and ProfileManager into Current Resources. Alternatively you can run the wsetpr command to assign the managed resource. This task requires the administrator role. Click Set & Close, click Set and then Close. Figure 5-1 Setting managed resources 3. Define a profile manager to host the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profiles in the policy region that has Tmw2kProfile as a managed resource. From the Tivoli Desktop, within the policy region, select Create →ProfileManager or enter the wcrtprfmgr CLI command. 60 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 73. 4. The Create Profile Manager window (Figure 5-2) opens. This task requires the administrator role. For Name/Icon Label, type the profile manager name, and select Dataless Endpoint Mode. Then click Create & Close. Figure 5-2 Creating profile manager 5. Create a monitoring profile, also called Tmw2kProfile, in the profile manager, which hosts the resource models that are incorporated into that profile. To do this, using the Tivoli Desktop, select Create →Profiles or type the wcrtprf CLI command. Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server 61
  • 74. 6. The Create Profile window (Figure 5-3) opens. This task requires the administrator role. For Name/Icon Label, type the profile manager name and specify the Type. Then click Create & Close. Figure 5-3 Profile creation 7. Distribute the monitoring profile to the endpoints and start monitoring the environment. You can do this using the drag and drop method, the Distribute menu command, or the wdmdistrib CLI command. This task requires an administrator, senior, or super role. 62 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 75. 5.2 Configuring the IBM Tivoli Monitoring profiles After you reach the Tmw2kProfile resource, configure the profile. The best way to do this is to use the Tivoli Desktop or a command line. Figure 5-4 shows the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Profile window (Tmw2kProfile) without any values. Figure 5-4 Empty Tmw2kProfile Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server 63
  • 76. From this profile window, you can add resource models in the profiles. You can click Add to add the resource models with empty values, or click Add with Defaults to add the resource models with default values. The Add buttons open the Add Resource Models to Profile window (Figure 5-5). Then you can customize all the out-of-the-box parameters that are set, based on the monitoring requirements for your environment. Figure 5-5 Add Resource Models to Profile window 64 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 77. 5.2.1 Customizing the cycle time and thresholds When you add the resource model, default cycle time, threshold name, and default threshold, values for the resource model are displayed. The cycle time is the regular interval at which a resource model is required to collect data. You can change this value, as well as the threshold and related values. Threshold values are compared to system resource values that are provided by the Common Information Model (CIM)-compliant data providers. The analyzer can use both the cycle time and thresholds to determine how often to run through the decision tree and which values to compare the system resource data with. To change the cycle time, type a new value in the Cycle Time box. When you finish the customization, click Add & Close. Then the new cycle time is added to the profile. To change the thresholds, select the threshold. Change the value of the threshold and click Apply. As mentioned earlier, an indication is comprised of several thresholds. Before you modify the default threshold values, you must understand the relationship between the thresholds and the indication. 5.2.2 Customizing the indications The second component that can be modified is the indications. Click the Indications button. Then the Indications and Actions window opens. Configure the following items: For each indication, configure the number of occurrences and holes that must be met before an event is generated. Configure to where events are to be sent, that is, Tivoli Enterprise Console, Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM), or both. You can also change severity levels of the events. Built-in tasks are tasks that the certain resource models are configured to execute when an event is generated. You can enable and disable these tasks from here. If you have a requirement to run an external script, you can create a task to run the script and then add it to the resource model to be called when an event is generated. Built-in tasks IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 provides, in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Utility Tasks library, two new responses that can be used as actions when configuring the action list. Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server 65
  • 78. dm_mn_send_email requires the parameter e-mail address. Use commas (,) to separate multiple e-mail addresses, as shown in Figure 5-6. Figure 5-6 Task dm_mn_send_email dm_mn_send_notice requires the Notice Group and Priority parameters, as shown in Figure 5-7. Figure 5-7 Task dm_mn_send_notices Note: Both tasks are run on the managed node or gateway where the target endpoint is logged on. To check the task execution on the managed node, use the odstat command. 66 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 79. 5.2.3 Customizing the scheduler The third component is the scheduler. By default, the scheduler is configured to collect monitoring at all times. If you have a requirement to monitor certain types of devices during predefined time periods, you can configure the scheduler to monitor a certain endpoint based on your requirements. To schedule monitoring, follow these steps: 1. From the Add Resource Models to Profile window (Figure 5-5 on page 64), click the Schedule button. 2. Deselect the Always check box and enter your scheduling requirements. 3. Click Modify & Close. 5.2.4 Customizing data logging The fourth component that you can configure is logging. Logging allows for capturing performance data and storing it locally on the endpoint. You can view this data by the Web Health Console and store it in a central relational database management system (RDBMS) for further analysis. By default, no performance data is logged. The data that is logged can be kept for up to 24 hours. To log data, follow these steps: 1. In the Add Resource Models to Profile window (Figure 5-5 on page 64), click the Logging button. 2. In the Logging window, select the Enable Data Logging check box. Logging data stores the raw data for the resource models on the endpoint. To aggregate the data, select the Aggregate Data check box and provide the aggregation period. You also need to specify how long to keep the historical data before it is deleted from the database. The database is local to the endpoint. This data can be rolled up to a central RDBMS. Using Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse, you can report on the data. Note: On Windows endpoints, the data logging records information in the $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/db/tmw2kdb.mdb file. To provide ODBC access to this file, the system data source name tmw2k is created. On UNIX endpoints, the data logging records information in the $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/data/logger/dblogger/datafile file. The data files are created when there is a need to log data. Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server 67
  • 80. 5.2.5 Customizing parameters You can configure parameters for certain types of resource models. Consider the UNIX Processes resource model, which contains processes to monitor. By default, it monitors the syslogd and the lcfd processes. If you require monitoring of additional processes, you can add them here, as shown in Figure 5-8. To add other processes, follow these steps: 1. In the Add Resource Models to Profile window (Figure 5-5 on page 64), for Category, select UNIX-Linux and select Processes. Click the Parameters button. 2. In the Parameters window (Figure 5-8), select a valid process to monitor and click the Add button. Then click Apply Changes and Close. Figure 5-8 Changing the parameters of the resource model 5.2.6 Customizing a profile From the Profile Configuration window (Figure 5-4), select Edit →Properties. The Profile Properties window (Figure 5-9) opens. In this window, you specify whether to send events to Tivoli Enterprise Console, Tivoli Business Systems Manager, or both. You also choose whether the events are to be secure or 68 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 81. non-secure. If events are to be forwarded to Tivoli Enterprise Console using a secure connection, you must also specify the Tivoli Enterprise Console server. If you are using a non-secure connection, then you must specify the IP address and port of the Tivoli Enterprise Console server. Figure 5-9 Profile properties An alternative way to manipulate the profile is to use the following CLI commands: wdmdumpprf: Writes the full details of a profile to the standard output wdmeditprf: Allows you to customize a profile, including all resource model details wdmloadprf: Loads and updates profiles at a TMR server The wdmeditprf command is comparable to the Tivoli Desktop to set the various attributes of an IBM Tivoli Monitoring monitoring profile. The capability includes setting the following items: Globally setting the profile parameters, including event forwarding capabilities to TEC, TBSM, or both Adding resource models with default values or with value supplied by you Editing the resource model details Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server 69
  • 82. Defining the destination monitors for events generated by the resource model, such as TEC or TBSM forwarding, from logging to historical database Defining the tasks triggered by events, generated by the resource model After you edit the profile and save it, you can distribute the profile to endpoints, using the wdmdistrib command. When the direct subscriber of an IBM Tivoli Monitoring monitoring profile is a Dataless Profile Manager that contains endpoints, change the distribution defaults to All Levels/Make Exact Copy. 5.3 Resource models This section discusses a resource model. A resource model is built using IBM Tivoli Monitoring workbench. The major components of a resource model are: Configuration file: This file contains configuration details including the resource model name, platform name, name of the decision tree file, and names of the Managed Object Format (MOF) files. MOF file: This file contains the particular resource model’s class description and event definitions. The classes are derived from the corresponding base classes of the resources. The base classes for the model-to-resources association are provided in a base MOF file. The classes that describe physical resources used in the resource models, with respect to the instance providers, are provided in a resources MOF file. These additional MOF files are distributed to the endpoint the first time an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile is distributed to it. Decision tree file: This file contains both the initialization settings for the resource model and the algorithm that is used by the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 analyzer to determine if a problem is encountered in the resources described by the resource model. In Windows, this is VisualBasic script or JavaScript, and for UNIX and LINUX platforms, it is JavaScript. Message catalog: This catalog is for building the Tivoli Enterprise Console and Tivoli Business Systems Manager events. Class files: These files interface with the native library that collects performance metrics. When an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile that contains a resource model is distributed to the endpoint, the following actions take place: Resource model files are unzipped from the resource model-specific ZIP file. MOF files that are specific to the resource model are compiled. 70 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 83. All components of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine are created, loaded in memory, and started (logger, analyzer, action manager, event aggregator, and event correlator). The profile then associates the resource model with the monitoring parameters. The available monitoring parameters within a resource model for a metric are: Threshold: Determines what is OK and not OK Monitoring interval: Determines how often to check a metric; each interval is also called a cycle Occurrence: Refers to a cycle during which an indication occurs for a given resource model Hole: Refers to a cycle during which an indication does not occur for a given resource model; none of the conditions specified for the generation of any indication are met You can configure the resource model to accept predefined occurrences and holes before triggering the notification to prevent false alarms and event floods. The algorithm to generate the notification follows this sequence: 1. An occurrence starts the counter. 2. It counts all occurrences and holes. When the number of holes exceeds the predefined number, it resets the counter. Any exception resets the number of holes. 3. When the number of occurrences exceeds the predefined number, it generates an exception. 4. When the number of holes exceeds the predefined number, a clearing event is generated and all counters are reset. 5.4 Historical data collection Data collected from the resource models can be stored in a database. This database is based on the RDBMS interface module (RIM) technology in Tivoli Management Framework. This facility is installed with the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Data Warehouse integration component. After you install the feature, you can create the database using the scripts stored in $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k/warehousecfg. The script is called cr_tedw_rim.sh. You must supply the information similar to the parameter of the wcrtrim command to create the RIM object. The default RIM object name is itm_rim_host name. Table 5-1 lists the various database type attributes. Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server 71
  • 84. Table 5-1 RIM database parameter Vendor (-v) DB ID (-d) DB home (-H) DB Server ID (-s) DB Instance (-I) DB2 Database name Client install $DB2COMM Instance directory directory (TCP/IP) Informix ODBC DSN name Client install Server name in - directory sqlhosts Microsoft SQL Database name Client install Host name - directory Oracle $Oracle_SID or $ORACLE_HOME $TWO_TASK - Oracle Service name Sybase Database name $SYBASE $DSQUERY - Alternatively you can create the RIM database manually using the wcrtrim command and create the database schema using the SQL script cr_db_vendor.sql. You can define, in the Tmw2kProfile, the data collection setting to enable data logging to TEDW. This data logging collects metrics information at the endpoint. When the Monitoring engine starts collecting data, a period of aggregation is specified in the profile. After 20 minutes from the end of the aggregation period, the data is exported from the endpoint database into an XML file. This file is then sent to the gateway under the $DBDIR/dmml. The wdmconfig command allows configuration of specific IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 gateway options. The syntax is as follows: wdmconfig [–m {managed_node | @managed_nodes_file | all}] {–D key=value [–D key=value] ... | –G key} Related to data collection, you may want to modify the following keys: datacollector.db_purge_interval: Specifies the number of days the data is kept on the database. Older data is removed automatically from the database. The value can range from 10 to 60. The default is 30 days. datacollector.delay: Specifies the time delay (in minutes, compared to the hour) after which the data collector process uploads data from the endpoints. The value can range from 10 to 60 minutes. The default is 30 minutes. datacollector.max_retry_time: Specifies the maximum number of times an XML data file must be processed before being archived when an error occurs. The default is three times. 72 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 85. datacollector.rim_name: Specifies the name of the RIM object that the data collection process uses to load data to the database. The default is itm_rim_RIM host name. datacollector.sleep_time: Specifies the time interval (in minutes) between two consecutive requests of data uploading generated by the data collector processor. The value can range from 10 to 60 minutes. The default is 10 minutes. datacollector.trace_level: Specifies the level of the data collector trace. The minimum value is 0, the maximum is 2, and the default is 1. datacollector.trace_size: Specifies the size in bytes of the data collector trace. The default is 500000. The wdmcollect command defines the collection property of specific endpoints. The syntax of the command is: wdmcollect {{{–e {endpoint_name | @endpoints_file} {–s time_interval | –t | –r }} | –t | –q} [ –m managed_node ]} | { –m all { –t | –q }} wdmcollect –p The options that you can specify or modify using the wdmconfig command are: -e Endpoint list -s Collection time interval -t Terminate collection -r Process XML files -q Query status -p Purge data according to db_purge_interval key Collection to the RIM database is performed typically using the wdmcollect command or automatically (for the central data warehouse) at the next full hour after profile distribution time. At that point, after an aggregation period of one hour, the data is stored in the endpoint database. Finally, 20 minutes later, the data is exported from the endpoint database into an XML file. These XML files are then written to the RIM database. 5.5 Heartbeat function IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 includes a heartbeat function, which monitors the basic signs of life at endpoints attached to the gateway at which it is enabled. Therefore, the heartbeat monitoring process is performed from the gateway. Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server 73
  • 86. One problem that clients faced with older versions of Distributed Monitoring was that, if the engine on the endpoint failed, they had no way of knowing this. Now, the heartbeat function regularly monitors the endpoints, checking if they are running correctly. Events may be sent to any of the following locations: The Tivoli Business Systems Manager provided that the Tivoli Business Systems Manager Adapter component is installed at the gateway The Tivoli Enterprise Console for Tivoli Management Environment (TME) or secure events only Tivoli notice group when using Tivoli Distributed Monitoring Advanced Edition The function can register the following statuses for an endpoint in its cache. The statuses are divided into two groups, depending on whether information or an error event is sent to the monitors: Statuses for which an information event is sent: – Alive – Heartbeat has been stopped Statuses for which an error event is sent: – Resource model in error status – IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine stopped – Endpoint not available The heartbeat function is enabled on the managed node or gateway of the endpoints that you want to monitor. The heartbeat monitoring engine has the ability to forward events to the Tivoli Enterprise Console, Tivoli Business Systems Manager, or both and send notices to the Tivoli Notice Groups. Three activities make up the heartbeat function: Endpoint registration Heartbeat monitoring Viewing endpoint cache 5.5.1 Endpoint registration Consider a case where an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile is pushed to an endpoint for the first time or the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine is restarted on an endpoint. In this situation, the information in the endpoint cache is updated when the gateway receives a message from the endpoint. The message informs the gateway that its IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine has been started. Figure 5-10 illustrates the flow of data. 74 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 87. Figure 5-10 Heartbeat endpoint registration data flow After the profile is distributed to the endpoint or the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine is restarted on the endpoint, it sends an upcall (a method called register_endpoint) to the gateway. The gateway then registers the endpoint in the endpoint cache. Additionally, while the engine is active, it sends this register_endpoint upcall to its gateway every 18 minutes. This behavior helps to track endpoint migration between gateways. With this release, this upcall cannot be configured for a different time interval, nor can it be disabled. Also this upcall occurs regardless of whether the heartbeat is turned on or turned off. 5.5.2 Heartbeat monitoring The heartbeat status check of endpoints is initiated from the gateway. Therefore, the granularity of control is at a per-gateway level. Either all registered endpoints on a given gateway are eligible for a heartbeat (the heartbeat is turned on for that gateway) or none of them are (the heartbeat is turned off on the gateway). Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server 75
  • 88. Figure 5-11 shows the flow of data during the heartbeat monitoring process. Figure 5-11 Heartbeat monitoring data flow The gateway issues periodic heartbeat requests (downcalls) to all attached endpoints. The data that is returned is then stored in the endpoint cache, and events are sent to the configured event targets. 5.5.3 Viewing the endpoint cache When the heartbeat monitor detects problems with the resource model, the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine, or endpoint, it sends events to Tivoli Enterprise Console, Tivoli Business Systems Manager, or the Tivoli notice groups. In addition, you can view the heartbeat information in the endpoint cache by using the wdmmngcache command. 76 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 89. Figure 5-12 shows the flow of data when you enter this command. Figure 5-12 Endpoint cache retrieval data flow 5.5.4 Useful commands You can use several commands to configure and control the heartbeat function: wdmconfig: This command enables you to amend various aspects of the configuration of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 components at a gateway. The file is located in the $BINDIRbin directory. Some of the parameters that are specific to the heartbeat are: – heartbeat.send_events_to_tbsm (default=false) – heartbeat.send_events_to_tec (default=false) – heartbeat.tec_server (default=[null]) – heartbeat.send_events_to_notice (default=true) – heartbeat.reboot_engine_if_down (default=false) These five parameters are necessary to configure the heartbeat. Refer to the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1 User’s Guide, SH19-4569, for more information. Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server 77
  • 90. wdmheartbeat: This command stops or starts the heartbeat function on gateways. It also configures the frequency and queries the status of the heartbeat processor. wdmmn: This command stops and starts the following processes on the gateway: – Task engine – Tivoli Business Systems Manager adapter – Heartbeat engine (stop only) Note: You can stop the heartbeat engine with the wdmmn command, but not restart it. After you stop the engine, you must use the wdmheartbeat command to reconfigure the frequency and restart the heartbeat engine. wdmmngcache: This command can perform a number of functions, one of which is to retrieve the endpoint cache from a gateway. 5.6 TBSM common listener IBM Tivoli Business Systems Manager integration is performed to enable Tivoli Business Systems Manager to view the resources monitored by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. The integration provides a complete availability solution that you can view at the business level. IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 feeds the availability status of various resources to Tivoli Business Systems Manager and the configured LOB views present the Business Systems Manager critical data to manage the business objects. With this view, the Business Systems Manager can understand the business impact that the availability status of a resource can have. The integration between IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 and Tivoli Business Systems Manager is achieved by: Installing and configuring the CommonListener service on the Tivoli Business Systems Manager Management Server Installing and configuring the TBSM Adapter on each of the gateways whose attached endpoints are to be monitored By integrating Tivoli Business Systems Manager with IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1, the following actions are performed: TBSM Adapter performs endpoint registration and discovery when you issue the wdmdiscovery command on the gateway. 78 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 91. IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 events are sent directly to Tivoli Business Systems Manager through the TBSM Adapter on the endpoint gateway. IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Health Console can be launched from the Tivoli Business Systems Manager Java Console. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 TBSM Adapter is installed on each gateway that is required to send events from its endpoints to Tivoli Business Systems Manager. Note: Before you install the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 TBSM Adapter, add jre_root/jre/bin;/jre_root/jre/bin/classic (jre_root is the directory where JRE is installed) to the PATH environment variable in both UNIX and Windows systems. You configure the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 TBSM Adapter using the wdmconfig command. You must do this before IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 can interact with Tivoli Business Systems Manager. Configure the following parameters for this functionality: transport.server.mqe.port: This is the port number that is used by the CommonListener to listen. The default port number is 8082. transport.server.ip.address: This is the IP address of the Tivoli Business Systems Manager server where the CommonListener service is installed. tbsma.jre_root: This is the root path of the JRE installation, if it is not specified at the time of installing the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 TBSM Adapter. Other key/value pairs that you can use for the TBSM Adapter configuration are provided in the following list. All these of these pairs and their values are contained in the $DBDIR/dmml/.config file, which you can read, but not modify manually. If you want to modify this file, use the wdmconfig command. adapter.trace.enable: Set this to true if you want to write to the file identified in trace.filename, all trace messages regarding the operations of the adapter. The default is false. adapter.trace.level: Set this to low, medium, or high, according to the level of detail that you require if you enabled adapter trace messages. The default is low. adapter.working.dir: This is the working directory that is used by the adapter. The default, which you are recommended to use, is the Tivoli Monitoring middle layer directory ($DBDIR/dmml). Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server 79
  • 92. subnet-mask:network_id: This is the subnet mask of the CommonListener component, for example: subnet-mask:mynetworkid=255.255.255.0 tbsma.jre_root: This parameter is set during the installation of the Tivoli Business Systems Manager Adapter. You do not need to change it manually. However, for example, if you want to install the adapter on a group of gateways using one instance of the install action or command, you must change this parameter on any gateways in the group that have JRE installed at a location different from the one that is supplied in the Install Options window. Set this parameter to the complete path of the root directory of JRE 1.3.0 (excluding the /bin directory). Note: In a Windows NT workstation, if the install target path contains a directory with spaces in the name, you must specify the directory name between single quotation marks, for example, D:'Program Files'jre. trace.filename: This is the file name to which the trace messages from the adapter are written. The default is dm.trc. transport.mqe.usefiller: Set this parameter to true if the gateway on which the adapter is installed is running Windows NT 4.0 Service Pack 5. Otherwise leave it is as the default value of false. transport.trace.enable = false: Set this parameter to true if you want to write, to the file identified in trace.filename, all messages regarding the transport of adapter-acquired data to the CommonListener. The default is false. transport.trace.level: Set this value to low, medium, or high, according to the level of detail that you require if you enabled transport trace messages. The default is low. After you install and configure the adapter, the adapter provides its services in a fully automatic way, without needing to be independently started or stopped. It carries out the following activities: Bulk discovery You can issue the wdmdiscovery command from the Tivoli desktop to carry out a bulk discovery. The adapter sends details of all systems that it has in its cache to the Tivoli Business Systems Manager's CommonListener. Delta discovery You can also issue the wdmdiscovery command from the Tivoli desktop to carry out a delta discovery. The adapter sends details of all changes since the last discovery to the Tivoli Business Systems Manager’s CommonListener. 80 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 93. The Tivoli Business Systems Manager Management Server is populated with the resources monitored by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 through the TBSM Adapter by using the wdmdiscovery command. When the wdmdiscovery command is issued the first time with the bulk discovery switch, the resource objects monitored by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 are automatically created in the TSBM server. When the wdmdiscovery command is issued, the TBSM Adapter retrieves the endpoint list from the epcache.db file in the $DBDIR/dmml directory and communicates the discovered resources to the Tivoli Business Systems Manager server through the CommonListener. If the wdmdiscovery command is issued with the bulk discovery option again, then existing objects that were populated by the command issued before are deleted before recreating objects for discovered resources. Therefore, we recommend that you issue the command with the delta discovery switch if there are no significant changes in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 monitoring environment. 5.7 Event forwarding to TEC You perform the configuration required to forward events to IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console on both the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 and IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console. 5.7.1 Setting up the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile To set up the profile, follow these steps: 1. From any Tmw2kProfile window, select Edit →Properties. 2. The Profile Properties window (Figure 5-13) opens. a. Select the Send TEC Events check box to enable sending events to the Tivoli Enterprise Console server. b. Choose the delivery mode for sending the events. The choices are: • Non-TME (Unsecure) Delivery: You must specify the event server port and server location where the event will be sent. Specify the event server port if the TEC server runs on Windows (default is 5529). Otherwise, set this value to 0. Enter the server location as a fully qualified Tivoli Enterprise Console server host name (DNS name) or IP address. • TME (Secure) Delivery: From the Choose TEC Server list, select the Tivoli Enterprise Console server. The Tivoli Enterprise Console Adapter Configuration Facility (ACF) must be installed on the gateway if you choose the TME (secure) delivery mode. Chapter 5. Configuring IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server 81
  • 94. Important: You cannot use secure delivery for endpoints running on IBM i5/OS™ and OS/400. The individual resource model typically has a default setting to send some indications to IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console. You can modify this setting or keep the default. Figure 5-13 Profile Properties window 5.7.2 Enabling IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 provides a script to enable IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console to receive IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 events. The script resides in the $BINDIR/TME/TEC/dmae_tec_inst.sh script. When you run this script, it loads the TEC classes of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 into a new TEC rulebase. It also compiles the rulebase, loads it, and restarts the Event Server. Newer versions of IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console V3.9 have these classes loaded by default. Note: For IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console, if you need to correlate the events, the clearing event for all IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 events is of the TMW_Clearing class. 82 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 95. 6 Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 This chapter discusses various techniques for debugging and problem determination. This includes tracing and finding log files. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. 83
  • 96. 6.1 TMR server logs and traces In Tivoli Management Region (TMR) servers, IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 provides a distribution log in addition to the Tivoli Framework log files. 6.1.1 Profile distribution process The profile distribution process records information about distribution and status on the TMR server. Therefore, you should analyze distribution problem gathering logs from the TMR server. The log file maintained in the TMR contains information about profile distribution to any of the subscribers. It includes the following details: Name of the log file: msg_Tmw2kProfilename.log Location of the log file: $DBDIR/AMW/logs Configuration: To configure the log when distributing by means of the wdmdistrib command, use the options - e, - i, and - w. There are no configuration options when the graphical user interface (GUI) is used to perform a distribution. The default is that all options are specified. The profile distribution process uses MDist2. Therefore, you may need to check the MDist2 logs. TMR Distribution Manager: $DBDIR/distmgr.log Gateway Repeater: $DBDIR/gatelog Managed node Repeater: $DBDIR/rpt2log Endpoint: $LCF_DATDIR/lcfd.log Tip: You can use the wmdist -D command to change the level of detail for distmgr.log. Valid debug numbers are from 0 (least information) through 9 (most information). The default value is 3. 6.2 Gateway logs and traces At the gateway, IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 maintains five traces, each of which is explained in the following sections: Heartbeat engine traces Task engine trace Endpoint upcall traces Request manager trace Profile core trace 84 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 97. All managed node components produce traces. Traces can be configured using the following commands: wdmconfig -m node –D component_name.trace_level=value wdmconfig -m node –D component_name.trace_size=value Here component_name is the name of the component that produces the trace. The component may be one of the following types: heartbeat: For the heartbeat engine task: For the task engine core: For the profile core engine request-manager: For the request manager engine gw: For the endpoint upcall dmml: For the distributed middle layer The trace_level of the components can be configured as follows: 0 No trace information generated 1 MID trace information 2 MAX trace information Table 6-1 summarizes the configuration of the available trace components. Table 6-1 Summary of gateway trace components Component name Process name Location Trace name Heartbeat engine tmnt_hb_eng $DBDIR/AMW/logs trace_tmnt_hb_engn.log Task engine tmnt_task_eng $DBDIR/AMW/logs trace_tmnt_task_engn.log Endpoint upcall traces tmnt_gtw_eng $‘wtemp‘/TMP/traces trace_tmnt_gtw_engn.log Request manager trace tmnt_rm_eng $DBDIR/AMW/logs trace_tmnt_rm_engn.log Profile core trace tmw2k_profile_core $DBDIR/AMW/logs trace_tmnt_profile_coren.log 6.2.1 Heartbeat engine traces A trace is maintained at the gateway of the activities carried out when the heartbeat engine is running. It records all messages output by the process tmnt_hb_eng. Here are the details: Process name: tmnt_hb_eng, executable location $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k Trace name: trace_tmnt_hb_engn.log (where n is a number in the range 1 through 9; as each file becomes full, the number is incremented, cycling back to 1 when file 9 is full) Location: $DBDIR/AMW/logs Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 85
  • 98. Configuration: To configure the log, use the command: wdmconfig -m node –D heartbeat.trace_level= 0 - 2 wdmconfig -m node –D heartbeat.trace_size=value After you change the trace level or size, restart the heartbeat engine to reflect the changes. To stop the heartbeat engine, use the command: wdmmn -stop -m node -h To start the heartbeat engine, enter the command: wdmheartbeat -m node -s frequency 6.2.2 Task engine trace A trace is maintained at the gateway of the activities carried out when the task engine is running, to perform tasks on attached endpoints, as determined by resource model definitions. It records all messages output by the process tmnt_task_eng. Here are the details: Process name: tmnt_task_eng, executable location $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k Trace name: trace_tmnt_task_engn.log (where n is a number in the range 1 through 9; as each file becomes full, the number is incremented, cycling back to 1 when file 9 is full) Location: $DBDIR/AMW/logs Configuration: To configure the log, use the commands: wdmconfig -m node –D task.trace_level= 0 - 2 wdmconfig -m node –D task.trace_size=value After you change the trace level or size, restart the task engine to reflect the changes. To stop the task engine, use the command: wdmmn -stop -m node -t To start the task engine, type the command: wdmmn -start -m node -t 6.2.3 Endpoint upcall traces A trace is maintained at the gateway of the upcall messages sent to the gateway from the endpoints. It contains the following details: Endpoint registration upcalls Events and indications sent from the endpoint component Task upcalls 86 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 99. It records all messages output by the process tmnt_gtw_eng, which receives the upcalls. Here are the details: Process name: tmnt_gtw_eng, executable location $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k Trace name: trace_tmnt_gtw_engn.log (where n is a number in the range 1 through 9; as each file becomes full, the number is incremented, cycling back to 1 when file 9 is full) Location: – UNIX or Linux: /tmp/AMW/logs – Windows: $DBDIR/tmp/AMW/logs Configuration: To configure the log, use the commands: wdmconfig –D gw.trace_level = <value1> wdmconfig –D gw.trace_size = <value2> Note: In our environment, the process tmnt_gtw could not generate trace information about the trace_tmnt_gtw_engn.log file, even when the trace_level was configured to the higher trace level. 6.2.4 Request manager trace A trace is maintained at the gateway of the activities carried out when the request manager process is running. It records all messages output by the process tmnt_rm_eng. Here are the details: Process name: tmnt_trm_eng, executable location $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k Trace name: trace_tmnt_rm_engn.log (where n is a number in the range 1 through 9; as each file becomes full, the number is incremented, cycling back to 1 when file 9 is full) Location: $DBDIR/AMW/logs Configuration: To configure the log, use the commands: wdmconfig -m node –D request-manager.trace_level= 0 - 2 wdmconfig -m node –D request-manager.trace_size= value After you change the trace level or size, restart the request manager to reflect the changes. To stop the request manager, use the command: wdmmn -stop -m node -r To start the request manager, type the command: wdmmn -start -m node -r Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 87
  • 100. 6.2.5 Profile core trace A log is maintained at the gateway of the activities carried out when the profile core engine is running. It records all messages output by the process tmw2k_profile_core. Here are the details: Process name: tmw2k_profile_core, executable location $BINDIR/TME/Tmw2k Trace name: trace_tmnt_profile_coren.log (where n is a number in the range 1 through 9; as each file becomes full, the number is incremented, cycling back to 1 when file 9 is full) Location: $DBDIR/AMW/logs Configuration: To configure the log, use the wdmconfig command to change the following variables: wdmconfig -m node –D core.trace_level= 0 - 2 wdmconfig -m node –D core.trace_size=value 6.3 Endpoint logs Different log files are available depending on the platform of the operating system. Logs and traces maintained at Windows endpoints are different from those at non-Windows endpoints. 6.3.1 Common endpoint logs The common endpoint logs are primarily profile distribution endpoint logs. IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 uses lcfd.log as a profile distribution endpoint log. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 distribution process records the MDist2 activities of the engine update, as follows: Process name: Tmw2k_ep Log name: lcfd.log Location: $LCF_DATDIR Configuration: To configure the log, you can edit the last.cfg, and then change the parameter log_threshold to 3 or enter the following command: wadminep endpoint reexec_lcfd -D log_threshold=3 88 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 101. 6.3.2 Windows endpoint logs IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 maintains an endpoint engine log at Windows endpoints, and there are also logs maintained by Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI). Windows endpoint engine log The main trace log generated by the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine at Windows endpoints records the activities of the endpoint engine, as follows: Process name: – Tmw2k, executable location %LCF_DATDIIR%LCFNEWTmw2kbin – Tmw2k_ep, executable location %LCF_DATDIIR%cachebinw32-ix86TMETmw2k Trace name: Tmw2k.log (when the log is full, the oldest 20% of messages is deleted) Location: %LCF_DATDIR%/LCFNEW/Tmw2k Configuration: To configure the trace, issue the wdmtrceng command from the server or managed node. Identify the endpoint at which you want to configure the log. You can set any of the following parameters: – Trace: Tmw2k.log. – Trace level: Default is 0, or you can set the level to the following modes: 0 Errors 1 Warnings and errors 2 All steps of the monitoring process 3 Verbose output, all operations of the monitoring process – Maximum file size: Default is 5000000 (5.0 MB). Note: We recommend that you do not change the trace level for performance reasons. The wdmtrceng command changes the following registry hives: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE →SOFTWARE →Tivoli →Tmw → DisplayThreshold HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE →SOFTWARE →Tivoli →Tmw →MaxFileLogSize Each line in the log contains the following columns: Date Trace level Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 89
  • 102. Component/classes – ActionManager: Executes corrective actions (built-in tasks) – Adapters: Sends events to TEC and Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM) – Analyzer: Collects and analyses the performance data – ComponentManager: Provides the default implementation for creation/profile as push, start, stop, or delete – Dispatcher: Responsible for forwarding the events or operations to the subscribed components Note: This is because the upcall is not thread safe. Therefore, events or operations that need to perform upcall need to pass through the dispatcher. – EventAggregator: Receives indications from decision trees and processes those based on the occurrences and holes – EventCorrelator: Consolidates and correlates events generated between different resource models – InstallSharedDll: Installs the shared dynamic linked library (DLL) – Logger: Stores the data locally on the endpoint – MsgQueueManager – MofCompiler – TemporarySink: A virtual utility that provides a wrapping to WMI for facilitating the implementation of WMI event listeners; also provides support for checking the correct behavior, ensuring that WMI does not unload the listeners – TMNT_Upcall – TMWMethodProv: The WMI method provider; responsible for implementing the Common Information Model (CIM) class methods – TMWService: An object that allows the scripts implementing the best practices to configure and set the default values for parameters and thresholds to specify the data sources that will be used; also useful to use such IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 services as event sending, tracing, running monitors and scripts, and data logging; basically, a way the scripts interface the engine and the underlying CIM implementation – WbemConnector 90 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 103. Thread ID Message After you change the trace settings, restart the endpoint monitoring engine to reflect the changes. To stop the monitoring engine, use the command: wdmcmd -stop -e endpoint_label To start the monitoring engine, enter the command: wdmcmd -restart -e endpoint_label Tip: When you enter the wdmtrceng command on a Windows target system, you must use the forward slash (/) in the directory path, for example: wdmtrceng -e itsotiv1 c:/progra~1/tivoli/lcf/dat /1/LCFNEW/ Tmw2k/Tmw2k.log 3 800000 WMI You can use the Workbench to see the functionality of the Windows resource model, and then use CIM Studio to browse the CIM repository. CIM Studio provides the wbemdump command, which is a command line interface (CLI) tool that can query the CIM repository. These kinds of tools can be useful to determine the efficiency of the probes. The WMI log files record the activities of WMI in collecting the data required by the resource models. These log files are located in the %SystemRoot%/system32/wbem/logs directory. For details, see the WMI documentation available in Windows Help, or refer to the WMI Tutorial on the Web at: http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/release.asp?releaseid=12570 6.3.3 Non-Windows endpoint logs IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 maintains four logs at the endpoint: Endpoint engine update log Endpoint engine log and trace Endpoint native trace Endpoint JMX log The following sections explain each of these logs in more detail. Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 91
  • 104. Note: The endpoint engine update log, endpoint engine log, endpoint native trace, and endpoint JMX log use the same configuration file for tracing. Therefore, changing the trace level of one log affects the settings of the other logs. The wdmtrceng command changes the files: $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/data/log_level $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/data/log_size In our environment, to change all trace levels to 3 and the trace size to 8000000, we entered the following command: wdmtrceng -e itsodev3 /Tivoli/lcf/dat/1/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/data/log_level 3 8000000 Endpoint engine update log The endpoint engine update log maintains details of the activities of the engine update process, which is the process that launches and controls the endpoint engine, as follows: Process name: The tmw2k_ep process starts and finishes quickly, so it is not possible to see the running process. Log name: When the trace_dmxeu.log log is full, it is renamed as dmxeu.old, deleting any existing file with that name, and a new log file is created. Location: The log is located in $LCFDATDIR/LCFNEW/AMW/logs. Configuration: To configure the trace, issue the wdmtrceng command from the server or managed node, identifying the endpoint at which you want to configure the log. You can set any of the following parameters: – Trace trace_dmxeu.log – Trace level: Default is 0 or you can set the following modes: 0 Errors 1 Warnings and errors: Trace level MID 2 All steps of the monitoring: Trace level MAX 3 Verbose output, all operations of the monitoring process: Trace level MAX and OTHER 92 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 105. Endpoint engine log and trace The endpoint engine log and trace maintain details of the activities of the engine. This is the process that runs the resource models and sends events and indications to the gateway, as follows: Process name: java com.tivoli.dmunix.ep.agent.Main Log name: msg_dmxengine.log (when the log is full, it is renamed as dmxengine.old, deleting any existing file with that name; a new log file is created) Trace name: trace_dmxengine.log (when the log is full, it is renamed as dmxengine.old, deleting any existing file with that name; a new log file is created) Location: $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/AMW/logs Configuration: To configure the trace, issue the wdmtrceng command from the server or managed node, identifying the endpoint at which you want to configure the log. You can set any of the following parameters: – Trace trace_dmxeu.log – Trace level: Default is 0 or you can set to the following modes: 0 Errors 1 Warnings and errors: Trace level MID 2 All steps of the monitoring: Trace level MAX 3 Verbose output, all operations of the monitoring process: Trace level MAX and OTHER Endpoint native trace The endpoint native trace maintains details about the activities of the native processes. This process obtains the resource information required by the resource models, as follows: Process name: java com.tivoli.dmunix.ep.agent.Main Log name: trace_dmxntv.log (when the log is full, it is renamed as dmxntv.old, deleting any existing file with that name; a new log file is created) Location: $LCFDATDIR/LCFNEW/AMW/logs Configuration: To configure the trace, issue the wdmtrceng command from the server or managed node, identifying the endpoint at which you want to configure the log. You can set any of the following parameters: – Trace trace_dmxeu.log – Trace level: The default is 0 or you can set this to the following modes: 2 All steps of the monitoring: Trace level MAX 3 Verbose output, all operations of the monitoring process: Trace level MAX and OTHER Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 93
  • 106. Endpoint JMX log The endpoint JMX log maintains details of the activities of the JMX process, which is a Tivoli implementation of Java Management Extension. It is only written when the trace level is set to 3. Here are the details: Process name: Tmx4j Log name: Tmx4j_1.log (when the log is full, it is renamed as Tmnx4j_2.log, deleting any existing file with that name; a new log file is created) Location: $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/UNIX Configuration: To configure the log, issue the wdmtrceng command from the server or managed node, identifying the endpoint at which you want to configure the log. Note that this command maintains a common configuration for all logs at a non-Windows endpoint. You can set the Trace level: 2 (verbose) parameter. Note: For the log’s endpoint native trace and endpoint JMX, we noticed that only some information is registered in the log after setting log_level to a minimum value of 2. 6.4 Web Health Console logs and traces The Web Health Console has a facility for both standard message logging and advanced debug tracing. Message logging and minimum level debug tracing are always on and writing to their own files. You can find these files in the /usr/Tivoli/AMW/logs directory. 6.4.1 Modifying Web Health Console tracing parameters You can adjust tracing by modifying the tracing parameters for the Web Health Console application. Edit the WHC_INSTALL_DIRinstalledAppsdm.eardm.war WEB-INFclassescomibm dmwebutilPDLog.properties file. Depending on how much tracing you want, MIN, MID or MAX, you can change the line: tmeLogger.trc.level=DEBUG_MIN tmeLogger.trc.level=DEBUG_MID tmeLogger.trc.level=DEBUG_MAX MID provides a good amount of Web Health Console operation, and MAX provides a great deal of detailed internal operation. 94 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 107. You can also adjust the following lines to change the number of trace files written and the maximum size of the files before it roles over to a new file: file.maxFiles=3 file.maxFileSize=1024 After you make these changes, stop and start the WebSphere Application Server to enable the changes, using the following commands: UNIX export DISPLAY=machineName:0.0 WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/stopServer.sh WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/startServer.sh Windows WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/stopServer.bat WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/startServer.bat Note: The Web Health Console runs slower while in MID or MAX tracing. Change the tracing level to the MIN setting as soon as possible. 6.4.2 WebSphere tracing You can also set WebSphere Application Server tracing. This enables you to see all the requests and operations in the ApplicationServer perspective. To enable WebSphere tracing, enter the following commands: $WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/DrAdmin.sh -serverPort 7000 -setRingBufferSize 2048 $WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/DrAdmin.sh -serverPort 7000 -setTrace "com.ibm.*=all=enabled" After you run these commands, the trace log is located in $WHC_HOME/logs/default_server_stdout.log and $WHC_HOME/logs/default_server_stderr.log. To disable WebSphere tracing, enter the following command: $WHC_INSTALL_DIR/bin/DrAdmin.sh -serverPort 7000 -setTrace "com.ibm.*=all=disabled" For further reference about troubleshooting WebSphere, see IBM WebSphere Version 4.0 Advanced Edition Handbook, SG24-6176. Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 95
  • 108. 6.5 Tools This section describes the tools that are provided with IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1, as well as other available tools. 6.5.1 Tool to generate XML file The formatter program creates an XML-based file from the log or trace generated by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. It is located on the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Tools CD in the directory LogToXML. It accepts three parameters: The first parameter defines whether IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 is dealing with a log file or a message file. The second parameter is the name of the source file (either a log or a message file). The third parameter is the name of the file to be created in XML. Here is an example: prepareLog LOG trace_x.log trace_x.xml Note: Before you run the prepare log program, set the Java Virtual Machine 1.3.0 path. 6.5.2 Serviceability tasks IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 provides three serviceability tasks: DMCollectEpLog DMCollectMnLog DMCollectEpEnv DMCollectEpLog The DMCollectEpLog task collects (in a tar file created at the endpoint) all the endpoint logs and information about the size and dates of the binaries. It also collects the current and universal time the logs were created. The task accepts the name of the tar file as an argument. You can find the tar file in the endpoint directory $LCF_DATDIR. For UNIX and Linux platforms, the following files are collected: $LCF_DATDIR/lcfd.log $LCF_DATDIR/lcfd.bk $LCF_DATDIR/last.cfg $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/Tmx4j1.log 96 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 109. $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/Tmx4j2.log $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/AMW/logs/trace_xxxxx.log $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/AMW/logs/msg_xxxxx.log $LCF_DATDIR/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/data/dmxout.log (This file traces errors at Java engine startup.) For Windows platforms, the following files are collected: %LCF_DATDIR%/lcfd.log %LCF_DATDIR%/lcfd.bk %LCF_DATDIR%/last.cfg %LCF_DATDIR%/LCFNEW/Tmw2k/Unix/Tmw2k.log Any core dumps from the engine are not included in the tar file to avoid impacting the task performance. You can find core dumps in the $LCF_DATDIR LCFNEWTmw2kUnix directory. DMCollectMnLog The DMCollectMnLog task collects (in a tar file created at the managed node in the $DBDIR directory) all the managed node logs and traces, including event logs for Windows platforms. The task accepts the name of the tar file as an argument. You can find the tar file in the managed node directory $DBDIR. For UNIX and Linux platforms, the following files are collected: $DBDIR/oservlog $DBDIR/gatelog /tmp/traces/trace_tnmt_gtw_engn.log $DBDIR/AMW/logs/trace_xxxx.log $DBDIR/<odstat output> $DBDIR/<wtrace -jHk $DBDIR output> For Windows platforms, the following files are collected: %DBDIR%/oservlog %DBDIR%/gatelog %DBDIR%/tmp/traces/trace_tnmt_gtw_engn.log %DBDIR%/AMW/logs/trace_xxxx.log %DBDIR%/<odstat output> %DBDIR%/<wtrace -jHk $DBDIR output> Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 97
  • 110. DMCollectEpEnv The DMCollectEpEnv task collects information about the environment at the endpoint. The data collected is written to a file using the Execute Task window (Save to File option). This task does not accept arguments. For UNIX and Linux platforms, the following information is collected: Operating system version Disk space statistics and file system installation at the endpoint Memory statistics (available and used) Environment variable settings List of system patches installed For Windows platforms, the output from the winmsd command is collected. For Windows 2000, the report is created in %LCF_DATDIR%/winmsdreport.txt. For Windows NT, the report is created in %LCF_DATDIR%/host name.txt. 6.6 Helpful troubleshooting procedures This section discusses common problem determination procedures for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. 6.6.1 Profile distribution problems Profile distribution is performed using the MDist 2 facility. There are several symptoms of profile distribution problems, such as: Monitors are not shown for the endpoint in the Web Health Console. There are no TEC event or TBSM changes. Data is not collected in the historical database. Some initial verification that you must perform is: Run the following command to verify that the profile is not received: wdmlseng -e endpoint Check the MDist2 distribution status using the following command and check for distribution called profilename(install): wmdist -l Verify that the endpoint is running using following command: wep endpoint status Verify that the gateway is running using the following command: wgateway 98 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 111. If the result from those commands cannot yield a sufficient clue, you may need to consult the distribution logs: In the TMR server: rpt2log, msg_profilename.log In the gateways: rpt2log In the endpoints: lcfd.log 6.6.2 IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine troubleshooting When the IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine has problem, some symptoms may be: There are no TEC event or TBSM changes. Data is not collected in the historical database. Monitor is shown for the endpoint in the Web Health Console. Some initial verification that you need to performed is: Run the following command to verify that the IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine is running: wdmlseng -e endpoint Run the following commands to stop and start the IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine: wdmcmd -stop -e endpoint wdmcmd -restart -e endpoint Clear the endpoint engine profile cache, by removing the *.dmprf and engine.pid files. Remove the method cache in the LCFNEW directory. Perform further troubleshooting on the endpoint by analyzing the lcfd.log and Tmw2k.log files. Ultimately you can also run the DMEndpointUninstall task to remove the IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine and clean the resource cache. 6.6.3 Resolving resource model problems Resource model problems are caused by the following symptoms: There are no TEC event or TBSM changes. Data is not collected in the historical database. Monitor is shown for the endpoint in the Web Health Console with a non-running status. Chapter 6. Problem determination for IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 99
  • 112. Some initial verification that you need to perform is: Check the resource model status using the following command: wdmlseng -e endpoint -verbose Restart the resource model on the endpoint using the following command: wdmeng Check options in the profile itself, such as TEC event or TBSM event generation. Verify the prerequisites, such as: – Java Runtime Environment (JRE) linking from DMLink JRE – Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) service for Windows – Running the diskperf command for Windows Examine the endpoint profile logs (see 6.3, “Endpoint logs” on page 88). 100 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 113. 7 Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 This chapter discusses various operational and management issues with IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. 101
  • 114. 7.1 MDist profile distribution This section explains the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile distribution using MDist2. 7.1.1 MDist2 support IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 uses Tivoli Management Framework Multiplexed Distribution service (MDist2) to perform profile distribution. It fully uses the following MDist2 functions: Asynchronous delivery MDist2 uses an asynchronous interface to applications. This means that, when IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 submits a distribution request, it immediately receives a distribution identifier and confirmation that the distribution is in progress. Assured delivery The distribution of IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profiles is assured even when there are network interruptions, power-off machines, or disconnected endpoints. Check-point and restart A distribution data stream that has been interrupted can be resumed by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 from the last successful checkpoint. This means that it is not necessary to resend all of the profile data when the distribution is resumed by MDist2. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 receiver method requests only the data that was not sent when the interruption occurred. Data depoting MDist2 allows the storage of distribution segments at a depot close to the endpoint, and for the distribution to be submitted to the endpoints from that depot. 7.1.2 Profile distribution using MDist2 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 only supports profile distribution to ProfileManager, TMA endpoint, Application Proxy, and Application Services. You can configure the following options in a profile distribution. In the Profile Manager window, open a profile to be distributed. Click Profile →Distribute. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Profile window (Figure 7-1) opens. 102 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 115. The Distribute Profile window presents two options for Distribute To: Next level of subscribers: This option distributes the profile only to the subscribers of the profile manager. It does not distribute to lower-level subscribers. If a profile manager with subscribers resides at the next lower level, you may need to perform the distribution process from profile managers at more than one level to reach all the profile endpoints. All levels of subscribers: Distributes the profile to all subscribers in the hierarchy. Select this option if you want to distribute a profile in which your endpoint is the only subscriber. Select the Distribution Will option Make subscriber’s profile an EXACT COPY of this profile. This overwrites the subscribers profile with an exact copy of the profile that is being distributed. You must always use this option. From the Do Not Distribute to These Subscribers list, select the subscribers to receive the profile and move them to the Distribute to These Subscribers, as shown in Figure 7-1. You can also configure the Distribution Defaults option. Then every distribution of this profile is done with the default settings that you provided. Figure 7-1 Distribute Profile window Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 103
  • 116. There are three possible ways to perform profile distribution in IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1: Graphical user interface (GUI) distribution a. Drag and drop the profile in the target subscriber. b. In the Profile Manager window, open the profile to be distributed. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Profile window opens. Click Profile →Distribute. Framework wdistrib CLI command The following command example is for distributing a profile called pf.unix.itm to an endpoint called vmlinux5: wdistrib -l over_all @Tmw2kProfile:pf.unix.itm @Endpoint:vmlinux5 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 wdmdistrib CLI command This new MDist2-based command offers a richer set of options to distribute an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile to subscribers. You can have the profile storage in the MDist2 depot permanent or temporary. You can use the following flags with the wdmdistrib CLI command: wdmdistrib -p <profile-name> [-D <MDist2_property=value>...] [-e][-w][-i] [-J <JRE_location_dir>][-d][-R][-l] [-s <subscribers-file>] [subscriber...] For further reference about wdmdistrib usage, see IBM Tivoli Monitoring User’s Guide Version 5.1, SH19-4569. 7.1.3 TMF MDist2 commands The Tivoli Management Framework (TMF) wmdist and wdepot commands provide many options for you to check and manage distribution packages. You can also perform MDist2 management using the GUI provided with MDist2. Note: In a distribution on a Tmw2kProfile that is always labelled with the status of install, for example, the distribution of profile Monitor.pf is called Monitor.pf(install). The following commands can be useful to monitor IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile distribution status: List distributions wmdist –l [-I dist_id] [-a] [-v] -I Specific distribution ID -a Shows only active distributions -v Verbose output 104 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 117. Endpoint distribution status wmdist –e dist_id [-t endpoint_id] -t Status for specific endpoint Cancel distributions wmdist –c dist_id [endpoint…] Pause distributions wmdist –p dist_id [endpoint…] Resume distributions wmdist –r dist_id [endpoint…] List repeater depot wdepot repeater_name list -l View repeater depot statistics wdepot repeater_name describe For more information about MDist2 commands, refer to Tivoli Framework Version 3.7.1 Installation Guide, GC32-0395. 7.2 Maintaining the Tivoli environment This section describes the new command line, directory structure, and log files to be monitored. The maintenance of the Framework environment is not described in this chapter. However, you can find a good reference in Maintaining Your Tivoli Environment, SG24-5013. 7.2.1 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 command line This section explains, with examples, some of the commands provided with IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. wdmconfig: This command creates and updates the configuration file ($DBDIR/dmml/.config) on a gateway. Here is an example of using the wdmconfig command to configure the trace of components size to 800000 bytes and the trace details to verbose: wdmconfig -m all -D dmml.trace_size=8000000 -D dmml.trace_level=4 Role needed: super or senior. wdmmn: This command stops or starts selected IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 processes on one or all managed nodes or gateways. The role needed is super, senior or administrator. Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 105
  • 118. The processes that can be started and stopped are: – Task engine (tmnt_task_eng), flag -t – Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM) Adapter, flag -b – Heartbeat engine (tmnt_gtw), flag -h – Resource model engine (tmnt_rm_eng), flag -r wdmcmd: This command stops or restarts IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 on one or more endpoints from a managed node, gateway, or server. You can specify endpoints or a profile manager. If you specify a profile manager, it affects all endpoints that are subscribers of the profile manager. The role needed is super, senior, or administrator. wdmeng: This command stops or starts profiles or resource models at endpoints. It also deletes profiles at endpoints. The role needed is super, senior, or administrator. wdmlseng: This command lists the running resource models and their statuses of specified endpoints. It can also output the result in XML. The command can be used for a specified endpoint or a specified indicator within the endpoint. The role needed is super, senior, administrative, or user. wdmrm: This adds, lists, or removes a specified resource model at the Tivoli Management Region (TMR) server or managed node or gateway from where it is issued. It also adds the national language support (NLS) catalog to an already installed default resource model. The resource models are also registered in the Name Registry and can be queried using the following command: wlookup -ar Tmw2kProfile The role needed is super, senior, or administrator. wdmcollect: This command manages the data collection for monitoring metrics from the gateway for specific endpoints. The role needed is super, senior, administrator, or user. 7.2.2 Heartbeat maintenance If you are using the heartbeat functionality, be aware that, when you delete an endpoint from the Tivoli environment, and this endpoint is monitored by the heartbeat, it is not removed automatically from the heartbeat database. To remove an endpoint from the heartbeat database, run the command: wdmmngcache -m gateway -d endpoint_label To manage heartbeat process on the gateways, you use the wdmheartbeat command. 106 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 119. 7.2.3 Managing profiles This section discusses usage of the profile manipulation commands, of which some are in IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1. These commands are useful to manage the monitoring profiles from a batch file or shell script. wdmeditprf: This command enables you to change various attributes of a profile. Resource models can be added using all of the default values supplied. Alternatively you can add a model with one or more values modified to suit your environment. You can also edit any of the details of an existing resource model. And you can change and define event generations and action tasks. wdmdumpprf: This command writes the full details of the selected profile to the standard output, in Tivoli Management Framework format or XML format. You can save the output and edit and reload it as a new or amended profile using the wdmloadprf command. wdmloadprf: This command makes new profiles available on the Tivoli server. If the command identifies an existing profile, the command updates the profile. It requires you to choose whether to merge the new resource models with the existing ones, substitute the existing resource models for the new ones, or keep the existing resource models. 7.2.4 Managing resource models The wdmrm command enables you to manage resource models from a command line. You can add, list, or remove a specified default resource model at the TMR server or managed node or gateway from where you issue it. It also adds the NLS catalog to an already installed default resource model. The command works only for the server and managed nodes of the local region. The command syntax is: wdmrm –add resource_model_tarfile wdmrm –addcat resource_model [–f catalog_file –l locale] wdmrm –list wdmrm –remove resource_model Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 107
  • 120. 7.3 Web Health Console usage Figure 7-2 shows the relationship between the various windows in the Web Health Console. You can view both the current online data and historical data. Login Resource model list Endpoint list view view Endpoint list with resource model Endpoint view Resource Model Resource Model history Indication Graph view Figure 7-2 Web Health Console windows 7.3.1 Logging on to the Web Health Console You can connect the Web Health Console to any TMR server or managed node. Then you can configure it to monitor any or all of the endpoints that are found in that region. To connect to the Web Health Console you need access to the server on which the Web Health Console server is installed and the TMR on which you want to monitor health. All user management and security is handled through the IBM Tivoli management environment. To start the Web Health Console, open you browser and type the following URL: http://server_name/dmwhc 108 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 121. Here server_name is the host name of the server on which you installed the Web Health Console Server. You are prompted to enter a user ID, password, and the host name of your TMR server or managed node, as shown in Figure 7-3. The user ID that you specify does not require any special Tivoli role to successfully log on to the Web Health Console. However, to operate the Web Health Console, the user requires TMR roles of user or administrator. Figure 7-3 Web Health Console login page Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 109
  • 122. When you successfully login the first time, you see the Preferences view (Figure 7-4). At this point, you are required to import endpoints that you need to monitor. The Web Health Console can only monitor endpoints that are defined in the TMR to which it is connected. Figure 7-4 Web Health Console Preferences -> Endpoint view You need the user or administrator role to view the endpoint list. After you save the endpoint list, in a subsequent session, your endpoint list is automatically loaded. 110 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 123. As shown in Figure 7-5, you can use the General option on the Preferences page to configure the Refresh Interval, Default View, and Optimize Cache settings, which are used by the Web Health Console. Figure 7-5 Web Health Console Preferences General view Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 111
  • 124. 7.3.2 The Web Health Console main view When you start the Web Health Console, the top portion of every view of the Web Health Console, except the Login view, contains a common menu bar, as shown in Figure 7-6. This navigation bar has fly-over help associated with each button. Figure 7-6 Web Health Console common menu bar 112 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 125. 7.3.3 The Endpoint List View The Endpoint List View (Figure 7-7) shows the current health of all the selected endpoints. You can filter the displayed endpoints using the Filter field. Figure 7-7 Endpoint List View The Web Health Console sorts the endpoints by health order, with the lowest health displayed first. For example, an endpoint with a health percentage of 0 is listed before an endpoint with a health of 70%. If there is a problem contacting an endpoint, the Web Health Console displays a message indicating the problem. The Endpoint List View table provides information about the status of the specific endpoint being monitored (Running or Engine could not be reached) and the lowest health of all the resource models installed on the endpoint. For example, if the endpoint has two resource models installed and one is at 50% health and the other is at 90% health, this column displays 50. The health is displayed as an exact health percentage and as an icon representation of possible states of alert. Three icons indicate the endpoint health. The icon shows the health of all resource models installed on the endpoint at 100%. The icon shows the health of at least one resource model installed on the endpoint as less than Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 113
  • 126. 100% but greater than 0. The icon shows the health of at least one of the resource models installed on the endpoint at 0. If the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine is switched off on a particular endpoint, then the Web Health Console reports this. To start or stop the engine, the user who is logged in must have the TMR administrator role. Then click the endpoint name to drill down and obtain more information about the resource models that are running on the endpoint. See Figure 7-8. Figure 7-8 Web Health Console and the endpoint resource model information 114 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 127. To start or stop the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine, use the [Select an action] drop-down list, as shown in Figure 7-9. Figure 7-9 Starting or stopping the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine To successfully stop or start the engine, the administrator must have the administrator, super, or senior role. Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 115
  • 128. 7.3.4 The Resource Model List View The Resource Model List View (Figure 7-10) shows all of the resource models installed on the endpoints specified in the Endpoint List page of the Preferences view. See Figure 7-5 on page 111 for more information about preferences. The Web Health Console sorts the resource models by health order, displaying the lowest health first. For example, a resource model with 30% health is listed before a resource model with 70% health. Figure 7-10 Resource Model List View 116 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 129. You can drill down a particular resource model and see a list of endpoints on which the model is running. As shown in Figure 7-11, you can stop or start a resource model, and even remove the profile, from the selected endpoints. Figure 7-11 Managing the resource model on an endpoint Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 117
  • 130. If an indication is generated, then you can view an online graph that displays the data relevant to the indication by selecting the indication, as shown in Figure 7-12. Figure 7-12 Viewing online data for an indication 118 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 131. When you click the Graph button, you see the results shown in Figure 7-13. This graph is continuously updated. Figure 7-13 Online data for indications generated by a resource model Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 119
  • 132. When you click the Historical Data radio button in the Resource Models frame (Figure 7-12), you can view the historical data generated by this resource model on the endpoint. The bottom portion of the page changes, allowing you to choose the data in which you are interested, as shown in Figure 7-14. Figure 7-14 Historical data options 120 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 133. Using the historical data selection controls, you select instances and metrics from the selected resource model to create a chart of recent historical data from the endpoint. To create historical data, logging must be enabled for the resource model. With logged data, you can use the historical data graph to identify specific instances of resource problems over the past 1, 6, 12, or 24 hours. To create a historical data graph as shown in Figure 7-15, follow these steps: 1. Select a resource model from the Resource Model list in the upper frame and click the Historical Data radio button (see Figure 7-14). 2. The Historical Data information for your selection appears in the lower frame. a. The Resource list is the only option that is active when the frame opens. From the Resources list, select a resource. b. From the Contexts list, select a context. Each context identifies a logical grouping of problems related to the specified resource. c. From the Instances list, select one or more instances. These identify specific instances of the selected indication. d. From the Metrics list, select one or more metrics. These metrics are used to measure the selected indication. e. Click Graph. Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 121
  • 134. Figure 7-15 Sample historical data graph 122 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 135. You can display the historical data graphs in various formats, as shown in Figure 7-16. Figure 7-16 Available graph layouts Chapter 7. Operating IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 123
  • 136. 124 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 137. 8 Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench This chapter explains how to use IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench to create and customize resource model and migrating classic Distributed Monitoring monitors. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. 125
  • 138. 8.1 Using the Workbench We begin by exploring one of the simpler resource models shipped with IBM Tivoli Monitoring, the PhysicalDiskModel. We use this model later in our examples to illustrate some of the advanced features of the Workbench. To begin, follow these steps: 1. Double-click the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench icon (Figure 8-1). Figure 8-1 IBM Tivoli 2. Open the sample project file for the PhysicalDiskModel Monitoring (shipped with the product). From the menu, select File →Open. Workbench 3. Go to the samples/Windows directory in the install location of icon IBM Tivoli Monitoring. The samples directory consists of four subdirectories with sample resource models source. This sample use the Windows PhsicalDiskModel to demonstrate the basics of using the Workbench. The source for this model is in the TMW_PhysicalDiskModel.dmws project file. This project file is a non-editable file that contains all of the element definitions for the PhysicalDisk resource model. It is sometimes referred to as a project file. You can open this file and explore each of its elements. For a UNIX resource model, you can also browse this information by importing the associated Managed Object Format (MOF) file using the mofcomp command line interface (CLI) command. The Workbench is made of three panes as shown in Figure 8-2: Pane 1 The first pane contains most of the resource model elements that make up a particular model. These elements are ordered in a tree-like hierarchy. The root node of the tree is the name of the resource model and describes the model’s general settings. In this case, it is TMW_PhysicalDiskModel. In most cases, you can open any element in the tree by double-clicking the mouse. Some elements in the tree have multiple options associated with it. Right-clicking the mouse on any element in the tree lists the associated options for that element. For example, right-clicking the TMW_PhysicalDisk element, under Dynamic Model/CIM Classes, display three options: Modify, Remove, and Collection Test. We illustrate the use of many of these options later in the examples. Pane 2 This pane contains the Java or Visual Basic script code used in the resource model. The functions in this code are used to initialize, set the configuration options, and run the decision tree logic. 126 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 139. Pane 3 The third pane is used only for models that interact with the Windows platforms (that is, Common Information Model (CIM) or Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)-based). This pane is used when debugging a resource model and to display the aggregate status of event indications. Figure 8-2 PhysicalDiskModel opened in Workbench Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 127
  • 140. 8.2 Elements of a resource model All resource models are made up of seven basic elements. Dynamic model In this element, you define all of the CIM classes and properties for the resource model. Under the dynamic model element are two sub-elements: – CIM classes: This is where you define all resource model class definitions. To define and modify the CIM classes, you invoke the Workbench CIM browser. Figure 8-7 on page 134 shows an example of this. – DM classic probes: This is where you define the Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Classic Edition) 3.7 compatibility mode monitors. These definitions are imported from dumped MCSL files or source CSL files. Events The event element is where all of the resource model indications are defined. It is where you define the default attributes that make up an event, along with the aggregation defaults (holes and occurrences). For greater discussion about this topic, see 8.3.3, “Event element of PhysicalDiskModel” on page 137. Note: An event element in a resource model is an indication definition (as seen in an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Profile). The event element is not the same thing as a TEC or Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM) event. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring event aggregator processes all indications using event element (holes and occurrences) definitions. After it passes through the event aggregation, based on the number of holes and occurrences and the profile definitions, it can then become a TEC or TBSM event. Thresholds The threshold element is where you define the different resource model class property thresholds. For example, in TMW_PhysicalDiskModel, there are three threshold properties: HighBytesSec,HighQLength, and HighPercentUsage. These thresholds are set when the resource model is initialized on the endpoint and retrieved on each cycle time by the decision tree logic. The decision tree logic uses the threshold elements to determine if an indication should be sent. Parameters The parameters element is used for parametric resource models. Parametric resource models are designed to allow the user to customize the resource model definitions from the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile. Some 128 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 141. examples of parametric-based resource models are TMW_ParamPort, TMW_ParamEventLog, and the TMW_ParamServices resource models. For example, the TMW_ParamServices resource model allows a user to customize the Windows NT or Windows 2000 monitored services defined in the profile from the Tivoli Desktop. The types of parameters are boolean list, choice list, numeric list, or string list. Logging You use the logging element to define the properties of the resource model that are to be logged. All of the examples discussed in this chapter include logging elements. Dependencies You use the dependencies element to define file dependencies that are to be pushed with the resource model when the profile is distributed to the endpoint. Examples of dependency files are dynamic linked libraries (DLLs), MOF files, and executable script files. We demonstrate the use of dependencies in some examples later in this chapter. Decision tree script The decision tree script is made up of a set of function routines that provide the heart of the logic of the resource model. These functions set the default configuration definitions and thresholds, and process them by generating indications and logging events. Three primary functions are used by the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 engine at runtime, and one is used for debugging. – SetDefaultConfiguration: This function sets runtime definitions based on resource model element settings. This routine is run once when the IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1 profile is pushed to the endpoint. The code in the function should not be modified because it is generated automatically by the Workbench. For example, if we use the Workbench to change the event element definitions, it automatically changes the corresponding definition in this function. – Init: This function is called after the SetDefaultConfiguration function. you can use it to create user settings or change default settings. Remember that some of the values defined in the resource model elements can be overridden in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring profile. This routine runs after the profile settings are initialized. – VisitTree: This routine runs every cycle time after the IBM Tivoli Monitoring profile is pushed. This function contains all of the decision tree logic. The VisitTree function retrieves threshold values defined in the SetDefaultConfiguration function and processes the decision tree logic through a series of “if” statements. When a threshold exceeded is detected, the VisitTree generates indications, logging events, or both. All of our examples demonstrate customizing the VisitTree code. Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 129
  • 142. – Main: This routine is used only for debugging. The Windows-only-based (Visual Basic script) models display this routine in the Workbench as the first function. The JavaScript-based resource models do not display this function in the Workbench. The Workbench generates an output file that contains all four routines, including Main, when debugging JavaScript-based resource models. In this case, the output JavaScript source file is created in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring install directory under the subdirectory named scripts. This file is passed to the MicroSoft Script Debugger. Figure 8-3 shows the flow between the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine and the decision tree functions. Figure 8-3 Decision tree script logic 130 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 143. 8.3 Looking at PhysicalDiskModel The following sections discuss PhysicalDiskModel. 8.3.1 Properties of PhysicalDiskModel To open the properties of a resource model, double-click the root node object or right-click the object and select to open it. In this case, we open the TMW_PhysicalDisk object and see the General Settings window (Figure 8-4). Figure 8-4 TMW_PhsyicalDiskModel general settings The properties of the General Settings window are: Internal name: This is the internal name of the resource model. Changes to this setting update automatically the SetDefaultConfiguration function Svc.SetModelName method call. Example 8-1 on page 133 shows these settings in the SetDefaultConfiguration function. The internal name can be retrieved in the VisitTree function by calling the Svc.GetModelName method. This name must be alphanumeric, starting with an alphabetic letter, and not contain any blanks. This name identifies the resource model in the TMR. Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 131
  • 144. Descriptive name: This is the name that appears in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile list of resource models. Figure 8-5 shows an example of the descriptive name in the profile, which in this example is Physical Disk. Figure 8-5 Example of descriptive name in a profile Description: This is the text that describes the resource model. It is used to document the resource model. You can use these settings to document the decision tree logic and to explain the threshold settings. Category internal name: This name is the internal name for grouping resource models on the profile category display. All resource models that have the same category internal name are displayed under the same category option, as shown in Figure 8-6. Category descriptive name: This name is displayed in the profile category display. Figure 8-6 shows an example of this in the Category list. 132 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 145. Figure 8-6 Category profile pull-down option Cycle time: This is the default cycle time for the resource model. You can change this value in the profile before profile distribution. This setting changes the Svc.SetCycleTime in the SetDefaultConfiguration function. Example 8-1 shows the SetDefaultConfiguration function for the PhysicalDiskModel. You can also retrieve this setting in the VisitTree function using the Svc.GetCycleTime method. Major and minor version: This is the internal version of the resource model. Supported platforms: These platforms are supported by the resource model and defined when the resource model is created. The created or modified properties in the General Settings window update the code automatically in the SetDefaultConfiguration function (Example 8-1). Example 8-1 PhysicalDiskModel general settings ' General info section '<<GENERAL_INFO>> Svc.SetModelName “TMW_PhysicalDiskModel” Svc.SetProfileName “157999030” Svc.SetCycleTime 120 '<<GENERAL_INFO>> Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 133
  • 146. 8.3.2 Dynamic model element of PhysicalDiskModel The PhysicalDiskModel resource model uses only one resource class, the TMW_PhysicalDisk class. You can examine this class further by opening the CIM browser supplied with the Workbench. To open the CIM browser, as shown in Figure 8-7, select the TMW_PhysicalDisk resource class under the dynamic model/CIM classes hierarchy. When you open the CIM browser from the Workbench, you use the first window to designate the CIM name space that you want to open. For Windows CIM or WMI-based models, always use root/CIMV2. However, later when we start working with the UNIX and Linux-based models, we open the root/default name space. Next you see a login window. This window always defaults to the signed-on user. Simply click OK. Figure 8-7 Opening the CIM browser 134 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 147. The CIM browser now displays all of the properties of the PhysicalDisk resource class defined in PhysicalDiskModel as shown in Figure 8-8. Note: The Workbench CIM browser displays all of the correct properties for the selected class. But, it doesn’t automatically position the browser to the correct CIM class in the Classes window (left pane). If another class is selected, all properties are erased from the selected properties window. It is important to cancel out of the browser in this scenario. However, if you create a new resource class, as demonstrated later, you must select a new class. Figure 8-8 PhysicalDisk resource class definitions The PhysicalDisk resource class settings are made up of the following of property fields: Class properties: These are the attribute values (in CIM terminology, the properties) that are selected for processing. SetDefaultConfiguration has a Svc.DefineClass method call with all of the properties selected from this class. See Example 8-2 on page 137 for the SetDefaultConfiguration function for the PhysicalDiskModel. The IBM Tivoli Monitoring analyzer collects all of the properties that are in the selected list each cycle time. Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 135
  • 148. Collection info: This field enables you to optionally set sort options for data that may need to be in sorted order. Filtering: This field lets you place optional filters on the collection process before the VisitTree function is called. For example, if you do not want to process any physical disks, where the PercentDiskTime property was less than 25%, you can add a WQL filter, as shown in Figure 8-9. The WHERE Clause field is passed to WMI as WQL code by the engine to filter data that is to be returned. Figure 8-9 Using WMI WQL 136 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 149. The properties created or modified from the dynamic model element automatically update the code in the SetDefaultConfiguration function, as shown in Example 8-2. Example 8-2 PhysicalDiskModel dynamic model properties ' Dynamic model section '<<DATA_INFO>> Svc.DefineClass "CIM", "TMW_PhysicalDisk", "ROOTCIMV2:TMW_PhysicalDisk", "","AvgDiskSecXfer,PercentDiskWriteTime,AvgDiskBytesXfer,DiskXfersSec,PercentDi skReadTime,AvgDiskReadQLength,DiskReadBytesSec,DiskReadsSec,DiskBytesSec,Curren tDiskQLength,AvgDiskQLength,PercentDiskTime,AvgDiskWriteQLength,DiskWritesSec,D iskWriteBytesSec", "PhysicalDisk", "None", "", 0, 1 '<<DATA_INFO>> 8.3.3 Event element of PhysicalDiskModel PhysicalDiskModel has six event elements that are used by the decision tree, VisitTree, to send indications. These elements are defined in the resource model and define the event name along with all of the attributes of the event and the aggregation settings. When the resource model is added to the Tivoli environment, the aggregation settings can be updated from an IBM Tivoli Monitoring profile. Let’s look at one of the event elements in this example. In the PhysicalDiskModel, the TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive indication is generated by the VisitTree function when the following property conditions are true: The CurrentDiskQLength property is greater than the threshold setting. The DiskBytesSec property is greater than the threshold setting. None of this logic can be found in the event element settings. This can only be derived from analyzing the VisitTree code, which we do later in Example 8-6 on page 145. The threshold values can be seen in the threshold elements discussed in the next section. The event element defines the properties that make up the event as well as the aggregation settings (holes and occurrences) that are used by the event aggregator. Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 137
  • 150. Figure 8-10 shows an example of the TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive event element in the Workbench. Figure 8-10 TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive event element settings The TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive properties include: Internal name: This is the internal name used for this indication. It is defined in the SetDefaultConfiguration function with the Svc.DefineEvent method. See Example 8-3 for the SetDefaultConfiguration function for the PhysicalDiskModel. The internal name is referenced in the VisitTree function by the SvcSendEvent and Svc.SendEventEx methods. The SendEvent and SendEventEx methods pass indications to the event aggregator to determine the action to take. The internal name is also used as a prefix to variables passed to shell scripts. For example, if a Perl script is invoked as a response from the TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive, one variable that is set in the Perl script at runtime is TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive_PercentDiskTime. Attributes: These attributes are of the event. If the event aggregator generates a TEC or TBSM event (based on holes and occurrences), these properties are passed into the slots of the TEC event and attributes of the TBSM event. These attributes are set in the VisitTree code before the SendEvent or SendEventEx methods are invoked. Aggregation settings: This is where you define the aggregation keys, along with the number of occurrences and holes for this indication. 138 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 151. Notification: These are the definitions for event notification. If the indication becomes an event based on the output of the event aggregator, these settings will be used to set the severity. String resources: These settings are used for the attributes of the event to be sent. The descriptive name is the display name. The message is used to set the msg slot for TEC events and attributes for TBSM events. In this example, the message text is: The physical drive @PhysicalDisk@ is too slow. @PhysicalDisk@ is replaced with the PhysicalDisk variable set in the VisitTree routine. Actions: This button is used to define response actions for the event. You can define CIM Methods, shell programs, or both as response actions to the event element. If you define a response action, it runs after event aggregation has determined that an event should be generated. For example, if TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive is set to 3 occurrences and 0 holes and has a send_email.pl script defined as an action, then send_email.pl runs locally on the monitored machine after the third consecutive indication has occurred. Unlike compatibility mode scripts and scripts invoked by the Svc.Shell method, response actions do not have a time-out value. The properties created or modified from the event element automatically update the SetDefaultConfiguration function, as shown in Example 8-3. Example 8-3 PhysicalDiskModel event element properties ' Event definition section '<<EVENTS_INFO>> Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_HighPhysicalDiskReadBytesSec”, "DiskReadBytesSec,DiskReadSec,PercentDiskRead", “PhysicalDisk” Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_PhysicalPossibleFrag”, "PercentDiskTime,DiskBytesSec", "PhysicalDisk" Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_HighPhysicalDiskXferRate”, "DiskXfersSec,DiskReadsSec,DiskWritesSec,PercentDiskReadTime,PercentDiskWriteTi me", “PhysicalDisk” Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_HighPhysicalDiskWriteBytesSec”, "DiskWriteBytesSec,DiskWriteSec,PercentDiskWrite", “PhysicalDisk” Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive”, "CurrentDiskQLength,PercentDiskTime,AvgQLength,AvgReadQLength,AvgWriteQLength,D iskReadBytesSec,DiskWriteBytesSec", “PhysicalDisk” Svc.DefineEvent “TMW_HighPhysicalPercentDiskTime”, "PercentDiskTime,PercentReadTime,PercentWriteTime", “PhysicalDisk” '<<EVENTS_INFO>> Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 139
  • 152. 8.3.4 Threshold element of PhysicalDiskModel PhysicalDiskModel has three threshold elements that are used by the decision tree logic (that is, VisitTree) to determine if an indication should be sent. These elements are defined in the resource model and become part of the resource model tar file. After they are added to the Tivoli environment, they can be updated from an IBM Tivoli Monitoring profile, as shown in Figure 8-11. Figure 8-11 PhysicalDiskModel thresholds in a profile Figure 8-12 shows an example of the TMW_HighPercentUsage threshold element in the Workbench. 140 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 153. Figure 8-12 PhysicalDiskModel HighPercentUsage threshold profile display The HighPercentUsage properties include: Internal name: This is the internal name that is used by the VisitTree function to determine if a property has exceeded a threshold value. In the VisitTree function, the Svc.GetThreshold method is invoked to retrieve and compare this value. The threshold is defined in the SetDefaultConfiguration function by the Svc.DefineThreshold method. Remember the SetDefaultConfiguration definitions are updated automatically by the Workbench when you update the element in the elements pane (pane 1). Default value: This is the default value associated with the internal name. The HighQLength is 3 by default. Descriptive name: This name is used for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring profile display, as shown in Figure 8-11. Description: This is used for documentation purposes. The properties created or modified from the threshold element automatically update the SetDefaultConfiguration function, as shown in Example 8-4. Example 8-4 PhysicalDiskModel threshold element properties ' Thresholds section '<<THRESHOLDS_INFO>> Svc.DefineThreshold “HighBytesSec”, 1572864 Svc.DefineThreshold “HighQLength”, 3 Svc.DefineThreshold “HighPercentUsage”, 90 '<<THRESHOLDS_INFO>> Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 141
  • 154. 8.3.5 Logging element of PhysicalDiskModel PhysicalDiskModel has three logging elements that are used by the decision tree logic (VisitTree) to determine whether to log an indication. These elements are defined in the resource model and become part of the resource model tar file. After they are added to the Tivoli environment, they can be updated from an IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 profile, as shown in Figure 8-13. Figure 8-13 PhysicalDiskModel logging element profile display 142 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 155. Figure 8-14 shows an example of the percent disk usage logging element in the Workbench. Figure 8-14 PhysicalDiskModel percent disk usage element profile display The HighPercentUsage properties include: Context: This name is passed as the first parameter of the Svc.LogInst or Svc.LogInstEx methods. It is also the display name in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Web Health Console. Resource: This name is used as the second argument of the Svc.LogInst and Svc.LogInstEx methods. This name is also what is displayed in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Web Health Console historical data. Properties: These properties are to be logged under the context/resource. The PhysicalDiskModel HighPercentUsage logging element has a key of PhysicalDisk. Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 143
  • 156. The properties created or modified from the logging element automatically update the SetDefaultConfiguration function, as shown in Example 8-5. Example 8-5 Physicaldiskmodel logging element properties ' Logging definition section '<<LOGGING_INFO>> Svc.DefineLogInst “Bytes Transferred”, “PhysicalDisk”, “PhysicalDisk”, “DiskBytesSec”, “PhysicalDisk” Svc.DefineLogInst “Queue Length”, “PhysicalDisk”, “PhysicalDisk”, “AvgQLength”, “PhysicalDisk” Svc.DefineLogInst “Percent Disk Usage”, “PhysicalDisk”, “PhysicalDisk”, “PercentDiskTime”, “PhysicalDisk” '<<LOGGING_INFO>> 8.3.6 Decision tree script of PhysicalDiskModel As you have seen so far, PhysicalDiskModel is made up of four key components: dynamic model elements, event elements, threshold elements, and logging elements. We have been focusing on the three specific elements: The TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive event element The HighQueueLength threshold element The Percent Disk Usage_PhysicalDisk logging element The PhysicalDiskModel decision tree script code ties these three elements together. This is a Visual Basic script-based model that uses Microsoft’s WMI to retrieve CIM data. WMI is Microsoft’s implementation of the CIM architecture on Windows machines. VisitTree in PhysicalDiskModel only generates indications and logs data. First let’s look at how the TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive indication is sent to the event aggregator. Note: The event aggregator is not in the decision tree code. It is part of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring engine. PhysicalDiskModel collects data from the WMI Performance Monitoring Provider (PerfProv). Most of the Windows-based resource models collect data from PerfProv as well. In the dynamic model element of PhysicalDiskModel, all of the properties that are defined are collected each cycle time before the VisitTree function is called. 144 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 157. The TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive indication is generated from the VisitTree function when the CurrentDiskQLength and the DiskBytesSec exceed their threshold values. The Percent Disk Usage_PhysicalDisk logging element is processed on every cycle regardless of whether the threshold is met. Example 8-6 shows the code for TMW_SlowPysicalDrive and the logging elements. It is an example of the PhysicalDiskModel code and has been modified for the purposes of this discussion. Example 8-6 PhysicalDiskModel example VisitTree 1 Public Function VisitTree(Svc As Object) As Long 2 Dim numAvgQLength As Long, numCurrentDiskQLength As Long, numAvgReadQLength As Long 3 Dim numAvgWriteQLength As Long, bytDiskReadBytesSec As Long, bytDiskWriteBytesSec As Long 4 Dim numDiskReadsSec As Long, numDiskWritesSec As Long, numDiskXfersSec As Long 5 Dim numDiskBytesSec As Long, numPercentDiskTime As Long, numPercentDiskReadTime As Long 6 Dim numPercentDiskWriteTime As Long, numTotalDisks As Long, flagHighPhysicalQLength As Long 7 Dim flagHighPhysicalXferRate As Long, flagHighPhysicalReadRate As Long, 8 flagHighPhysicalWriteRate As Long 9 Dim flagHighPhysicalPercentTime As Long, i As Long 10 Dim strPhysicalDisk As String 11 12 i = 0 13 14 numTotalDisks = Svc.GETNUMOFINST(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”) 15 16 Do While i < numTotalDisks 17 flagHighPhysicalQLength = 0 18 flagHighPhysicalXferRate = 0 19 flagHighPhysicalReadRate = 0 20 flagHighPhysicalWriteRate = 0 21 flagHighPhysicalPercentTime = 0 22 23 strPhysicalDisk = Svc.GetStrProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “PhysicalDisk”) 24 25 If strPhysicalDisk <> “_Total” Then 26 strPhysicalDisk = Mid$(strPhysicalDisk, 1, 1) 27 bytDiskReadBytesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “DiskReadBytesSec”) 28 bytDiskWriteBytesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, 39 “DiskWriteBytesSec”) 30 numDiskReadsSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “DiskReadsSec”) 31 numDiskWritesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “DiskWritesSec”) 32 numCurrentDiskQLength = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, 33 “CurrentDiskQLength”) 34 numAvgQLength = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “AvgDiskQLength”) 35 numAvgReadQLength = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “AvgDiskReadQLength”) 36 numAvgWriteQLength = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, 37 “AvgDiskWriteQLength”) 38 numDiskBytesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “DiskBytesSec”) 39 bytDiskReadBytesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “DiskReadBytesSec”) Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 145
  • 158. 40 bytDiskWriteBytesSec = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, 41 “DiskWriteBytesSec”) 42 numPercentDiskTime = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, “PercentDiskTime”) 43 numPercentDiskReadTime = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, 44 “PercentDiskReadTime”) 45 numPercentDiskWriteTime = Svc.GetNumProperty(“TMW_PhysicalDisk”, i, 46 “PercentDiskWriteTime”) 47 48 'Log instance data stuff 49 Svc.LogInst “Percent Disk Usage”, “PhysicalDisk”, numPercentDiskReadTime, 50 strPhysicalDisk 51 Svc.LogInst “Bytes Transferred”, “PhysicalDisk”, numDiskBytesSec, strPhysicalDisk 52 Svc.LogInst “Queue Length”, “PhysicalDisk”, numAvgQLength, strPhysicalDisk 53 54 If numCurrentDiskQLength > Svc.GetThreshold(“HighQLength”) Then 55 flagHighPhysicalQLength = 1 56 End If 57 58 If numDiskBytesSec > Svc.GetThreshold(“HighBytesSec”) Then 59 flagHighPhysicalXferRate = 1 60 End If 61 62 If bytDiskReadBytesSec > Svc.GetThreshold(“HighBytesSec”) Then 63 flagHighPhysicalReadRate = 1 64 End If 65 66 If bytDiskWriteBytesSec > Svc.GetThreshold(“HighBytesSec”) Then 67 flagHighPhysicalWriteRate = 1 68 End If 69 70 If numPercentDiskTime > Svc.GetThreshold(“HighPercentUsage”) Then 71 flagHighPhysicalPercentTime = 1 72 End If 73 74 If flagHighPhysicalQLength = 1 Then 75 If flagHighPhysicalXferRate = 1 Then 76 Svc.SENDEVENT “TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive”, _ 77 numCurrentDiskQLength, _ 78 numPercentDiskTime, _ 79 numAvgQLength, _ 80 numAvgReadQLength, _ 81 numAvgWriteQLength, _ 82 bytDiskReadBytesSec, _ 83 bytDiskWriteBytesSec, _ 84 strPhysicalDisk 85 Else 86 87 Some code deleted 88 146 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 159. 89 i = i + 1 90 Loop 91 VisitTree = 0 92 End Function Tip: A thread exists for each resource model that is running on the engine. Each thread runs a simplified pseudo code loop: While (Engine Running) { CollectCIMData(); Call VisitTree(); Sleep(cycle time); } Let’s examine the code in Example 8-6. Line 1 This is the VisitTree function definition. Lines 2 through 10 These lines are the variable definitions. The variables that we are concerned with for TMW_SlowPyhsicalDrive are numCurrentQLength, numDiskBytesSec, and numPercentDiskTime. Line 14 This is the method call that returns the number of instances that have been collected by the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine. In our environment, there were two physical disks on our W2K machine. However, the Svc.GETNUMOFINST returned three instances (disk0, disk1, and _Total). Some of the Perfmon-provided properties return a _Total instance where it is appropriate. In line 25, we skip this instance. Line 23 When the VisitTree function is called, all of the data that was collected by the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 analyzer is available to the VisitTree function via method calls. Individual properties can be retrieved using the Svc.GetStrProperty or the Svc.GetNumProperty methods as shown in lines 26 through 45. In this example, we retrieve the physical disk name on each instance (that is, disk0, disk1, and _Total). Line 25 In the shipped PhysicalDiskModel code, _Total instances is discarded. A customized model can use this instance. _Total is the total of all instances. Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 147
  • 160. Line 27 This is a call to the Svc.GetNumProperty method to retrieve the DiskReadBytesSec property. Line 32 This is a call to the Svc.GetNumProperty method to retrieve the CurrentDiskQLength. Line 42 This is a call to the Svc.GetNumProperty method to retrieve the PercentDiskTime. Line 48 through 52 These lines are unconditional calls to the Svc.LogInst methods for the three logging elements defined in Figure 8-13 on page 142. Line 54 through 56 This code checks the CurrentQLength value retrieved from CIM or WMI against the static threshold definition defined in the SetDefaulConfiguration function and sets a flag. The Svc.GetThreshold method returns values stored by the Svc.DefineThreshold in the SetDefaultConfiguration function. See Figure 8-4 on page 141. Line 58 through 60 This code checks the DiskBytesSec value retrieved from CIM or WMI against the static threshold definition defined in the SetDefaulConfiguration function and sets a flag. The Svc.GetThreshold method returns values stored by the Svc.DefineThreshold in the SetDefaultConfiguration function. See Figure 8-4 on page 141. Line 74 through 84 If the HighPhysicalQLength and HighPhysicalXfreRate flags are set, then the Svc.SENDEVENT method is invoked, passing all the TMW_PhysicalDisk class properties retrieved in lines 27 through 46. Line 89 through 90 This line increments and loops back to get the next instance. Line 91 through 92 These lines return back to the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 engine. 148 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 161. 8.4 Working with a resource model in Workbench When you start IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Workbench, there are several options to start working with resource models. Create an empty resource model and build the resource model from scratch. With this method, you need to: – Define the resource model property – Define a dynamic model – Define events – Define thresholds – Define parameters – Define data to log – Define the decision tree script – Add dependencies – Build a resource model Import a monitoring source. You can import a monitoring source (or a whole monitoring collection) also in a resource model that already exists, by opening the resource model tree structure. This is typically performed for importing the DM classic module. Under the Dynamic Model element, right-click DM Classic Probes, and select the file format of mcsl or csl output. Generate resource models using the Resource Model wizard. This allows you to build the resource model without the need of coding. The wizard allows you to create a resource model from: – A selected CIM class taken from the WMI repository – A monitoring collection extracted using the mcsl command from Tivoli Distributed Monitoring – A custom script that sent as a dependency and invoked using the ServiceShell method from VisitTree function After you define your resource model, you can start building components of your resource models. Run the following options under the build option: Building the Package To build your resource model into a complete tar package that you can later install on the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 server, install the resource model. From the command line, type the following command: wdmrrm -add filename.tar Chapter 8. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench 149
  • 162. Building the TEC BAROC To see your resource model events on the Tivoli Enterprise Console, you have to build and export a TEC BAROC file. This file contains all the event definitions specified in the BAROC language. You can install this file on a TEC Rule base. It allows the Tivoli Enterprise Console to display the events of your resource model. Exporting the Message Catalog Optionally, you can build a message file containing all the information that will be displayed in IBM Tivoli Monitoring dialogs. This can be useful if you want to translate your text information into other languages. The workbench is designed to generate resource model packages that contain all the strings for the English Locale. Therefore, double-byte character set (DBCS) characters are not supported. All localized strings should be handled separately from the workbench. Building an HTML file You can build an HTML document that contains all the information that is related to your resource model and included in the descriptive sections of the resource model components. 150 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 163. A Appendix A. Sample test questions This appendix contains a collection of sample test questions and their answers to help you prepare for Certification Test 593: IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. 151
  • 164. Sample test questions Ander the following questions. To check your answers, see “Answers to sample test questions” on page 156. 1. What documentation contains information about the Framework patches that are required before you install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1? a. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Release Notes 5.1.1 b. IBM Tivoli Monitoring User Guide 5.1.1 c. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench Release Notes 5.1.1 d. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Resource Model User Guide 5.1.1 2. Which three platforms are supported by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1? (Choose three.) a. Windows XP b. NetWare c. HP-UX d. OS/400 e. OS/2® f. SCO UNIX 3. What is the minimum memory requirement for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Web Health Console? a. 256 MB b. 512 MB c. 384 MB d. 1024 MB 4. Which two statements are true about the “supported” database creation for the Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse Support Component? (Choose two.) a. cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for DB2. b. cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Informix. c. cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for MS SQL. d. cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Sybase. e. cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Oracle. 5. Which language is supported in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench’s Decision Tree script? (Choose two.) a. Perl b. Visual Basic c. JavaScript d. C++ e. XML 152 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 165. 6. Which command do you use to enable the physical and logical disk counters on Windows-based platforms? a. Perfmon b. Diskperf c. WMI d. Diskmon 7. What is the recommended amount of memory for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Web Health Console? a. 256 MB b. 384 MB c. 512 MB d. 1 GB 8. Which product can coexist with IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1? a. Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Classic Edition) 3.7 b. Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Advanced Edition) 4.1 c. Tivoli Distributed Monitoring for Windows 3.7 d. Tivoli Manager for Windows NT 9. IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 requires a Java Runtime Environment (JRE) to be installed on the endpoint. What command should you use to deploy the compressed version of the JRE shipped with IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 to the endpoint? a. wdmdeploy -J b. wdmjredeploy -J c. wdmdeployjre -J d. wdmdistrib -J 10.Assuming a Windows-based TEC server with default configuration, what port should you use when configuring an IBM Tivoli Monitoring Monitoring Profile for sending non-TME events to TEC? a. 0 b. 5529 c. 9494 d. 9495 11.You have a Tmw2kProfile that contains three resource models which support logging. Where is the Data Logging feature enabled to ensure that the models collect data for the Web Health Console? a. Web Health Console Preferences view b. Tmw2kProfile GUI window c. Resource Model GUI window d. Workbench must be used to rebuild the models. Appendix A. Sample test questions 153
  • 166. 12.Which database requires you to change the password for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring RIM object from the Tivoli default? a. Microsoft SQL Server b. Oracle c. Sybase d. DB2 13.What command do you use to configure the heartbeat options other than the heartbeat frequency? a. wdmheartbeat b. wdmeng c. wdmmn d. wdmconfig 14.What do the individual resource model BAROC files depend on being loaded into TEC first? a. Itm511.baroc b. Tmw2k.baroc c. dmae.baroc d. dm.baroc 15.The client wants to monitor the activity of distributed resource models on UNIX endpoints and to log errors that occur to /tmp/MyTrace.log. Which CLI command should the client use to achieve this? a. wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint "" /tmp/MyTrace.log b. wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint /tmp/MyTrace.log 3 c. wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint /tmp/MyTrace.log 0 d. This capability is not possible. 16.Which command is most useful when troubleshooting the error message "Failed to enumerate instances" when it appears in theTmw2k.log on a Windows-based endpoint? a. wmitest.exe b. wmiinst -debug c. java d. wbemtest.exe 17.You have distributed a profile that contains five resource models. One resource model is not sending Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM) events, although the others are doing successfully. What should you verify? a. The Send TBSM box is selected for this profile. b. The Send TBSM Events button is clicked for the appropriate indication. c. Severity is set to FATAL for the appropriate indication. d. The Send TEC Event button is clicked for the appropriate indication. 154 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 167. 18.Tivoli Monitoring provides three serviceability tasks to collect, in tar format, logs and trace information. Which task is not one of the provided three serviceability tasks? a. DMCollectMnEnv b. DMCollectEpEnv c. DMCollectMnLog d. DMCollectEpLog 19.Which CLI command is used to monitor the distribution of a Tmw2KProfile? a. wdmdistrib b. wmdist c. wrpt d. wdepot 20.What are two valid resource model status messages returned by wdmlseng? (Choose two.) a. Scheduled b. Distributed c. Compiled d. Restarted e. Not compiled 21.What information can you view using the wdmmngcache -m all -l –v command? (Choose two.) a. A list of endpoints in the Tivoli Name Registry that have not yet been discovered b. The list of resource models cached on the managed node and gateways c. The TEC events cached from endpoints running IBM Tivoli Monitoring resource models d. The TBSM status for discovered endpoints e. The heartbeat status for discovered endpoints 22.Which statement is true? a. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on a Windows-based platform. b. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on a UNIX-based platform. c. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on any platform. d. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on Linux-based platform. Appendix A. Sample test questions 155
  • 168. 23.In which two scripting languages can resource models be written? (Choose two.) a. Visual Basic b. Shell c. Perl d. JavaScript e. Bash 24.Which command allows the user to browse details of Classic Distributed Monitoring probes and collections as well as to dump the internal source? a. wdmcol b. dmtf c. mcsl d. wdmrm Answers to sample test questions The answers are highted in bold. 1. What documentation contains information about the Framework patches that are required before you install IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1? a. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Release Notes 5.1.1 b. IBM Tivoli Monitoring User Guide 5.1.1 c. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench Release Notes 5.1.1 d. IBM Tivoli Monitoring Resource Model User Guide 5.1.1 2. Which three platforms are supported by IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1? (Choose three.) a. Windows XP b. NetWare c. HP-UX d. OS/400 e. OS/2 f. SCO UNIX 3. What is the minimum memory requirement for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Web Health Console? a. 256 MB b. 512 MB c. 384 MB d. 1024 MB 156 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 169. 4. Which two statements are true about the “supported” database creation for the Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse Support Component? (Choose two.) a. cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for DB2. b. cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Informix. c. cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for MS SQL. d. cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Sybase. e. cr_itm_db.sh must be executed from the DB server for Oracle. 5. Which language is supported in the IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench’s Decision Tree script? (Choose two.) a. Perl b. Visual Basic c. JavaScript d. C++ e. XML 6. Which command do you use to enable the physical and logical disk counters on Windows-based platforms? a. Perfmon b. Diskperf c. WMI d. Diskmon 7. What is the recommended amount of memory for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Web Health Console? a. 256 MB b. 384 MB c. 512 MB d. 1 GB 8. Which product can coexist with IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1? a. Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Classic Edition) 3.7 b. Tivoli Distributed Monitoring (Advanced Edition) 4.1 c. Tivoli Distributed Monitoring for Windows 3.7 d. Tivoli Manager for Windows NT 9. IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 requires a Java Runtime Environment (JRE) to be installed on the endpoint. What command should you use to deploy the compressed version of the JRE shipped with IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 to the endpoint? a. wdmdeploy -J b. wdmjredeploy -J c. wdmdeployjre -J d. wdmdistrib -J Appendix A. Sample test questions 157
  • 170. 10.Assuming a Windows-based TEC server with default configuration, what port should you use when configuring an IBM Tivoli Monitoring Monitoring Profile for sending non-TME events to TEC? a. 0 b. 5529 c. 9494 d. 9495 11.You have a Tmw2kProfile that contains three resource models which support logging. Where is the Data Logging feature enabled to ensure that the models collect data for the Web Health Console? a. Web Health Console Preferences view b. Tmw2kProfile GUI window c. Resource Model GUI window d. Workbench must be used to rebuild the models. 12.Which database requires you to change the password for the IBM Tivoli Monitoring RIM object from the Tivoli default? a. Microsoft SQL Server b. Oracle c. Sybase d. DB2 13.What command do you use to configure the heartbeat options other than the heartbeat frequency? a. wdmheartbeat b. wdmeng c. wdmmn d. wdmconfig 14.What do the individual resource model BAROC files depend on being loaded into TEC first? a. Itm511.baroc b. Tmw2k.baroc c. dmae.baroc d. dm.baroc 15.The client wants to monitor the activity of distributed resource models on UNIX endpoints and to log errors that occur to /tmp/MyTrace.log. Which CLI command should the client use to achieve this? a. wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint "" /tmp/MyTrace.log b. wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint /tmp/MyTrace.log 3 c. wdmtrceng -e MyEndpoint /tmp/MyTrace.log 0 d. This capability is not possible. 158 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 171. 16.Which command is most useful when troubleshooting the error message "Failed to enumerate instances" when it appears in theTmw2k.log on a Windows-based endpoint? a. wmitest.exe b. wmiinst -debug c. java d. wbemtest.exe 17.You have distributed a profile that contains five resource models. One resource model is not sending Tivoli Business Systems Manager (TBSM) events, although the others are doing successfully. What should you verify? a. The Send TBSM box is selected for this profile. b. The Send TBSM Events button is clicked for the appropriate indication. c. Severity is set to FATAL for the appropriate indication. d. The Send TEC Event button is clicked for the appropriate indication. 18.Tivoli Monitoring provides three serviceability tasks to collect, in tar format, logs and trace information. Which task is not one of the provided three serviceability tasks? a. DMCollectMnEnv b. DMCollectEpEnv c. DMCollectMnLog d. DMCollectEpLog 19.Which CLI command is used to monitor the distribution of a Tmw2KProfile? a. wdmdistrib b. wmdist c. wrpt d. wdepot 20.What are two valid resource model status messages returned by wdmlseng? (Choose two.) a. Scheduled b. Distributed c. Compiled d. Restarted e. Not compiled Appendix A. Sample test questions 159
  • 172. 21.What information can you view using the wdmmngcache -m all -l –v command? (Choose two.) a. A list of endpoints in the Tivoli Name Registry that have not yet been discovered b. The list of resource models cached on the managed node and gateways c. The TEC events cached from endpoints running IBM Tivoli Monitoring resource models d. The TBSM status for discovered endpoints e. The heartbeat status for discovered endpoints 22.Which statement is true? a. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on a Windows-based platform. b. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on a UNIX-based platform. c. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on any platform. d. Using the command line operation, it is possible to create an IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5.1.1 profile using an XML file on Linux-based platform. 23.In which two scripting languages can resource models be written? (Choose two.) a. Visual Basic b. Shell c. Perl d. JavaScript e. Bash 24.Which command allows the user to browse details of Classic Distributed Monitoring probes and collections as well as to dump the internal source? a. wdmcol b. dmtf c. mcsl d. wdmrm 160 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 173. Related publications The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this Redpaper. IBM Redbooks For information about ordering these publications, see “How to get IBM Redbooks” on page 162. Note that some of the documents referenced here may be available in softcopy only. Maintaining Your Tivoli Environment, SG24-5013 IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1: Advanced Resource Monitoring, SG24-5519 IBM WebSphere Version 4.0 Advanced Edition Handbook, SG24-6176 IBM Tivoli Monitoring Version 5.1.1 Creating Resource Models and Providers, SG24-6900 Tivoli Business Systems Manager V2.1 End-to-end Business Impact Management, SG24-6610 Implementing Tivoli Data Warehouse V 1.2, SG24-7100 Other publications These publications are also relevant as further information sources: Tivoli Framework Version 3.7.1 Installation Guide, GC32-0395 IBM Tivoli Monitoring Release Notes Version 5.1.1, GI10-5797 IBM Tivoli Monitoring User’s Guide Version 5.1.1, SH19-4569 IBM Tivoli Monitoring Resource Model Reference Version 5.1, SH19-4570 IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench User’s Guide Version 5.1.1, SH19-4571 IBM Tivoli Monitoring: Resource Model Builder User's Guide IBM Tivoli Monitoring: Resource Model Builder Problem Determination Guide IBM Tivoli Monitoring: Deployment Supplement IBM Tivoli Monitoring: Road Map for a Typical Installation © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. 161
  • 174. Online resources These Web sites and URLs are also relevant as further information sources: IBM Certification page http://ibm.com/certify IBM Publication Center page http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/order IBM Education Services page http://ibm.com/training How to get IBM Redbooks You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Hints and Tips, draft publications and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks or CD-ROMs, at this Web site: ibm.com/redbooks Help from IBM IBM Support and downloads ibm.com/support IBM Global Services ibm.com/services 162 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 175. Index class Symbols PhysicalDisk 135 $DBDIR/dmml/.config 105 TMW_PhysicalDisk 134 $root_user 26 CLI (command line interface) 23 /etc/passwd 28 command setupaix.bin 56 A setuphp1020.bin 56 ActionManager, logging 90 setuphp11x.bin 56 adapter, logging 90 setuplinux.bin 56 adapter.trace.enable 79 setupsolarisSparc.bin 56 adapter.trace.level 79 setupwin32.exe 55 adapter.working.dir 79 wadminep 88 administrator 24 wbemdump 91 authorization roles 26 wbkupdb 51 aggregate data, configuring 67 wdepot 104 analyzer 38, 65, 70 wdistrib 104 logging 90 wdmcmd 91, 106 Application Proxy 102 wdmcollect 106 Application Services 102 wdmconfig 77, 79, 85–88, 105 authorization role 26 wdmdiscovery 78, 80–81 wdmdistrib 104 wdmeng 106 B wdmheartbeat 78 built-in tasks 65 wdmmn 78, 86–87, 105 bulk discovery 80–81 wdmmngcache 76, 78, 106 bulletin board 24 wdmrm 106 wdmtrceng 89, 91–94 C winmsd 98 CIM 35, 37, 65 wmdist 104 architecture 35 command endpoint log 88 extension schemas 36 command line interface (CLI) 23 name space 134 comment, prepareLog 96 Object Manager 36 Common Listener 78, 81 purpose 35 common model 36 static classes 36 ComponentManager, logging 90 CIM browser 134–135 configuration file 105 limitation 135 core dumps 97 CIM classes 128 core model 36 CIM compliant 36 CurrentDiskQLength 137 CIM Schema 36 cycle time 65 class 36 CIM Specification 36 CIM Studio 91 D data logging, location of files 67 CIMOM 36 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2004. All rights reserved. 163
  • 176. database 21 event element 128, 137, 144 decision tree file 38, 70 Actions property 139 decision tree script 129, 144 Aggregation settings property 138 default policy 25 Attributes property 138 default policy method 25 Internal name property 138 delta discovery 80 Notification property 139 delta discovery switch 81 String resources property 139 dependencies element 129 Event Server Port 81 depot 31 event, configuring 65 repeater 31 EventAggregator, logging 90 desktop 21 EventCorrelator, logging 90 directory external script 65 $DBDIR/dmml 81 $DBDIR†mml 77 DiskBytesSec 137 F file dispatcher, logging 90 %DBDIR%/tmp/tivoli.cinstall 51 distributed database 21 /tmp/tivoli.cinstall 51 Distributed Management Task Force (DMTF) 35 epcache.db 81 DM classic probes 128 lcfd.bk 96 DMLinkJre 54 lcfd.log 96 DMTF (Distributed Management Task Force) 35 PDLog.properties 94 DNS name 81 TMW_PhysicalDiskModel.dmws 126 dynamic model 128, 137, 144 tmw2kdb.mdb 67 dynamic model elements 144 UNIX datafile 67 winmsdreport.txt 98 E enable data logging 67 endpoint G gateway 24 cache, viewing 76 gateway repeater 32 collect environment 98 collecting logs 96 distribution 38, 70 H logs 88 Health Console 67 endpoint engine configuring 108 log 89, 93 debug tracing 94 logging in UNIX 93 drill down 114 stop or start 106 Endpoint List View 113 trace 93 endpoint sort order 113 update log 92 endpoints it can monitor 110 endpoint gateway 24 Historical Data 120–121 endpoint JMX log 94 import endpoints 110 endpoint manager 24 logging 94 endpoint native trace 93 logging in 108 endpoint registration 74 main view 112 endpoint upcall, tracing 86 navigation bar 112 engine 34 online graph 118 engine update process log 92 Preferences 111 event aggregator 137, 144 Refresh Interval 111 164 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 177. Resource Model List view 116 InstallSharedDll, logging 90 start or stop the engine 114 intermediate client 31 Tivoli roles 109 usage 108 Heartbeat J java com.tivoli.dmunix.ep.agent.Main, logging 93 activities 74 Java interface 32 configure 77 JavaBeans 18 control 77 JavaScript 38, 70 error event 74 JMX trace 94 monitoring 76 job 25 overview 74 status 74 stopping and starting 78 L heartbeat database, removing endpoint 106 last.cfg heartbeat engine log_threshold 88 restarting 86 log stop or start 106 default_server_stderr.log 95 tracing 85 default_server_stdout.log 95 heartbeat function 74 dmxout.log 97 heartbeat.reboot_engine_if_down 77 gatelog 97 heartbeat.send_events_to_notice 77 last.cfg 96 heartbeat.send_events_to_tbsm 77 msg_dmxengine.log 93 heartbeat.send_events_to_tec 77 msg_xxxxx.log 97 heartbeat.tec_server 77 oservlog 97 historical data 67 Tmw2k.log 97 historical data graph, creating 121 Tmx4j_1.log 94 holes, modifying 65 Tmx4j1.log 96 Tmx4j2.log 97 trace_dmxeu.log 92 I trace_dmxntv.log 93 IBM HTTP Server, installation 56 trace_tnmt_gtw_engn.log 97 icons trace_xxxx.log 97 bulletin board 24 trace_xxxxx.log 97 endpoint manager 24 Logger, logging 90 job 25 logging element 129, 142, 144 policy region 24 properties profile 24 Context 143 profile manager 24 Properties 143 scheduler 25 Resource 143 task 25 logging, customizing data 67 TMA endpoint 22 logs indication 65 $DBDIR/distmgr.log 84 generation 145 $DBDIR/rpt2log 84 modifying 65 $LCF_DATDIR/lcfd.log 84 Init 129 Endpoint 84 installation endpoints 88 error files 51 file summary 85 steps 52 Gateway Repeater 84 Windows TMR additional step 53 Managed node Repeater 84 Index 165
  • 178. msg_Tmw2kProfilename.log 84 Svc.SendEventEx 138 profile distribution 84 Svc.SetModelName 131 server 84 SvcSendEvent 138 TMR Distribution Manager 84 model-to-resources association 38, 70 Tmw2k.log 89 MOF file 38, 70, 129 trace_tmnt_gtw_engn.log 87 base 38, 70 trace_tmnt_hb_engn.log 85 distribution 38, 70 trace_tmnt_profile_coren.log 88 resources 38, 70 trace_tmnt_rm_engn.log 87 MofCompiler, logging 90 trace_tmnt_task_engn.log 86 monitoring of additional processes 68 MsgQueueManager, logging 90 M main function for debugging 130 N managed node 22 name space collecting logs 97 root/CIMV2 134 repeater 32 root/default 134 managed resources 24 native processes 93 management by subscription 21 NetWare Managed Site (NWMS) 28 MDist 2 components NetWare servers Distribution manager 32 See also NWMS 28 GUI 32 NIS 28 Repeater Depot 31 non-secure events 69 Repeater manager 31 non-TME delivery 81 Repeater queue 32 notification 24 Repeater site 31 NWMS (NetWare Managed Site) 28 MDIST2 assured delivery 102 asynchronous delivery 102 O object-oriented database 21 check-point and restart 102 occurrence, modifying 65 data depoting 102 odadmin command 33 message catalog 38, 70 ODBC tmw2k data source 67 meta-schema 36 oserv daemon 21 method register_endpoint 75 SendEvent 138 P SendEventEx 138 parameters element 128 Svc.DefineClass 135 Perfmon 147 Svc.DefineEvent 138 PhysicalDiskModel 126, 131, 135 Svc.DefineThreshold 148 policy 22, 24 Svc.GetModelName 131 default policy 25 Svc.GETNUMOFINST 147 policy method 25 Svc.GetNumProperty 148 policy region 24–25 Svc.GetNumPropery 147 policy subregion 25 Svc.GetStrProperty 147 validation policy 25 Svc.GetThreshold 148 policy region creation 53 Svc.LogInst 143, 148 profile 21, 24, 27 Svc.LogInstEx 143 customization 68 Svc.SENDEVENT 148 overview 34 166 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 179. types 28 Major and minor version 133 profile core, tracing 88 properties 131 profile distribution 104 stop or start 106 actions 38, 70 Supported platforms 133 configuring logging level 88 UNIX Processes 68 logs 88 resource model threads 147 profile distribution endpoint log 88 resource, managed 24 profile endpoint 28 response script variables 138 profile manager 24, 27, 53 retry function 31 database mode 29 RIM (RDBMS interface module) 19, 32 dataless mode 29 root cause analysis 38 ProfileManager 102 S Q schedule monitoring 67 queuing mechanism 31 scheduler 25 configuring 67 script 25 R after_install_win.sh 53 Rapid Deployment 43 startServer.bat 95 RDBMS Interface Module startServer.sh 95 See RIM stopServer.bat 95 RDBMS interface module (RIM) 19 stopServer.sh 95 Redbooks Web site 162 secure connection 69 Contact us x Server Location 81 registry hive 89 server location 81 repeater depot 31 SetDefaultConfiguration 129 request manager SNMP 36 restarting 87 storage mechanism 31 tracing 87 subnet-mask:network_id 80 resource class subscriber 28 Class properties 135 synchronous transfer 31 Collection info 136 syslogd 68 Filtering 136 property fields 135 Resource Interface Instrumentation Library Type T 37 target machine 28 resource model 34 task 25 Category descriptive name 132 dm_mn_send_email 66 Category internal name 132 dm_mn_send_notice 66 components 38, 70 DMCollectEpEnv 98 configuration file 38, 70 DMCollectEpLog 96 customize example 64 DMCollectMnLog 97 Cycle time 133 task library 25 definition 37 task engine Description 132 restarting 86 Descriptive name 132 tracing 86 elements 128 Task Library 53 event automated tasks 65 installation 53 Internal name 131 TBSM Adapter 78–79 Index 167
  • 180. configuring 79 TMR server 21 endpoint discovery 81 TMW_HighPercentUsage 140 installation 79 TMW_ParamEventLog 129 tbsma.jre_root 79–80 TMW_ParamPort 129 TemporarySink, logging 90 TMW_ParamServices 129 threshold 65 TMW_PhysicalDisk 131 names 65 TMW_PhysicalDiskModel 126 values 65 TMW_Services 38 threshold element 128, 137, 140, 144 TMW_SlowPhysicalDrive 137–138 properties Tmw2k logs 89 Default value 141 Tmw2k_ep log 88–89 Description 141 tmw2k_ep log 92 Descriptive name 141 tmw2k_profile_core, tracing 88 Internal name 141 TMWMethodProv, logging 90 Tivoli Business Systems Manager 38, 68, 70, 74, TMWService, logging 90 76 Tmx4j, logging 94 Health Console launching 79 TouchPoint 37 integration functions 78 ILT 37 integration steps 78 TSL 37 Tivoli Business Systems Manager Adapter Touchpoint Service Layer 37 stop or start 106 trace file summary 85 Tivoli Desktop 21 trace, configuring 85 Tivoli Enterprise Console 38, 68, 70, 74, 76 trace.filename 80 Tivoli Enterprise Console Adapter Configuration Fa- transport.mqe.usefiller 80 cility 81 transport.server.ip.address 79 Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse 67 transport.server.mqe.port 79 Tivoli Management Region transport.trace.enable 80 See TMR transport.trace.level 80 Tivoli Notice Groups 74, 76 Tivoli role admin 109, 114–115 U UNIX senior 115 CIM 37 super 115 endpoint trace level 92 user 109 logging 93 TivoliDefaultMw2kRegion 53 TMA endpoint 22, 102 TME (Secure) Delivery 81 V TME delivery mode 81 validation policy 25 tmeLogger.trc.level 94 validation policy method 25 tmnt_gtw_eng, tracing 87 variable definitions 147 tmnt_hb_eng, tracing 85 VB script 38, 70 tmnt_rm_eng, stop or start 106 VisitTree 129, 144 tmnt_task_eng Visual Basic 144 stop or start 106 tracing 86 W tmnt_trm_eng, tracing 87 WbemConnector, logging 90 TMNT_Upcall, logging 90 wbkupdb command 34 TMR wchkdb command 34 See Tivoli Management Region 168 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 181. Web Health Console 34 disk space 55 logs and traces 94 temporary install space 56 UNIX install 56 WebSphere Application Server disabling tracing 95 recycling 95 tracing 95 WHERE Clause 136 Windows endpoint log 89 Windows Management Instrumentation see WMI 37 Windows NT 81 wlookup command 33 wlsinst command 33 wmdist command 34 WMI logging 91 logs 89 Windows NT 4.0 37 WMI Performance Monitoring Provider 144 Workbench panes 126 WQL filter 136 X xmlCIM 16 Index 169
  • 182. 170 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide
  • 184. Back cover ® IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation Certification Study Guide Redpaper Explains how to This IBM Redpaper prepares you with the necessary prepare for, install, INTERNATIONAL knowledge to help you complete Certification Test 593: configure and IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1 Implementation. This test TECHNICAL operate IBM Tivoli leads to certification for Tivoli Certified Deployment SUPPORT Monitoring V5.1.1 Professional for IBM Tivoli Monitoring. ORGANIZATION Prepares you to take The scope of the certification tests your ability to Certification Test 593 demonstrate the following areas of expertise required for BUILDING TECHNICAL IBM Tivoli Monitoring V5.1.1: INFORMATION BASED ON Includes sample test PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE Prerequisite knowledge for IBM Tivoli Monitoring questions and Planning the implementation answers Installation prerequisites IBM Redbooks are developed by The installation process the IBM International Technical Support Organization. Experts Configuration of the IBM Tivoli Monitoring server from IBM, Customers and Problem determination Partners from around the world General operations create timely technical information based on realistic IBM Tivoli Monitoring Workbench scenarios. Specific recommendations are provided You can find the information that you need about these to help you implement IT topics all in this IBM Redpaper. Plus, you have a chance solutions more effectively in your environment. to test your knowledge using the sample test questions at the back of the paper. For more information: ibm.com/redbooks